EDUCATIONAL WOKKS published by OLIVEK and BOYD, 
Edinburgh ; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co,, London. 

Poetical Reading-Book, with Aids for Grammatical Analysis, 
Paraphrase, and Criticism ; and an Appendix on English Versifica- 
tion. By J. D. Morell, A.M., LL.D., Author of Grammar of the 
English Language, etc., and W. Ihne, Ph. D. 8th Thousand. 2s. 6d. 
Containing, 



The Deserted Village. 
The Task (Book I). 
Paradise Lost (Books I. & V.) 



The Merchant of Venice. 
Miscellaneous Selections. 
The Prisoner of Chillon. 



Dr - 
says ( 
Readi 
specia 
extra( 
the at 

Outlii 

MENT 

M.A. 

lished 

"Ai 
of the 
practii 

Dalgl( 



The Field of Waterloo. 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS, 



Chap. 

Shelf aR*_.9_2,_H_ 



i UNITED STATES OF AMERICA. 



-" Many of our recently published Grammars are bey 
as far as they go ; hut still there was wanting a complete and c( 
work on the subject, a grammar advancing by easy and familiar t 
first rudiments of the subject to its fullest development, carefully 
all its intricacies, and equally adapted to the highest and meanest >.{ 
and we must admit that a work amply fulfilling all these condition: 
given to the public in Mr W. S. Dalgleish's Progressive English Gf? 

Dalgleish's Grammatical Analysis, with Pr« 

Exercises. 3d Edition, Revised. 9d. Key, 2s, 



guage," 
Poetical 
a.r, and 
poetical 
ng it to 

Ele- 
leish, 
st jivb- 

abreast 
•oughly 



M 



i t s a w » » ^ 

; rammar." 

gressive 



Dr Schmitz, formerly Rector of the High School, Edinburgh, and no£l 
of the International College, London.— "I scarcely know any -wof£iw Principal 
so small a compass, contains so complete and lucid an expositic-z^fk which, in 
ject it treats of." i\ <■ o f the sub- 



Dalgleish's English Composition in Prose 

based on Grammatical Synthesis. 5th Edition. ! 

2s. 6d. 

Professor Craik. — "The treatise is evidently, for the purposes I 
instruction, at once the most practical and the most scientific e^ 
we have yet had." 



Id Verse, 

" 6d.— Key, 

of elementary 
^position that 



I I 



OLIVEK AND BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOKKS. 
Shakspeare's King Richard II. With Historical and 

Critical Introductions ; Grammatical, Philological, and Miscellaneous 
Notes, etc. Adapted for the Use of Pupils in Training Colleges, 
Candidates for Civil-Service and other Examinations, and Students of 
English Literature generally. Edited by the Rev. H. G. Robinson, 
M.A., Rector of Eolton Abbey, Yorkshire, and Canon of York; late 
Principal of the Diocesan Training College, York. First published, 
January 1867. 2s. 

Wordsworth's Excursion. Book I. The Wanderer. 

With Notes to aid in Analysis and Paraphrasing. By Rev. Canon 
Robinson. 8d. 3d Edition. 

English Composition for the Use of Schools. By Eobert 

Armstrong, Madras College, St Andrews ; and Thomas Armstrong, 
Heriot Foundation School, Edinburgh. Part I. 15th Edition. Is. 6d. 
Part II. 6th Edition. 2s. Both Parts in one, 3s. Key, 2s. 

Economy of time in the class-room has been prominently kept in view in 
the compilation of the work. The exercises, which are so planned as to afford 
ample employment to the pupils when left to themselves, proceed upon a 
system of gradation intended to render their progress easy and interesting. 
They will also be found convenient for home work ; and, when performed, it is 
recommended that they should be criticised by the master in presence of the 
class. Those prescribed for Oral Composition, in particular, will afford him a 
favourable opportunity of illustrating and suggesting in that familiar style 
so much calculated to give confidence, and produce advantageous results, in 
this branch of education. 

Keeping in view that the great end of Composition is to cultivate habits 
of thought and discrimination, the authors have made it their aim to divest 
the exercises, as much as possible, of a mechanical character. 

Armstrong's English Etymology for Schools. 3d Edi- 
tion. 2s. 

Armstrong's English Etymology for Junior Classes. 4d. 

A System of English Grammar, founded on the Philosophy 

of Language and the Practice of the best Authors. With Copious 
Exercises, Constructive and Analytical. By C. W. Connon, LL.D., 
formerly of Greenwich Hospital. 2s. 6d. 8th Edition. 

Connon's First Spelling-Book. 6d. 4th Edition. 

How to Train Young Eyes and Ears, A Manual of Object 

Lessons for Parents and Teachers. By Mary Ann Ross, Mistress ot 
the Church of Scotland Normal Infant School, Edinburgh. 3d Edit. 
Is. 6d. 

Household Economy. A Manual intended for Female 

Training Colleges, and the Senior Classes of Girls' Schools. By 
Margaret Maria Gordon (Miss Brewster), Author of "Work, or 
Plenty to do and how to do it," etc. Ninth Thousand. 2s. 

[Continued at end of Book. 



r 






MR DALGLEISH'S SCHOOL BOOKS. 



Just published, price &?., 

OUTLINES OP ENGLISH GRAMMAR 

AND ANALYSIS, for ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS, with 
Exercises. By Walter Scott Dalgleish, M.A. Edin., 
Yice-Principal of Dreghorn College. 

" Aims at providing a Common-School Grammar which 
shall be fully abreast of the latest developments of the science, 
and at the same time thoroughly practical and simple in its 
mode of treating the subject." — Preface. 

Key to Ditto. In Preparation. 



IDALGLEISH'S PROGRESSIVE ENGLISH 

^ GRAMMAR, with Exercises. 2s. — Key, now ready, 2s. 6d. 

" Many of our recently published Grammars are beyond 
all praise, as far as they go; but still there was wanting a 
complete and comprehensive work on the subject, a grammar 
advancing by easy and familiar steps from the first rudiments of 
the subject to its fullest development, carefully unravelling all 
its intricacies, and equally adapted to the highest and meanest 
capacity; and we must admit that a work amply fulfilling all these 
conditions is now given to the public in Mr W. S. Dalgleish's 
Progressive English Grammar." — Museum. 



DALGLEISH'S GRAMMATICAL ANALYSIS, 

with Progressive Exercises. 3d Edition. 9d. — Key, 2s. 



DALGLEISH'S ENGLISH COMPOSITION, 

in Prose and Verse. 5th Edition. 2s. 6d. — Key, 2s. 6d. 



EDINBURGH : OLIVER AND BOYD. 
LONDON tSIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO. 



RUDIMENTS 



LATIN LANGUAGE, 



AN APPENDIX. 



FOR THE USE OF THE EDINBURGH ACADEMY. 




TWENTY- FOURTH EDITK 



ON. 



EDINBURGH : 
OLIVER AND BOYD, TWEEDDALE COURT. 

LONDON: SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, AND CO. 

1867. 



Price Two Shillings bound. 

L- 




EDINBURGH ACADEMY CLASS BOOKS. 



RUDIMENTS OF THE LATIN LANGUAGE. 12mo, 2s. 
LATIN DELECTUS, with Vocabulary. 12mo, 3s. 
RUDIMENTS OF THE GREEK LANGUAGE. 12mo ; 3s.6d. 
GREEK EXTRACTS, with Vocabulary. 12mo, 3s. 6d. 
SELECTIONS FROM CICERO. 18mo, reduced to 3s. 
SELECTA E POETIS LATINIS. 12mo, 3s. 
MODERN GEOGRAPHY. 12mo, 2s. 6d. 
ANCIENT GEOGRAPHY. 12x110, 3s, 



PUNTED BY OLIVER AND BOYD, EDINBURGH. 



ADVERTISEMENT. 



In revising the Latin Rudiments for a Fifth Edition, the 
attention of the Editor has been chiefly directed to the im- 
provement of the latter part of the Appendix. He has 
introduced some farther remarks on Compound Verbs, — 
partly the result of his own investigations, and partly col- 
lected from other sources, — and has inserted Ruddiman's 
Rules for the Conjugation of Verbs, as the speediest and 
surest mode of fixing in the minds of young pupils this 
important part of elementary instruction. The remarks 
under the Rules for the Gender of Nouns have been ex- 
tended and improved. For much of the additional matter 
which will be found under the Rules for the Quantity of 
Syllables, the Editor has to acknowledge his obligations to 
Professor Ramsay's excellent Treatise on Latin Prosody, a 
work in which the whole subject of Quantity and Versifi- 
cation has been treated with a degree of minuteness and 
skill which ought to recommend it to the careful study of 
every Teacher. 



RUDIMENTS 



LATIN LANGUAGE. 



LETTERS AND SYLLABLES. 

There are twe%ty-five Letters in the Latin language : 
a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, 1, m, n, o, p, q, r, s, t, u, v, 
x, y, z. 

These are divided into Vowels and Consonants. 

Six are Vowels : a, e, i, o, u, y. 

Nineteen are Consonants : b, c, d, f, g, h, j, k, 1, m a n, 
p, q, r, s, U v, *> z. 

There are five Diphthongs : ae, oe,* au, eu, ei ; as, aetas, 
poena, audio, euge, hei. 

* These two are often printed thus ; ce, ce ; and are pronounced as 
simple e. 

WORDS, OR PARTS OF SPEECH. 

There are eight Parts of Speech : Noun, Adjective, 
Pronoun, Verb, Adverb, Preposition, Interjection, Con- 
junction. 

These are divided into Declinable and Indeclinable. 

Four are declinable : Noun, Adjective, Pronoun, Verb. 

Four are indeclinable : Adverb, Preposition, Interjec- 
tion, Conjunction. 

NOUN. 

A Noun, or Substantive, is the name of a person, place, 
or thing. 

It is declined by Genders, Cases, and Numbers. 

There are three Genders : Masculine, Feminine, and 
Neuter. 



2 RUDIMENTS. 

There are six Cases: Nominative, Genitive, Dative, 
Accusative, Vocative, and Ablative. 

There are two Numbers : Singular and Plural. 

There are five Declensions distinguished by the termi- 
nation of the Genitive Singular. 

GENERAL RULES. 

1. Neuter Nouns have the Nominative, Accusative, and 
Vocative, alike in both Numbers ; and these Cases in the 
Plural end always in a. 

2. The Vocative, generally in the Singular, and always 
in the Plural, is like the Nominative. 

3. The Dative and Ablative Plural are alike. 

4. Proper names want the Plural. 



FIRST DECLENSION. 

The First Declension has the Genitive and Dative Sin- 
gular in ce diphthong. 

It has four Terminations : a, e, as, es ; as, 
Penna, a pen ; PenelSpe, Penelope ; iEneas, Mneas ; 
Anchlses, Anchises. 

Penna, a pen, Substantive Feminine. 
Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Penn-a, a pen. Nom. Penn-ae, pens. 

Gen. Penn-ae, of a pen. Gen. Penn-arum, of pens. 

Dat. Penn-ae, to a pen. Dat. Penn-is, to pens. 

Ace. Penn-am, a pen. Ace. Penn-as, pens. 

Voc. Penn-a, Open. Foe. Penn-ae, Opens. 

AH. Penn-a, with a pen. AM. Penn-is, with pens. 

Ara, an altar. Galea, a helmet. Litera, a letter. Toga, a gown. 

Additional Examples. 
Ala, a wing. Faba, a lean. Ripa, a lank. 

Area, a chest. Hora, an hour. Turba, a crowd. 

Casa, a cottage. Mensa, a table. Unda, a wave. 

Causa, a cause. Norma, a rule. Virga, a rod. 

Nouns in a and e are Feminine ; in as and es Masculine. 

Rule. — Dca, a goddess; equa, a mare; Jilia, a daughter; and 
mula, a she-mule, have sometimes dbus in the Dative and Ablative 
Plural, when it is necessary to distinguish them from the masculines 
in us of the Second Declension. 

Note. — The same form may be employed in some other Nouns; 
as, amma 9 asina y liberta y and nata ; but is seldom, if ever, found. 



NOUN. 3 

Rules for the Declension of Nouns derived from the Greek* 

1. Greek Nouns in as and a have sometimes the Accusative, with 
the poets, in an • as, jEne"as, the son of Anchises. 

jEneas, Mneas, Subst. Masc 
Sing, Nom. jEneas. Ace. jEneam, or iEnean. 

Gen. /Eneae. Voc. jEnea, 

Dat. iEneae. AIL jEnea. 

Boreas, the north wind, Midas, a king of Phrygia. 

Maia, the daughter of Atlas. Ossa, a mountain in Thessaly. 

2. Greek nouns in es have the Accusative in en, and the Vocative 
and Ablative in e ; as, Anchlses, a celebrated Trojan, 

Anchises, Anchises, Subst. Masc 
Sing. Nom. Anchlses. Ace. Anchisen. 

Gen. Anchisae. Voc. Anchise. 

Dat. Anchisae. Abl. Anchise. 

Alcides, a name of Hercules. Pelldes, Achilles , the son of Peleus. 
Cometes, a comet. Tydldes, Diomedes, the son of Tydeus. 

JVote.— Nouns in es have sometimes & in the Vocative, and more 
rarely a. Nouns in stes have sta. They also sometimes form the 
Accusative in em, and the Ablative in a. 

3. Greek nouns in e have the Genitive in es, the Accusative in en, 
the Dative, Vocative, and Ablative in e : as, Penelope, the wife oj 
Ulysses. 

Penelope, Penelope, Subst. Fem. 
Sing. Nom. Penelope. Ace. Penelopen. 

Gen. Penelopes. Voc. Penelope. 

Dat. Penelope. All. Penelope. 

Circe, a famous sorceress. Epitome, an abridgement. 

Cybele, the mother of the Gods. Grammatice, grammar. 



SECOND DECLENSION. 

The Second Declension has the Genitive Singular in i, 
and the Dative in o. 

It has seven Terminations : er, ir, ur ; us, um ; os, 
on; as, 

Puer, a boy; vir, a man; satur, full; dominus, a 
lord ; regnum, a kingdom ; synftdos, a synod ; Albion, 
Great Britain* 



4 RUDIMENTS. 

Puer, a boy, Subst. Masc. 
Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Puer, a boy. Norn. Puer-i, boys. 

Gen. Puer-i, of a boy. Gen. Puer-orum, of boys. 

Dat. Puer-o, to a boy. Dat. Puer-is, to boys. 

Ago. Puer-um, a boy. Ace. Puer-os, boys. 

Voc. Puer, O boy. Voc. Puer-i, O boys. 

Ad I. Puer-o, with a boy. Abl. Puer-is, with boys. 

Geneva son-in law. \Aher, Bacchus. Mulciber, Fulcan.Vir,a man. 
But most Nouns in er lose the e in the Genitive : as, 

Liber, a book, Subst. Masc. 
Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Lib-er, a book. Nom. Lib-ri, books. 

Gen. Lib-ri, of a book. Gen. Lib-rorum, of books. 

Dat. Lib-ro, to a book. Dat. Lib-ris, to books. 

Ace. Lib-rum, a book. Ace. Lib-ros, books. 

Foe. Lib-er, O book. Foe. Lib ri, O books. 

Abl. Lib-ro, with a book. Abl. Lib-ris, with books. 

Ager, afield. Culter, a knife. M agister, a master. 

Rules. — 1. Nouns in us have e in the Vocative: as, ventus, 
vente ; but Proper Names in ius, with filius and genius, have i : 
as, Georgius, Georgi. 

2. Deus has Deus in the Vocative ; and, in the Plural, more 
frequently Dii than Dei, and Diis than Deis. 
Note. — Populus, a people, has sometimes populus in the Vocative. 
Dominus, a Lord, Subst. Masc. 
Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Domm-us. Nom. Domin-i. 

Gen. Domin-i. Gen. Domin-orum. 

Dat. Domin-o. Dat. Domin-is. 

Ace. Domin-um. Ace. Domin-os. 

Foe. Domin-e. Foe. Domin-i. 

Abl. Domin-o. Abl. Domin-is 

Annus, a year. Fluvius, a river. Hortus, a garden. Radius, a ray. 
Regnum, a kingdom, Subst. Neut. 
Singular. 
Nom. Regn-um. 
Gen. Regn-i. 
Dat. Regn-o. 
Ace. Regn-um. 
Foe. Regn-um. 
Abl. Regn-o. 
Antrum, a cave. Astrum, a star. Donum, a gift. Jugum, a yoke. 

Additional Examples. 
A per, a wild boar. Bellum, war. Caper, a he-goat. 

Arbiter, a judge. Cadus, a cask. Cervus, a stag. 





Plural. 


Nom 


Regn-a. 


Gen. 


Regn-orum. 


Dat. 


Regn-is. 


Ace. 


Regn-a. 


Foe. 


Regn-a. 


Abl. 


Regn-is. 



NOUN. O 

Collum, the neck. Lupus, a wolf. Ramus, a branch. 

Equus, a horse. Murus, a wall. Saxum, a stone. 

Faber, an artist. Nidus, a nest. Socer, a father-in-law. 

Ficus, f. a Jig-tree. Ovum, an egg. Telum, a dart. 

Folium, a leaf. Pomum, an apple. Velum, a sail. 

Gladius, a sword. Praelium, a battle. Virus, n. poison. 

The terminations er and us are generally M asculine, and um is al- 
ways Neuter. Os and on are Greek terminations, and are generally 
changed into us and um. 

Greek Nouns in os or us have sometimes their Accusative singular 
in on : as, Androgeos, or -us, Androgens ; Gen. Androge-o, or -i ; 
Dat. -o ; Ace -on, or -um ; Voc. -o ; Abl. -o. 

Atlws, Athos ; Gen. Ath-o, or -i ; Dat. -o ; Ace. ~o, -on, or -um ; 
Voc. -o ; Abl. -o. 

Ilion, or -wm, Troy; Gen. lli-i ; Dat. -o ; Ace. -on, or -um , 
Voc. -on, or -um ; Abl. -o. 



THIRD DECLENSION. 

The Third Declension has the Genitive Singular in w, 
and the Dative in i. 

It has eleven final Letters : a, e, 0, c, d, /, w, r, s, t, x ; 
as, 

Poema, a poem ; sedlle, a seat; sermo, speech; lac, 
milk; David, David; animal, an animal; pecten, a 
comb ; pater, a father ; rupes, a rock ; caput, the head ; 
rex, a king. 

Serjio, speech, Subst. Masc. 
Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Sermo. Nom. Sermo-nes. 

Gen. Serm6-nis. Gen. Sermo-num. 

Dat. Sermo-ni. Dat. Sermo-nibus. 

Ace. Sermo- nem. Ace. Sermo-nes. 

Voc. Sermo. Voc. Sermo-nes. 

Abl. Sermo-ne. Abl. Sermo-nibus. 

Carbo, a coal. Leo, a lion. Pavo, a peacock, Praedo, a robber. 

Color, a colour, Subst. Masc. 
Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Color. Nom. Color-es. 

Gen. Color-is. Gen. Color-um. 

Dat. Color-i. Dat. Color-ibus. 

Ace. Color-em. Ace. Color-es. 

Voc. Color. Voc. Color-es. 

Abl. Color-e. Abl. Color-ibus. 

Honor, honour. Lector, a reader. Pastor, a shepherd. 

a2 





RUDIMENTS. 




Miles 


, a soldier, 


Subst. Com. 




Singular. 




Plural. 




Nom. Mil-es. 




Nom. Mil-ites 




Gen. Mil-itis. 




Gen. Mil-itum. 




Dat. Mil-iti. 




Dat. Mil-itibus. 




Ace. Mil-item. 




Ace. Mil-ites. 




Voc. Mil-es. 




Voc. Mil-ites. 




AM. Mil-ite. 




AM. Mil-itibus. 




es, a companion. 


Limes, in. 


a limit. Trames, m. 


a path. 



Rule. — Nouns in es and is not increasing in the Genitive 
Singular, have ium in the Genitive Plural. 

Except canis 9 a dog ; panis, bread ; vates, a prophet ; juvenis, a 
young man ; and volucris, a bird. 

Rupes, a rock, Subst. Fern. 
Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Rup-es. Nom. Rup-es. 

Gen. Rup-is. Gen. Rup-ium. 

Dat. Rup-i. Dat. Rup-ibus. 

Ace. Rup-em. Ace. Rup-es. 

Voc. Rup-es. Voc. Rup-es. 

AM. Rup-e. AM. Rup-ibus. 

Classis, a fleet. Nubes, a cloud. Vitis, a vine. Vulpes, a fox. 
Rule. — Nouns of one syllable in as, is, and s or x preceded 
Dy a consonant, have ium in the Genitive Plural. 
Pars, a part, Subst. Fem. 
Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Pars. Nom. Part-es. 

Gen. Part-is. Gen. Part-ium. 

Dat. Part-i. Dat. Part-ibus. 

Ace. Part-em. Ace. Part-es. 

Voc. Pars. Voc. Part-es. 

AM. Part-e. AM. Part-ibus. 

Vas, -dis, c. a surety. Lis, -tis, a lawsuit. Arx, -cis, a castle. 
Rule. — Nouns of two or more syllables in as and ns have 
urn, and sometimes ium : as, cliens, a client, clientum, or clien- 
tium. 

Note. — Nouns which have ium in the Genitive Plural,, have es, eis 9 
or is, in the Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Plural. 
Pectus, the breast, Subst. Neut. 
Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Pect-us. Nom. Pect-ora. 

Gen. Pect-oris. Gen. Pect-orum. 

Dat. Pect-ori. Dat. Pect-oribus. 

Ace. Pect-us. Ace. Pect-ora. 

Voc. Pect-us. Voc. Pect-ora. 

AM. Pect-ore. AM. Pect-oribus. 

Cwpus, a body. Littus, a shore. Nemus, a grove. Pignus, a pledge. 



NOUN. 



Rule. — Neuter Nouns in e, at, and ar, have i in the Abla- 
tive Singular ; ium in the Genitive Plural ; and ia in the No- 
minative, Accusative, and Vocative. 

Note. — Proper Names in e have e in the Ablative : as, Prceneste^ 
n. a town in Italy ; Ablative, Prceneste. 

Sedile, a sent, Subst. Neut. 
Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Sedll-e. Nom. Sedil-ia. 

Gen. Sedil-is. Gen. Sedil-ium. 

Bat. Sedil-i. Dat. 

Ace. Sedil-e. Ace. 

Foe. Sedil-e. Voc. 

Abl. Sedil-i. AM. 

Ancile, a shield. Mantile, a towel. Mare, the sea, 
Animal, an animal } Subst. Neut. 
Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Animal. Nom. AnimaLia. 

Gen. Animal-is. Gen. Animal-ium, 



Sedil-ibus. 
Sedil-ia. 
Sedil-ia. 
Sedil-ibus. 

Rete, a net. 



Dat. 

Ace. 
Foe. 
Abl. 



Animal-i. 
AnimaL 
Animal. 
Animal-i. 



Cubital, a cushion. 



Dat. 

Ace. 

Voc. 

Abl. 
Calcar, -aris, a spur, 
Additional Examples. 



AnimaLibus. 
Animal-i a. 
AnimaLia. 
AnimaLibus. 

Vectlgal, a tax. 



Acer, -eris, n. a maple tree, 
iEstas, -atis, f. summer. 
Arbor, -oris, f. a tree. 
Aries, etis, m. a ram. 
Ars, artis, f. an art. 
Canon, -onis, m. a rule. 
Career, -eris, m. a prison. 
Cardo, -inis, m. a hinge. 
Carmen, -inis, n. a song. 
Cervix, -Tcis, f. the neck. 
Codex, -icis, m. a look. 
Consul, -ulis, m. a consul. 
Cor, cordis, n. the heart. 
Crux, -ucis, f. a cross. 
Cublle, -is, n. a couch. 
Dens, -tis, m. a tooth. 
Dos, dotis, f. a dowry. 
Femur, -oris, n. the thigh. 
Formldo, -mis, f. fear. 
Fornax, -acis, £ a furnace. 
Frater, -tris, m. a brother. 
Fur, fur is, e. a thief. 
Genus, -eris, n. a kind. 
Haeres, -edis, c. an heir. 



Homo, -Inis, m. a man. 
Imago, -inis, f. an image. 
Iter, itineris, n. a journey. 
Lac, -tis, n. milk. 
Lapis, -idis, m. a stone. 
Laus, -dis, f. praise. 
Lex, legis, f. a law. 
Monlle, -is, n. a necklace. 
Mons, -tis, m. a mountain. 
Munus, -eris, n. a gift. 
Nox, noctis, f. night. 
Onus, -eris, n. a burden. 
Ovlle, -is, n. a sheepfold. 
Pecten, -inis, m. a coinb. 
Regio, -onis, f. a country. 
Salar, -aris, m. a trout. 
Serpens, -tis, c. a serpent. 
Toral, -alis, n. a bedcover. 
Trabs, -abis, f. a beam. 
Turris, -is, f. a tower. 
Uter, utris, m. a bottle. 
Virgo, -mis, f. a virgin. 
Voluptas, -atis, f. pleasure. 
Vulnus, -eris, n. a wound. 



8 RUDIMENTS. 

Greek Nouns through all the Cases. 

Nom. Gen. Bat. 

Sing. Lamp-as ; -adis, or -ados ; -adi ; 
PJur.Lamp-ades;-adum ; -adlbus ; 

Sing. Tro-as ; -adis, or -ados ; -adi ; 

Pfcer.Tro-ades; -adum; I^l'asin; 

Sing. Tros; Trois ; Troi ; 

Sing. Phyll-is ; -Idis, or !dos ; -idi ; 
Sing. Par-is ; -Idis, or idos ; -idi ; 
Sing. Chlam-ys , -ydis, or ydos ; -ydi ; 
Sing. Cap-ys ; -yis, or yos ; -yi ; 
Sing. Haer6s-is ; -is, or -eos ; -i ; 
Sing. Orph-eus ; -eos, -ei, or -ei ; -ei, or -ei ; 
Sing* Did-o ; -us, or -onis ; -o, or -oni ; 



Ace. 


Voc. 


AH. 


-adem, or-ada; 


-as; 


-ade. 


-ades, or -adas ; 


-ades ; 


-adibus. 


-adem, or -ada; 


-as; 


-ade. 


-ades, or -adas ; 


-ades ; 


-adibus, 
-asi,or-asin 


Troem, or Troa 


Tros; 


Troe. 


-idem, or -ida; 


-i,0r-is 


; -ide. 


-idem, -im, or -in 


;-i; 


-ide. 


-ydem, or -yda ; 


-ys; 


-yde. 


-ym, or -yn • 


-y; 


-ye, or -y. 


-im, or -in ; 


-i ; 


-i. 


-ea; 


-eu; 


-eo. 


-o, or -onem ; 


-o; 


-o, or -one. 



FOURTH DECLENSION. 

The Fourth Declension has the Genitive Singular in us, 
and the Dative in ui. 

It has two Terminations : us and u ; as, Fructus,/rw# ; 
Cornu, a horn. 

FRucTus,/rin7, Subst. Masc. 
Singular. Plural 

Nom. Fruct-us. Nom. Fruct-us. 

Gen. Fruct-us. Gen. FrucUuum. 

Bat. Fruct-ui. Bat. Fruct-ibus. 

Ace. Fruct-um. Ace. Fruct-us. 

Voc. Fruct-us. Voc. Fruct-us. 

Abl. Fruct-u. Abl. Fruct-ibus. 

Casus, a fall. Currus, a chariot. Fluctus, a wave. Gradus, a step. 
Cornu, a horn } Subst. Neut. 
Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Cornu. Nom. Corn-ua. 

Gen. Cornu. Gen. Corn_uum. 

Bat. Cornu. Bat. Corn-ibus. 

Ace. Cornu. Ace. Corn-ua. 

Voc. Cornu. Voc. Corn-ua. 

Abl. Cornu. Abl. Corn-ibus. 

Gelu, ice. Genu, the knee. Tonitru, thunder. Vera, a spit. 

Additional Examples 
Flatus, a blast. Motus, a motion. Ritus, a ceremony. 

Ictus, a stroke. Nutus, a nod. Sinus, a bosom\ 

Manus, f. the hand. Passus, a pace. Situs, a situation. 

Nouns in us of the Fourth Declension are generally Masculine, and 
those in u are all Neuter, and indeclinable in the Singular Number. 



NOUN. 9 

Rule. — Acus, a needle; arcus, a bow; artus, a joint ; genu, the 
knee ; lacus, a lake ; partus, a birth ; pecu, cattle ; portus } a har- 
bour ; specus, a den ; tribus, a tribe ; and veru, a spit ; have ubus 
in the Dative and Ablative PluraL Portus, genu, and veru, have 
likewise ibus, 

Domus, a house, is partly of the Second, and partly of the Fourth 
Declension: thus, 

Domus, a house, Subst. Fern. 
Singular. Plural, 

Nom, Domus. N'om, Domus. 

Gen, Domus, or _mi. Gen, Domuum, or -orum. 

Dat, Domui, or -mo. Dat, Domibus. 

Ace, Domum. Ace, Domus, or _os. 

Voc. Domus. Voc, Domus. 

Abl. Domo. Abl. Domibus. 

Note, — Domus, in the Genitive, signifies of a house ; and do?ni is 
only used to signify at home, or of home. 



FIFTH DECLENSION. 

The Fifth Declension has the Genitive and Dative Sin- 
gular in ei. 

It has one Termination : es ; as Dies, a day. 
Dies, a day, Subst. Masc. or Fern. 



Singular. Plural. 
A T om. Di-es. A T om. Di-es. 
Gen, Di-ei. Gen, Di-erum. 
Dat, Di-ei. Dat. Di-ebus. 
Ace, Di-em. Ace, Di-es. 
Voc, Di-es. Voc. Di-es. 
Abl, Di-e. Abl, Di-ebus. 
Res, ei, f. a thing, Glacies, f. ice. Macies, f. leanness, 
Facies, a face, Subst. Fem. 

Singular. Plural. 
A T om. Faci-es. Nom. Faci-es. 
Gen. Faci-ei. Gen. 
Dat* Faci ei t\„+ 


Ace. Faci-em. 
Voc. Faci-es. 
Abl. Faci-e. 
Effigies, an image. 

Acies, the edge. 
Caries, rottenness. 


Ace. Faci-es. 

Voc. Faci-es. 

Abl. 

Series, an order. Spes, -ei, hope. 
Additional Examples. 
Fides, _ei, faith. Rabies, madness. 
Materies, matter. Species, an appearance. 



10 RUDIMENTS. 

Dies and res are the only Nouns of the Fifth Declension 
which have the Plural complete ; acies, effigies, facies, series, 
species, and spes, have the Nominative, Accusative, and Voca- 
tive ; the others have no plural. 

Nouns of the Fifth Declension are all Feminine, except dies, which 
is Masc. or Fem. in the Singular, Masc. only in the Plural ; and 
meridies, the mid-day, or noon, which is Masculine only, -and does 
not occur in the Plural. 



ADJECTIVE. 



An Adjective is a word added to a Noun, to express its 
quality. 

Adjectives are either of the First and Second Declen- 
sion, or of the Third only. 

Adjectives of three Terminations* are of the First and 
Second Declension ; but Adjectives of one or two Termi- 
nations are of the Third. 



ADJECTIVES OF THE FIRST AND SECOND 
DECLENSION. 

Adjectives of the First and Second Declension have the 
Masculine in us or er ; the Feminine always in a ; and 
the Neuter always in um ; as, 

Bonus for the Masc. bona for the Fem. bonum for the 
Neut. good. 

Bonus, bona, bonum, good, Adj. 



Singular. 


Plural. 


Masc. Fem. Neut. 


Masc. 


Fem. Neut. 


Nom. Bon-us, -a, -um. 


Nom. Bon-i, 


-a?, -a. 


Gen. Bon-i, -a?, -i. 


Gen. Bon-orum, -arum, -drum. 


Dat. Bon-o, -ae, -o. 


Dat. Bon-is, 


-is, . -is. 


Ace. Bon-um, -am, -um. 


Ace. Bon-os, 


-as, -a. 


Foe. Bon-e, -a, -um. 


Voc. Bon-i, 


-ae, -a. 


Abl. Bon-o, -a, -o. 


Abl. Bon-is, 


-is, -is. 


Altus, high. Carus, dear. 


Durus, hard. 


Laetus, joyful. 



* Except eleven, acer, sharp ; alacer, cheerful ; campester, belong- 
ing to a plain ; celeher, famous ; celer, swift ; equester, belonging to 
a horse ; paluster, marshy ; pedester, on foot ; saluber, wholesome ; 
Sylvester, woody ; volucer, swift ; which are of the Third, and have 
the Masculine in er or is, the Feminine in is, and the Neuter in e. 





* ADJECTIVE. 




1J 




Tener, tenera, tenerum, tender. 


Adj. 






Singular. 


Plural 






M. F. N. 


M. 


F. 


N. 


X. 


Tener, -a, -um. 


N. Tener-i, 


-ae, 


-a. 


G. 


Tener-i, -ae, -i. 


G. Tener-orum 


, -arum, 


-orum, 


D. 


Tener-o, -ae, -o. 


D. Tener-is, 


-is, 


-is. 


A. 


Tener-um, -am -um. 


A. Tener-os, 


-as, 


-a. 


V. 


Tener, -a, -um. 


V. Tener-i, 


-se> 


-a. 


A. 


Tener-o, -a, -o. 


A. Tener-i s, 


-is, 


-is. 


As 


per, rough. Dexter, right. 


Liber, free. 


Miser, w 


retched 



Also all the compounds of gero and fero : as, laniger, bearing 
wool ; optfer, bringing help. 
But most Adjectives in er lose the e : as, 



Ater, atra, atrum, black, Adj. 



M. 
N. Ater, 
G. Atri, 
D. Atro, 



Singular. 
F. N. 

atra, atrum. 

atrae, atri. 

atrae, atro. 
A. Atrum, atram, atrum. 
V. Ater, atra, atrum. 
A. Atro, atra, atro. 
Niger, black. Pulcher,/a?>, 

Additional Examples, 
Longus, long. 
Macer, lean. Gen. -ri. 
Novus, new. 



N. 
atra. 



Plural. 
M. F. 

N. Atri, atra?, 

G. Atrorum, atrarum, atrorurn 
D. Atris, atris, atris. 
A. Atros, atras, atra. 
V. Atri, atrae, atra. 

A. Atris, atris, atris. 
Ruber, red. Sacer, sacred. 



iEger, sick. Gen. -ri. 
Lacer, torn. 
Latus, broad. 



Prosper, prosperous. 
Satur, full. 
Verus, true. 



The following Adjectives have ius in the Genitive Singular, and 
in the Dative : — 



Alius, another of many. 
Alter, the other of two. 
Alteriiter, the one or 

the other. 
Neuter, neither, 
Nullus, none. 



Solus, alone. 
Totus, whole. 
Ullus, any, 
Unus, one. 
Uter, whether. 



Uterlibet, which oftht 
two you please, 

Uterque, loth. 

Utervis, which of the 
two you please. 



TOTUS, TOTA, TOTUM, whole y Adj. 



Singular, 





M. 


F, 


N. 


N. 


ToCus, 


-a, 


-um. 


G. 


Tot_ius, 


-ius, 


-ius. 


D. 


Tot-i, 


-i» 


-i. 


A. 


Tot-um, 


-am, 


-um. 


V. 


Tot-e, 


-a, 


-urn. 


A. 


ToUo, 


-a, 


-0. 



Plural, 
M. 
JV. Tot-i, 
G. Tot_orum, 
D. Tot-is, 
A. Tot_os, 
V, Tot-i, 
A, Tot-is, 



F, 

_ag, . 
-arum, 
-is, 
-as, 



JV. 

-a. 

-orum. 
-is. 
-a. 



12 



RUDIMENTS. 



ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 

Rules. — 1. Adjectives of the Third Declension have e 
or i in the Ablative Singular ; but if the Neuter be in e, 
the Ablative has i only. 

2. The Genitive Plural ends in turn, and the Neuter of 
the Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative, in ia. 

3. Comparatives have um in the Genitive Plural, and 
a in the Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Neuter. 

1. Of one Termination, 
Felix, happy, Adj. 

Plural. 
M. F. N. 

IV. Fel-Ices, -Ices, -icia. 
G. Fel-icium, -icium, -icium. 
D. Fel-icibus, -icibus, -icibus. 
A. Fel-ices, -ices, -icia. 

V. Fel-ices, -ices, -icia. 
A. Fel-icibus, -icibus, -icibus. 



Singular. 
M. F. 

N. Fel-ix, -ix, 
G. Fel-Icis, -icis, 
D. Fel-ici, -ici, 
A. Fel-icem, -icem, -ix 
V. Fel-ix, -ix, -ix. 
A. Fel-ice, or -ici, S$c, 



JV. 
-ix. 

-icis. 
■ici. 



Ingens, -entis, huge. Trux, -ucis, cruel. Velox, -ocis, swift 

2. Of two Terminations, 

Mitis, mite, meek, Adj. 
Singular. Plural. 

F. N. M. F. J\ r . 

mitis, mite. N. Mites, mites, mitia. 

mitis, mitis. G. Mitium, mitium, mitium. 

miti, miti. D. Mitibus, mitibus, mitibus. 

mitem, mite. A. Mites, mites, mitia. 

mitis, mite. V. Mites, mites, mitia. 

miti, miti. A. Mitibus, mitibus, mitibus. 

Fortis, brave. Gravis, heavy. Mollis, soft. 



M. 

N. Mitis, 
G. Mitis, 
D. Miti, 
A. xMitem, 
V. Mitis, 
A. Miti, 

Brevis, short 



Mitior, mitius, more meek, Adj. 



Plural. 
M. F. 

N. Miti-ores, -ores, 
G. Miti-orum, -orum, 



N. 
-ora. 
-orum. 



Singular. 
M. F. N. 

N. Miti-or, -or, -us. 
G. Miti-oris, -oris, -oris. 
D. Miti-ori, -ori, -ori. 
A. Miti-orem, -orem, -us. 
V. Miti-or, -or, -us. 
A. Miti-ore, or -ori, $c. 

Brevior, shorter ; Fortior, braver ; Mollior, softer ; and all 
other Comparatives. 



D. Miti-oribus, -oribus, -oribus. 
A. Miti-ores, -ores, -ora. 
V. Miti-ores, -ores, -ora. 
A. Miti-oribus, -oribus, -oribus. 



ADJECTIVE. 



13 



3. Of three Terminations. 
Acer, or acris, Acre, sharp, Adj. 



Singular. 
M. F 

N. A-cer, or -cris, -cris, 
G. A-cris, -cris, 

D. A-cri, -cri, 

A. A-crem, -crem 

V. A-cer, or -cris, -cris, -ere. 
A. A-cri, -cri, -cri. 



N. 
-ere. 
-cris. 
-cri. 
-ere. 



Plural. 
M. F. N. 

N. A-cres, -cres, -cria. 
G. A-crium, -crium, -crium. 
D. A-crlbus, -cribus, -cribus. 
A. A-cres, -cres, -cria. 
V. A-cres, -cres, -cria. 
A. A-cribus, -cribus, -cribus. 



Atrox, -oris, cruel. 
Audax, -acis, bold. 
Clemens, -tis, gentle. 
Dulcis, sweet. 



Alacer, or alacris, cheerful, &c. See page 10. 
Additional Examples. 
Elegans, -tis, elegant. Tristis, sad. 
Ferox, -ocis, fierce, Turpis, base. 

Levis, light. Utilis, useful. 

Recens, -tis, fresh. Vilis, worthless. 

Adjectives and Substantives to be declined together, and varied through 

the different degrees of comparison, 
Parva casa, a small cottage. Caecamens, a blinded understanding. 

Clarus poeta, a famous poet. Alta arbor, a high tree.^ 

Pulchra filia, a beautiful daughter. Sacrum poema, a sacred poem. 
Duke pomum, a sweet apple, Inepta res, a foolish thing. 

Docllis puer, a docile boy, Minax fluctus, a threatening wave. 

Breve sevum, a short life. Priscus mos, an ancient custom, 

Capax antrum, a capacious den. Calida aestas, a warm summer. 



Magnum opus, a large work* 
Tener pes, a tenderfoot. 
Serenus dies, a clear day. 
Densa nubes, a thick cloud. 
Acuta acus, a sharp needle. 
Valida manus, a strong hand, 
Longa pinus, a tall pine. 
Ferax ager, a fertile field. 
Fidus pastor, a faithful shepherd. 
Potens dea, a powerful goddess. 
Nova opinio, a new opinion, 
Nobile carmen, a noble poem, 
Antlqua urbs, an ancient city. 
Rarum rete, a thin net. 



Tutus portus, a safe harbour. 
Volucris ala, a swift wing. 
Libera palus, a free marsh. 
Solers vir, an ingenious man. 
Sublimis arx, a lofty castle. 
Majsta vox, a sorrowful voice. 
Ferus draco, a cruel dragon. 
Cava navis, a hollow ship. 
Ardua turris, a lofty tower. 
Magna dos, a large dowry. 
Unus niger bos, one black ox. 
JEnea lampas, a brazen lamp. 
Fortis heros, a brave hero. 
Militaris chlamys, a military cloak. 



Fessus advena, a wearied stranger. Culpatus Paris, wicked Paris. 
Gelidus fons, a cold fountain. Miser Tros, a miserable Trojan, 

Acris acies, a sliarp edge. Infelix Dido, unhappy Dido. 



NUMERAL ADJECTIVES. 

Adjectives which signify Number, are divided into four 
classes: Cardinal, denoting number simply; Ordinal, denot- 



14 



RUDIMENTS. 



ing the place or number in succession ; Distributive, denoting 
how many to each: and Multiplicative, denoting how many 
fold. 

The Cardinal, or Principal Numbers are : 



Unus, one. 
Duo, two. 
Tres, three. 
Quatuor, four. 
Quinque, Jive. 
Sex, six. 
Septem, seven, 
Octo, eight. 
Novem, nine. 
Decern, ten. 
Undecim, eleven. 
Duodecim, twelve. 
Tredecim, thirteen. 
Quatuordecim, fourteen. 
Quindecim, fifteen. 
Sexdecim, sixteen. 
Septemdecim, seventeen. 
Octodecim, eighteen. 
Novemdecim, nineteen. 



Triginta, thirty. 

Quadragmta, forty. 

Quinquaginta, fifty. 

Sexaginta, sixty. 

Septuaginta, seventy. 

Octoginta, eighty. 

Nonaginta, ninety. 

Centum, a hundred. 

Ducenti, -ae, -a, two hundred. 

Trecenti, -ae, -a, three hundred. 

Quadringenti, four hundred. 

Quingenti,^^ hundred. 

Sexcenti, six hundred. 

Septingenti, seven hundred. 

Octingenti, eight hundred. 

Nongenti, nine hundred. 

Mille, a thousand. 

Duo millia, or \ 

Bis mille, 

Decern millia, or 1 

Decies mille, J 

Viginti millia, or "I twenty thou- 

Vicies mille, J sand. 



■ two thousand. 



ten thousand. 



Viginti, twenty. 

Viginti unus, or} . 

Unus et Viginti, )**««*—• 

Viginti duo, or \ , - . 

t^ it. . .. 5- twenty -two. 

Duo et Viginti, J 9 

Eighteen and nineteen are more properly expressed by duodeviginti, 
and undeviginti ; from which Ordinals, Distributives, and Adverbs, 
are likewise formed. The same form may be employed in the cor- 
responding numbers of each of the other decades : as, duodetriginta, 
twenty-eight; undetriginta, twenty-nine; &c 

The Cardinal Numbers, except unus and mille, want the Singular. 

Unus is not used in the Plural, except when joined with a substan- 
tive which wants the Singular : as, una mcenia, one wall ; or when 
several particulars are considered as one whole : as, una vestimenta 3 
one suit of clothes. 

Duo, two, and Tres, three, are thus declined : 



Plural. 
M. F. N. 

N. Duo, duae, duo. 

G. Duorum, duarum, duorum. 

D. Duobus, duabus, duobus. 

A. Duos, -o, duas, duo. 

V. Duo, duae, duo. 

A Duobus, duabus, duobus. 

Ambo, both, is declined as duo. 



Plural. 

M. F. N. 

N. Tres, tres, tria. 
G. Trium, trium, trium. 
D. Tribus, tribus, tribus. 
A. Tres, tres, tria. 
V. Tres, tres, tria. 
A. Tribus, tribus, tribus. 



ADJECTIVE. 



15 



All the Cardinal Numbers from quatuor to centum inclusive, are 
indeclinable ; and, from centum to millc, they are declined as the 
Plural of bonus. 

JMille, when placed before a Genitive Plural, is a Substantive inde- 
clinable in the Singular, and, in the Plural, declined viillia, miUium, 
milfibuS) &c, but, when it has a Substantive joined to it in any other 
case, it is a Plural Adjective indeclinable. 



Ordinal, 


Distributive, 


Numeral Adverbs, 


1 . primus, -a, -urn, first 


, singuli, -ae, -a, one by one. semel, once. 


2. secundus, second* 


bini, two by two. 


bis, twice. 


3. tertius, third. 


terni, three by three. 


ter, thrice. 


4. quartus, fyc. 


quaterni, Qc, 


quater.^wr times* 


5. quintus. 


quini. 


quinquies, 6$c, 


6. sextus. 


seni. 


sexies. 


7. Septimus. 


septeni. 


septies. 


8. octavus. 


octoni. 


octies. 


9. nonus. 


noveni. 


novies. 


10. decimus. 


deni. 


decies. 


ll.undecimus. 


undeni. 


undecies. 


12. duodecimus. 


duodeni. 


duodecies. 


13. decimus tertius. 


tredeni, terni deni. 


tredecies. 


14. decimus quartus. 


quaterni deni. 


quatuordecies. 


15. decimus quintus. 


quindeni. 


quindecies. 


16. decimus sextus. 


seni deni. 


sexdecies. 


17. decimus Septimus. 


septeni deni. 


decies et septies. 


18. decimus octavus. 


octoni deni. 


decies et octies. 


19. decimus nonus. 


noveni deni. 


decies et novies. 


20. vigesimus, vicesimus 


t.viceni. 


vicies. 


21. vigesimus primus. 


viceni singuli. 


vicies semel. 


30. trigesimuSjtricesimu! 


s. triceni. 


tricies. 


40. quadragesimus. 


quadrageni. 


quadragies. 


50. quinquagesimus. 


quinquageni. 


quinquagies. 


60. sexagesimus. 


sexagini. 


sexagies. 


70. septuagesimus. 


septuageni. 


septuagies. 


80. octogesimus. 


octogeni. 


octogies. 


90. nonagesimus. 


nonageni. 


nonagies. 


100. centesimus. 


centeni. 


centies. 


200. ducentesimus. 


duceni. 


ducenties. 


300. trecentesimus. 


trecenteni. 


trecenties. 


400. quadringentesimus. 


quater centeni. 


quadringenties. 


500. quingentesimus. 


quinquies centeni. 


quingenties. 


600. sexcentesimus. 


sexies centeni. 


sexcenties. 


700. septingentesimus. 


septies centeni. 


septingenties. 


800. octingentesimus. 


octies centeni. 


octingenties. 


900. nongentesimus. 


novies centeni. 


nongenties. 


1000. mill asimus. 


milleni. 


millies. 


2000. bis millesimus. 


bis milleni. 


bis millies. 



16 



RUDIMENTS. 



The Multiplicative Numbers are simplex, simple; duplex, double; 
triplex, triple ; quadruplex, fourfold, &c. 

Note, — The Distributive Number, when used in the sense of the 
Cardinal, is often found in the Singular : as, centena arbor e, for cen- 
tum arboribus, Virg. 



COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 

Those Adjectives only can be compared whose significa- 
tion can be increased or diminished. 

There are three degrees of Comparison : Positive, Com- 
parative, and Superlative. 

The Positive is an Adjective of the First and Second 
Declension, or of the Third only; the Comparative is 
always of the Third ; the Superlative is always of the First 
and Second. 



Rules. — 1. The Comparative is formed from the first case 
of the Positive in i, by adding or for the Masculine and 
Feminine, and us for the Neuter : as, 

Doctus, learned, Gen. docti; Comparative, doctuor for the 

Masc. docti-or for the Fem. docti-us for the Neuter, more 

learned. 

Mitis, meek, Dat. mitt; Comparative, miti-or for the Masc. 

miti-or for the Fem. miti-us for the Neuter, more meek. 

2. The Superlative is formed from the first case of the 
Positive in i by adding ssimus : as, 

Gen. Docti ; Superlative, docti-sslmus, -a, -um, most learned. 
Dat. Miti ; Sup. mitissimus, -a, -um, most meek. 

3. If the Positive end in er, the Superlative is formed 
by adding rimus to the Nominative Singular Masculine : 
as, 

Nom. Pulcher, fair; Sup. pulcher-rimus, -a, -um, most fair. 
Nom. Pauper, poor ; Sup. pauper -rimus, -a, -um, most poor. 



Pos. 








Comp. 


Sup. 


Firmus, 


strong ; 


Gen. 


-h 


Firmior, 


Firmisslmus. 


Fortis, 


brave ; 


Dat. 


-h 


Fortior, 


Fortissimus. 


Liber, 


free ; 


Gen. 


-h 


Liberior, 


Liberrimus. 


Piger, 


slow ; 


Gen. 


-ri, 


Pigrior, 


Pigerrimus. 


Prudens 


, wise ; 


Dat. 


-ti, 


Prudentior, 


Prudentissimi 


Velox, 


swift ; 


Dat. 


-ci, 


Velocior, 


Veiocissimus. 







PKOKOIN. 








IRREGULAR COMPARISONS. 




Pos. 


Comp. 


Sup. 


Pos. 


Comp, 


Sup. 


Bonus, 


Melior, 


OptTmus, 


Good, 


better, 


best. 


Magnus, 


Major, 


Maxim us, 


Great, 


greater, 


greatest. 


Malas, 


Pejor, 


PessTmus, 


Bad, 


worse, 


•worst. 


Multus, 


Plus, n. 


Plunmus, 


Muc\ 


more, 


most. 


Parvus, 


Minor, 


Minimus, 


Little, 


less, 


least. 



17 



Note. — Plus is used only in the Neuter Gender in the Singular ; 
it is regular in the Plural, and has plura, and sometimes pluria, in 
the Nom. Ace. and Voc. Neuter. 

See Appendix, page 1 05. 



Different kinds of Nouns and Adjectives. 

A Collective Noun signifies " many" in the Singular number: 
as, populus, a people; exercttus, an army. 

An Abstract Noun expresses the quality of an Adjective : as, 
bonitas, goodness, from bonus, good. Abstract Nouns commonly 
end in a, as, or do. 

A Patronymic Noun is generally derived from the name of 
the father : as, Prianiides, the son of Priam. The poets derive 
them also from some other remarkable person of the family, or 
from the founder of a nation: as, JEacides, the son, grandson, 
or one of the descendants of iEacus; Romulida, the Romany 
from Romulus. Patronymics of men end in des ; of women in 
is, as, and ne. Those in des and ne are of the First Declension, 
and those in is and as are of the Third. 

A Diminutive Noun, or Adjective, expresses a diminution, 
or lessening of the signification of the word from which it is 
derived : as, libellus, a little book, from liber ; parvulus, very 
little, from parvus. Diminutives generally end in lus, la, or 
lum ; and the Nouns are usually of the same gender with their 
primitives. 

A Verbal Noun, or Adjective, is derived from a Verb: as, 
amor, love; amabllis, lovely, from amo. Verbal Nouns com- 
monly end in is, io, or, men, us, or ura ; and Adjectives in ax, 
or His. 

An Interrogative word is used to ask a question : as, uter, 
which of the two ? quis, who ? cur, why ? These words, when 
they do not ask a question, are called Indefinites. 



PRONOUN. 

A Pronoun is a word which supplies the place of a 
Noun. 

There are eighteen simple Pronouns: Ego, tu, sui ; 



18 RUDIMENTS. 

tile, ipse, iste, hie, is, quis, qui ; mens, tuus, suns, noster, 
vester ; nostras, vestras, and cujas. 

Three of these are Substantives : ego, tu, sui ; the other 
fifteen are Adjectives. 

Ego, I ,• Plur. v;e. 
Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Ego, 7. Nom. Nos, we. 

Gen. Mei, of me. Gen. Nostrum, or nostri, of us. 

Hat. Mihi, to me. Dut. Nobis, to us. 

Ace. Me, me. Ace. Nos, us. 

Foe. Toe. 

*Abl. Me, with me. Abl. Nobis, with us. 

Tu, thou, or you ; Plur. ye, or you. 

Singular. Plural. 

N. Tu, thou, or you. N. Vos, ye, or you. 

G. Tui, of thee, or you. G. Vestrum, or vestri, of you. 

D. Tibi, to thee, or you. D. Vobis, to you. 

A. Te, thee, or you. A. Vos, you. 

F. Tu, O thou, or you. V. Vos, O ye, or you. 

A. Te, with thee, or you. A. Vobis, with you. 

Sui, of himself, of herself, of itself ; Plur. of themselves. 
Singular. Plural. 

Nom. Nom. 

Gen. Sui, of himself #c. Gen. Sui, of themselves. 

Dot. Sibi, to himself, $c. Dat. Sibi, to themselves. 

Ace. Se, himself, $c. Ace. Se, themselves. 

Foe. • Foe. 

Abl. Se, with himself, <Jc Abl. Se, with themselves. 

Illb, illaj illud, he, she, it ; that ; Plur. they, those. 

Singular. Plural. 

M. F. N. M. F. N. 

Nom. Ille, ilia, illud. Nom. Illi, illae, ilia. 

Gen. Illius, illius, illius. Gen. Illorum, illarum, illorum. 

Dat. Illi, illi, illi. Dat. Illis, illis, illis. 

Ace. Ilium, illam, illud. Ace. Illos, illas, ilia. 

Foe. Ille, ilia, illud. Foe. Illi, illae, ilia. 

Abl. IUo, ilia, illo. Abl. Illis, illis, illis. 

Ipse^ he himself, ipsa, she herself, ipsum, itself; Plur. they 
themselves ; and iste, he, ista, she, istud, that ; Pfur. those ; are 
declined as ille ; except that ipse has ipsum in the Nom. Ace 
and Voc. Singular Neuter. 



PRONOUN, 19 

Hie, h^ec, hoc, this; Plur. these. 

Singular. Plural. 

M. F. N. M. F. N. 

Nom. Hie, haec, hoc. Nom. Hi, hae, haec. 

Gen. Hujus, hujus, hujus. Gen. Horum, harum, horum. 

Bat. Huic, huic, huic. Bat. His, his, his. 

Ace. Hunc, hanc, hoc. Ace. Hos, has, haec. 

Foe. Hie, haec, hoc. Voc. Hi, hse, haec. 

Abl. Hoc, hac, hoc. AM. His, his, his. 

Is, ea, id, he, she, it ; that ; Plur. they, those. 
Singular. Plural. 

M. F. N. M. F. N. 

Nom. Is, ea, id. Nom. Ii, eae, ea. 

Gen. Ejus, ejus, ejus. Gen. Eorum, earum, eorum. 

Bat. Ei, ei, ei. Bat. lis, or eis, iis, or eis, iis, or eis. 

Ace. Eum, earn, id. Ace. Eos, eas, ea. 

Voc. — — — Voc. — — — 

Abl. Eo, ea, eo. Abl. lis, or eis, iis, or eis, iis, or eis. 

Quis, qu^b, quod, or quid, who, which, what ? 
Interrogative. 
Singular. Plural. 

M. F. N. M. F. N. 

N. Quis, quae, quod, or quid N. Qui, quae, quae. 
G. Cujus, cujus, cujus. G. Quorum, quarum, quorum. 

D. Cui, cui, cui. B. Queis, or quibus, &c. 

A. Quem,quam, quod, or quid. A. Quos, quas, quae. 
V. — — — V. — — — 

A. Quo, qua, quo. A. Queis, or quibus, &c 

Qui, qvje, quod, who, which, that. 

Relative. 

Singular. Plural. 

M. F. N. M. F. N. 

N. Qui, quae, quod. N. Qui, quae, quae. 

G. Cujus, cujus, cujus. "2. Quorum, quarum, quorum. 

B. Cui, cui, cui. B. Queis or quibus, &c. 
A. Quern, quam, quod. A. Quos, quas, quae. 

A. Quo, qua, quo. A. Queis, or quibus, &c. 

The Relative qui has also qui in the Ablative in all genders and in 
both numbers. Qui is sometimes used interrogatively for quis. 

Mens, my, or mine ; tuus, thy, or thine ; suus, his own, her 
own, its own, their own ; are declined like bonus ; and noster, 
our, or ours ; vester, your, or yours ; like ater, of the First and 






20 



RUDIMENTS. 



Second Declension. Tuus, suus, and vester, want the Voca- 
tive ; noster and meus have it ; the latter having mi, and some- 
times mens in the Masculine Singular. 

Nostras, of our country ; vestras, of your country ; cujas, of 
what, or which country, are declined like felix of the Third 
Declension; Gen. nostrdtis, Dat. nostrdti, &c. 



COMPOUND PRONOUNS. 

In the Compounds of quis and qui, quis is sometimes the first, and 
sometimes the last part of the word compounded ; but qui is always 
the first. 

1. The Compounds of quis, when quis is put first, are quisnam, 
who ? quisviam, quisquam, any one ; quisque, every one ; quisquis, 
whosoever. 

Quis nam, who, which, what $ 

Singular, Plural, 

M. F, N, M. F, N. 

N, Quisnam, quaenam, quodnam, 2V. Quinam, quaenam, quaenam. 

or quidnam. 
G, Cujusnam, cujusnam, cujus- G. Quorumnam, quarumnam, 

nam. quorumnam. 

D, Cuinam, cuinam, cuinam. D, Quibusnam, quibusnam, qui- 

busnam. 
A, Quemnam, quamnam, quod- A, Quosnam, quasnam, quatnam. 
nam, or quidnam. 

V, V. 

A, Quonam, quanam, quonam. A, Quibusnam, quibusnam, qui- 
busnam. 

N. 
quodpiam, or quidpiam. 
quidquam, or quicquam. 
quodque, or quidque. 
quidquid, or quicquid. 

Quisquam has quenquam in the Accusative, without the Feminine. 
The Plural is scarcely used. Quisque has also quicque for quidque, 
Quisquis has no Feminine termination, except in the Ablative, and 
the Neuter only in the Nominative and Accusative. Quisquis is 
sometimes used for the Feminine. 

2. The Compounds of quis, when quis is put last, have qua in the 
Nom. Sing. Fern, and in the Nom. and Ace. Flur. Neuter. These 
are aliquis, some ; ecquis, whether any ? nequis, lest any ; numquis, 
wbether any ? and siquis, if any. The last three are frequently read 
separately ; ne quis, num quis y si quis* 



M. 


F. 


Quispiam, 


quaepiam, 


Quisquam, 


quaequarn 


Quisque, 


quaeque, 


Quisquis, 






PRONOUN. 21 

Aliquis, some. 
Singular. Plural. 

M. F. N. M. F. N. 

W. Aliquis, aEqua, aliquod, or JV. Aliqui, aliquae, aliqua. 

aliquid. 
Q. Alicujus, alicujus, alicujus. G. Aliquorum, aliquarum, aliqufl- 

rum. 
D. Alicui, alicui, alicui. D. Aliquibus,aliquibus,aliquibus. 

d. Aliquem, aliquam, aliquod, A. Aliquos, aliquas, aliqua. 

or aliquid. 
P. Aliquis, aliqua, aliquod, or V. Aliqui, aliquae, aliqua. 

aliquid. 
4. Aliquo, aliqua, aliquo. A. Aliquibus,aliquibus, aliquibus, 

M. F. N. 

Ecquis, ecquaa, or ecqua, ecquod, or ecquid. 

Ne quis, ne qua, ne quod, or ne quid. 

Num quis, num qua, num quod, or num quid. 

Si quis, si qua, or si quae, si quod, or si quid. 

3. The Compounds of qui are quicunque, whosoever; quidam^ 
tome ; quilibet, quivis, any one, whom you please. 

Quicunque, whosoever, whatsoever. 
Singular. Plural. 

M. F. N. M. F. N. 

W. Quicunque, qusecunque, quod- iV. Quicunque, quascunque, quae- 

cunque. cunque. 

2. Cujuscunque, cujuscunque, ou- G. Quorumcunque, quarumcun- 
juscunque; $c. que, quorumcunque; S$c. 

M. F. JVT. 

Quidara, quasdam, quoddam, or quiddam. 

QuilTbet, quaelibet, quodlibet, 07' quidlibet. 

Quivis, quaevis, quodvis, or quidvis. 

Quidam has quendam, quandam, quoddam, or quiddam, in the Ac- 
cusative Singular, and quorundam, quarundam, quorundam, in the 
Genitive Plural. 

Some of these are twice compounded : as, ecquisnam, ecqucenam, 
zcauodnam, or ecquidnam, who ? unusquisque, unaquceque, unumquod- 
pie, or unumquidque, every one ; Gen. uniuscujusque, 6{C. The for- 
mer is scarcely declined beyond the Nom. Sing. ; and the latter wants 
the Plural. 

All these compounds want the Vocative except quisque, aliquis, 
quilibet, and quicunque ; and have seldom or never queis, but qutbus, 
in the Dative and Ablative Plural. 



22 RUDIMENTS. 



Idem, the same, is compounded of is and dem, and is thus declined i 

Singular, Plural. 

_ M. F. N. M. F. AT. 

iV. Idem, eadem, idem. JV. Iidem, easdem, eadem. 

G. Ejusdem, ejusdem, ejusdem. G. Eorundem, earundem, eorundem. I 

D. Eidem, eidem, eidem. D. Iisdem, or eisdem, <%c. 

A. Eundem, eandem, idem. A. Eosdem, easdem, eadem. 

V. Idem, eadem, idem. V. Iidem, easdem, eadem. 

A. Eodem, eadem, eodem. A. Iisdem, or eisdem, Qc. 

Of iste and hie is compounded isthic, isthcec, isthoc, or isthuc ; and 
of ille and hie, illic, illcec, illoc, or illuc, which are used only in the 
Nom. Ace. and Abl. Sing, and in the Neut. Plural isthcec, and illoec. 

The syllables te, ce, pte, cine, are sometimes added to pronouns to 
increase their demonstrative force ; as, tute, hujusce, &c. 

Pronouns are divided into four Classes : 

1. Demonstratives, which point out a person or thing pre- 
sent: ego, tu, sui. 

2. Relatives, which refer to something going before; ille, 
ipse, iste, hie, is, quis, qui, 

3. Possessives, which denote possession; mens, tuus, suus, 
noster, vester. 

4. Gentiles or Patrials, which signify one's country : nostras, 
vestras, cujas. 

Quis and cujas are called also Interrogatives. 



VERB. 

A Verb is a word which expresses what is affirmed or 
said of things. 

Verbs are declined by Voices, Moods, Tenses, Numbers, 
and Persons. 

They have two Voices : Active ending in o ; and Passive 
ending in or. 

They have four Moods : Indicative, Subjunctive,* Im- 
perative, and Infinitive. 

They have six Tenses: Present, Imperfect, Perfect, 
Pluperfect, Future, and Future- Perfect. 

They have two Numbers : Singular and Plural. 

They have three Persons in each Number. 

* The Subjunctive Mood is also called Potential or Conditional. 



VEBB. 23 

There are four Conjugations,, or modes of varying Verbs, 
distinguished by the Infinitive Mood. 

The First Conjugation has a long before re of the 
[nfinitive, as amdre ; the Second has e long, as monere ; 
the Third has e short, as regere ; the Fourth has i long, 
is audire. 

There are four Principal Parts of a Verb from which 
the other Tenses are formed : the Present ending in o ; 
the Perfect in i ; the Supine in um; and the Infinitive 
is re; as, Pres. amo ; Perf.amdvi; Sup. amatum ; Inf. 
widre. 

FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 

From the Present Indicative are formed, 

1. The Imperfect Indicative, in the First Conjugation, by 
;he change of o into dbam ; in the second, of eo into ebam ; and 
n the Third and Fourth, of o into ebam. 

2. The Future Indicative, in the First Conjugation, by the 
shange of o into abo ; in the Second, of eo into ebo ; and in the 
rhird and Fourth, of o into am. 

3. The Present Subjunctive, in the First Conjugation, by the 
:hange of o into em ; and in the Second, Third, and Fourth, 
nto am. 

4. The Present Participle, in the First Conjugation, by the 
ihange of o into ans ; in the Second, of eo into ens ; and in the 
rhird and Fourth, of o into ens. 

6. The Gerund is formed from the Present Participle, by the 
hange of s into dum. 

From the Perfect Indicative are formed, 

1. The Pluperfect Indicative, by the change of i into Pram. 

2. The Future-Perfect, by the change of i into ero. 

3. The Perfect Subjunctive, by the change of i into e"rim. 

4. The Pluperfect Subjunctive, by the change of i into issem. 

5. The Perfect Infinitive, by the change of i into isse. 

From the Supine are formed, 

1. The Future Participle, by the change of um into urus. 

2. The Future Subjunctive is made up of the Future Parti- 
iple, and sim. 

3. The Future Infinitive is made up of the Future Participle, 
tnd esse or fuisse. 

From the Present Infinitive are formed, 

1. The Imperfect Subjunctive, by adding m. 

2. The Present Imperative, by dropping re. 






24 RUDIMENTS. 



Sum is an irregular Verb, and is thus conjugated : 
Principal Parts. 
Pres. Ind. Perf. Ind. Pres Inf. 

Sum. fui. esse, to be. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present Tense. 
Persons. 
Sing. 1. Ego Sum, I am. 

2. Tu Es, thou art, or you are. 

3. Ille* Est, he is. 
Plur. 1. Nos Sumus, we are. 

2. Vos Estis, ye, or you are. 

3. Illif Sunt, they are. 

Imperfect Tense. 
Sing. 1. Ego Eram, I was. 

2. Tu Eras, thou wast, or you were. 

3. Ille Erat, he was. 
Plur. 1. JVos Eram us, we were. 

2. Vos Eratis, ye, or you were. 

3. Illi Erant, they were. 

Perfect Tense. 
Sing. 1. Ego Fui, / was, or have been. 

2. Tu Fuisti, thou wast, or hast been. 

3. Ille Fuit, /ie was, or has been. 
Plur. 1. iVbs Fuimus, we were, or ^aue been. 

2. Vos Fuistis, ye, or you were, or ftave been. 

3. 72Z* Fuerunt, or fuere, they were, or toe been. 

Pluperfect Tense. 
Sing. 1. Ego Fueram, I had been. 

2. Tu Fueras, thou hadst been. 

3. Ille Fuerat, he had been. 
Plur. 1. Nos Fueramus, we had been. 

2. Vos Fueratis, ye, or you had been. 

3. Illi Fuerant, they had been. 

Future Tense. 
Sing. 1. Ego Ero, / shall, or will be. 

2. Tu Eris, thou shalt, or wilt be. 

3. Ille Erit, he shall, or will be. 
Plur. 1. iVbs Erimus, we shall, or wiV/ be. 

2. Vos Eritis, ye, or you shall, or tot'// be. 

3. 7//i Erunt, £Ae# shall, or wiVZ £e. 

• Or any Noun in the Nom. Singular : as, liber est, the book is. 
+ Or any Noun in the Nom. Plural : as, libri sunt, the books are. 



VERB. 25 

Future- Perfect Tense. 

Sing, 1. Ego Fuero, I shall have been. 

2. Tu Fueris, thou shalt have been. 

3. Ille Fuerit, he shall have been. 
Plur. 1. Nos Fuerimus,* we shall have been. 

2. Vos Fueritis,* ye, or you shall have been. 

3. Illi Fuerint, they shall have been. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present Tense. 

Sing. 1. Ego Sim, / may, or can be. 

2. Tu Sis, thou mayest, or canst be. 

3. Ille Sit, he may, or can be. 

Plur. 1. JVos Slmus, we may, or can be. 

2. Fbs Sltis, ye, or yow may, or can be. 

3. 77/t Sint, they may, or can be. 

Imperfect Tense. 

Sing. 1. l?g*o Essem, I might, could, would, or should be. 

2. Tw Esses, /Aow mightst, couldst, wouldst, or shouldst 

be. 

3. i7/e Esset, Ae might, could, would, or should be. 

Plur. 1. iVbtf Essemus, we might, could, would, or should be. 

2. Fos Essetis, ye, or you might, could, would, or should 

be. 

3. ///i Essen t, £Aey might, could, would, or should be. 

Perfect Tense. 

Sfog*. 1. i?gt> Fuerim, I may have been. 

2. Tu Fueris, thou mayest have been. 

3. Ille Fuerit, he may have been. 

Plur. 1. Nos Fuerimus, we may have been. 

2. Vos Fueritis, ye, or you may have been. 

3. Illi Fuerint, they may have been. 

Pluperfect Tense. 

Sing. 1. Ego Fuissem, I might, could, would, or should have 
been. 

2. Tu Fuisses, thou mightst, couldst, £[c. have been. 

3. Ille Fuisset, he might, could, 3$c. have been. 

Plur. 1. IVos Fuissemus, we might, could, §c. have been. 

2. Vos Fuissetis, ye, or you might, could, $c. have been. 

3. Illi Fuissent, they might, could, Sjc. have been. 

* The quantity of the i, in the First and Second Persons Plural of 
the Future-Perfect of every Verb, is doubtful. 



I 



26 RUDIMENTS. 

Future Tense.* 
Sing. 1. Ego Futur-us sim, I may be about to be, or will be. 

2. Tu Futur-us sis, thou mayest be about to be, or wilt 
be ; $c. 

Imperative Mood. 
Present Tense. 
Sing. 2. Tu Es, or esto, be thou. 
3. Ille Esto, let him be. 

Plur. 2. Vos Este, or estote, be ye, or be you. 
3. Illi Sun to, let them be. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present and Imperfect Tense. 

Esse, to be, that / am, that J was. 

Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. 
Fuisse, to have been, that J have been, that / had been. 

Future Tense. 
Fu turns, -a, -um esse, to be about to be, that / will be, that / 

would be ; 
and Futurus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to be, that I 

would have been. 

Participle. 

Future. 

Futurus, -a, -um, about to be. 



i 



FIRST CONJUGATION. 

Active Voice. 

Amo, I love. 

Creo, J create. Domo, J tame. 

Principal Parts. 

Pres. Indie. Perfect. Supine. Pres. Infin. 

Amo, amavi, amatum, amare, to love. 

Creo, creavi, creatum, creare, to create. 

Domo, domui, domitum, domare, to tame. 

* There is no Simple Future Subjunctive, but, instead of it, th3 
Future Participle is used with sim. 



VERB. 27 

Indicative Mood. 
Present Tense. — {Principal Part.) 

Sing. 1. Am-o, I love, do love, or am loving. 

2. Am-as, thou lovest, dost love, or art loving. 

3. Am-at, he loves, does love, or is loving. 

Plur. 1. Arn-amus, we love, do love, or are loving. 

2. Am-atis, ye love, do love, or are loving. 

3. Am-ant, they love, do love, or are loving. 

Cre-o. Dom-o. 

Imperfect Tense. — (From the Present.) 
Sing. 1. Am-abam, I loved, did love, or was loving. 

2. Am-abas, thou lovedst, didst love, or wast loving 

3. Am-abat, he loved, did love, or was loving. 

Plur. 1. Am-abamus, we loved, did love, or were loving. 

2. Am-abatis, ye loved, did love, or were loving. 

3. Am-abant, they loved, did love, or were loving. 

Cre-abam. Dom-abarn. 

Perfect Tense. — (Principal Part.) 
Sing. 1. Amav-i, / loved, or have loved. 

2. Amav-isti., thou lovedst, or hast loved. 

3. Amav-it, he loved, or has loved. 

Plur. 1. Amav-imus, we loved, or have loved. 

2. Amav-istis, ye loved, or hqve loved. 

3. Amav-erunt, or -ere, they loved, or have loved. 

Creav-i. Domu-i. 

Pluperfect Tense. — (From the Perfect.) 
Sing. 1. Amav-eram, I had loved. 

2. Amav-eras, thou hadst loved. 

3. Amav-erat, he had loved. 

Plur. 1. Amav-eramus, we had loved. 

2. Amav-eratis, ye had loved. 

3. Amav-erantj they had loved. 

Creav-eram. Domu-eram. 

Future Tense. — (From the Present.) 
Sing. 1. Am-abo, I shall, or will love. 

2. Am-abis, thou shall, or wilt love. 

3. Am-abit, he shall, or will love. 

Plur. 1. Am-ablmus, we shall, or will love. 

2. Am-abitis, ye shall, or will love- 

3. Am-abunt, they shall, or will love. 

Cre-abo. Dom-abo. 



"""HBggj; 



28 



RUDIMENTS. 



Future-Perfect Tense. — {From the Perfect.) 
Sing. 1. Amav-ero, / shall have loved. 

2. Amav-eris, thou shalt have loved. 

3. Amav-erit, he shall have loved. 
Plur. 1. Amav-erimus, we shall have loved. 

2. Amav-eritis, ye shall have loved. 

3. Amav-erint, they shall have loved* 
Creav-ero. Domu-ero. 

Subjunctive Mood* 
Present Tense. — {From the Present.) 
Sing. 1. Am-em, I may, or can love. 

2. Am-es, thou mayest, or canst love. 

3. Am-et, he may, or can love. 
Plur. 1. Am-emus, we may, or can love. 

2. Am-etis, ye may, or can love. 

3. Am-ent, they may, or can love* 

Cre-em. Dom-em. 

Imperfect Tense. — {From the Present Infinitive.) 
Sing. 1. Am-arem, / might, could, would, or should love. 

2. Am-ares, thou mightst, couldst, wouldst, 6$c. love. 

3. Am-aret, he might, could, would, or should love. 
Plur. 1. Am-aremus, we might, could, 6$c. love* 

2. Am-aretis, ye might, could, would, or should love. 

3. Am-arent, they might, could, would, or should love. 

Cre-arem. Dom-arem. 

Perfect Tense. — {From the Perfect.) 
Sing. 1. Amav-erim, I may have loved. 

2. Amav-eris, thou mayest have loved. 

3. Amav-erit, he may have loved. 
Plur. 1. Amav-erimus, we may have loved. 

2. Amav-eritis, ye may have loved. 

3. Amav-erint, they may have loved. 
Creav-erim. Domu-erim. 

Pluperfect Tense. — {From the Perfect.) 
Sing. 1. Amav-issem, / might, could, would, §c. have loved. 

2. Amav-isses, thou mightst, couldst, §c. have loved. 

3. Amav-isset, he might, could, §c have loved. 

* The Subjunctive Tenses, when preceded by Conjunctions, or 
Indefinites, are often translated like the corresponding Tenses of the 
Indicative : as, si amem, if I love : nescio quis amet, I know not 
who loves. 

The Third Person Singular, and the First and Third Persons Plural 
of the Present, are often translated by let ; as, amet, let him love. 



!&&** 



VERB. 29 



Plur* 1. Amav-issemus, we might, could, $c. have loved* 

2. Amav-issetis, ye might, could, <%c> have loved. 

3. Amav-issent, they might, could, fyc. have loved. 

Creav-issem. Domu-issem. 

Future Tense. — (Fiit. Participle and sim.) 
Sing. 1. Amat-urus sim, I may be about to love, or will love. 

2. Amat-urus sis, thou mayest be about to love, or wilt 

love; Sfc. 

Creat-urus sim. Domit-urus sira. 

Imperative Mood. 
Present Tense. — (From the Pres. Inf.) 
Sing. 2. Am-a, or -ato, love thou, or do thou love. 

3. Am-ato, let him love. 

Plur. 2. Am-ate, or -atote, love ye, or do ye love. 
3. Am-anto, let them love. 

Cre-a, or -ato. Dom-a, or -ato. 

Infinitive Mood.* 

Present and Imperfect Tense. — {Principal Part.) 

Am-are, to love, that / love, that / was loving. 

Cre-are. Dom-are. 

Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — (From the Perfect.) 

Amav-isse, to have loved, that / have loved, that / had loved. 

Creav-isse. Domu-isse. 

Future Tense. — (Fut. Participle and esse, or fuisse.) 
Amat-urus, -a, -um esse, to be about to love, that / will love, 

that / would love ; 

and Amat-urus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to love, 

that / would have loved. 

Creat-urus esse, or fuisse. Domit-urus esse, or fuisse. 

Participles* 

Present and Imperfect. — (From the Present.) 

Arn-ans, loving ; Gen. am-antis. 

Cre-ans. Dom-ans. 

Future. — (From the Supine.) 

Amat-urus, -a, -um, about to love. 

Creat-urus. Domit-urus. 



• The Infinitive Tenses, when preceded by an Accusative, are 
commonly translated like the corresponding Tenses of the Indicative, 
the Particle that being sometimes expressed, but often understood. 

b2 



30 RUDIMENTS. 

Gerunds,— -{From the Pres. Participle.) 
JVom. Aman-dum, loving. 
Gen, Aman-di, of loving. 
Dat. Aman-do, to loving. 
Ace. Aman-dum, loving. 
Abl. Aman-do, with loving. 
Crean-dum. Doman-dum. 

Supines. — {Principal Part.) 
Amat-um, to love. 
Amat-u, to love, or to be loved. 

Creat-um. Domit-um. 



Pres. lnd. 


Perfect. 


Supine. 


Pres. Inf. 


Muto, 


mutavi, 


mutatum, 


mutare, to change. 


Seco, 


secui, 


sectum, 


secare, to cut. 


Voco, 


vocavi, 


vocatum, 


vocare, to call. 


Mico. 


micui > 




micare, to glitter. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

FORMATION OF THE TENSES. 

1. The Present Indicative Passive is formed from the Present 
Indicative Active by adding r. 

2. The Imperfect Indicative Passive is formed from the Im- 
perfect Indicative Active, by the change of m into r. 

3. The Perfect Indicative Passive is made up of the Perfect 
Participle and sum, orfui. 

4. The Pluperfect Indicative Passive is made up of the Per- 
fect Participle and eram, or fueram. 

5. The Future Indicative Passive is formed from the Future 
Indicative Active, in the First and Second Conjugations, by 
adding r, and in the Third and Fourth, by the change of m 
into r. 

6. The Future- Perfect Passive is made up of the Perfect Par- 
ticiple and ero, or fuero. 

7. The Present Subjunctive Passive is formed from the Pre- 
sent Subjunctive Active, by the change of m into r. 

8. The Imperfect Subjunctive Passive is formed from the 
Imperfect Subjunctive Active, by the change of m into r. 

9. The Perfect Subjunctive Passive is made up of the Perfect 
Participle and sim, or fu&rim. 

10. The Pluperfect Subjunctive Passive is made up of the 
Perfect Participle and essem, or fuissem. 

11. The Present Imperative Passive is formed from the Pre- 
sent Imperative Active by adding re. 



VE11B. 3] 

12. The Present Infinitive Passive is formed from the Pre- 
sent Infinitive Active, in the First, Second, and Fourth Conju- 
gations, by the change of e into i, and in the Third, by the 
change of ere into i. 

13. The Perfect Infinitive Passive is made up of the Perfect 
Participle and esse, oxfuisse. 

14. The Future Infinitive Passive is made up of the First 
Supine and iri. 

15. The Perfect Participle is formed from the First Supine, 
by the change of um into us. 

16. The Future Participle Passive is formed from the Gerund 
by the change of dam into dus. 



Pres. Indicative. Per/. Participle. Pres. Infinitive. 

Amor, amatus, amari, to be loved. 

Creor, creatus, creari, to be created, 

Domor, donritus, domari, to be tamed. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present Tense. — {From the Pres, Ind, Active.) 

Sing. 1. Am-or, lam loved.* 

2. Am-aris, or -are, thou art loved. 

3. Am-atur, he is loved. 

Plur. 1. Am-amur, we are loved. 

2. Am-amlm, ye are loved. 

3. Am-antur, they are loved. 

Cre-or. Dom-or. 

Imperfect Tense. — {From the Imp. Ind. Active.) 

Sing. 1. Am-abar, I was loved.f 

2. Am-abaris, or -abare, thou wast loved. 

3. Am-abatur, he was loved. 

Plur. 1. Am-abamur, we were loved. 

2. Am-abamini, ye were loved. 

3. Am-abantur, they were loved. 

Cre-abar. Dom-abar. 

* The true meaning of amor is, I am in the state of being loved, 
or I am being loved ; as, domus cedificatur, the house is building, is 
being built ; not the house is built. 

+ Amabar properly signifies, I was being loved, I was in the state 
of being loved : as, domus <B&(ficabatur y the house was building, was 
being built ; not the house was built. 



32 RUDIMENTS. 

Perfect Tense. — {Perfect Part, and sum, or fui.) 
Sing. 1. * Amat-us sum, or fui, I was, or have been loved. 

2. Amat-us es, or fuisti, thou wast, or hast been loved. 

3. Amat-us est, or fuit, Ae was, or has been loved. 

Plur. 1. Amat-i sumus, or fuimus, we were, or have been loved. 

2. Amat-i estis, or fuistis, ye were, or have been loved. 

3. Amat-i sunt, fuerunt, or fuere, they were, or have been 

loved. 

Creat-us sum, or fui. Domit-us sum, or fui. 

Pluperfect Tense. — (Per/. Part, and eram, or fueram.) 

Sing. 1. Amat-us eram, or fueram, I had been loved. 

2. Amat-us eras, or fueras, thou hadst been loved. 

3. Amat-us erat, or fuerat, he had been loved. 

Plur. 1 . Amat-i eramus, or fueramus, we had been loved. 

2. Amat-i eratis, or fueratis, ye had been loved. 

3. Amat-i eranr, or fuerant, they had been loved. 

Creat-us eram, or fueram. Domit-us eram, or fueram. 

Future Tense. — (From the Fut. Ind. Active.) 

Sing. 1. Am-abor, I shall, or will be loved. 

2. Am-aberis, or -abere, thou shall, or wilt be loved. 

3. Am-abitur, he shall, or will be loved. 

Plur. 1. Am-abimur, we shall, or will be loved. 

2. Am-abimmi, ye shall, or will be loved. 

3. Am-abuntur, they shall, or will be loved. 

Cre-abor. Dom-abor. 

Future-Perfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and ero, oifuero.) 

Sing. 1. Amat-us ero, or fuero, / shall have been loved. 

2. Amat-us eris, or fueris, thou shalt have been loved. 

3. Amat-us erit, or fuerit, he shall have been loved. 

Plur. 1. Amat-i erimus, or fuerimus, we shall have been loved. 

2. Amat-i eritis, or fueritis, ye shall have been loved. 

3. Amat-i erunt, or fuerint, they shall have been loved. 
Creat-us ero, or fuero. Domit-us ero, or fuero. 



* Properly amatus, -a, -urn sum, or fui, I have been loved. The 
Perfect Participle, in all the Tenses of which it fosns a part, must 
agree in Gender and Number with the Nominative of the Verb : as, 
vir amatus est, the man is loved ; fcemina amata est, the woman is 
loved ; animal amatum est, the animal is loved. Fui, fuisti, &c. are 
very seldom found with the Perfect Participle. 



VERB. 33 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present Tense. — (From the Pres. Sub. Active,) 

Sing: 1. Am-er, I may, or can be loved. 

2. Am-eris, or -ere, thou mayest, or canst be loved. 

3. Am-etur, he may, or can be loved. 

Plur. 1. Am-emur, we may, or can be loved. 

2. Am-emini, ye may, or can be loved. 

3. Am-entur, they may, or can be loved. 

Cre-er. Dom-er. 

Imperfect Tense. — (From the Imp. Sub. ActiveX) 

Sing. 1. Am-arer, I might, could, $c. be loved. 

2. Am-areris, or -arere, thou mightst, §c. be loved. 

3. Am-aretur, he might, fyc. be loved. 

Plur. 1. Am-aremur, we might, &;c. be loved. 

2. Am-aremlni, ye might, 3$c. be loved. 

3. Am-arentur, they might, #$c. be loved. 

Cre-arer. Dom-arer. 

Perfect Tense. — (Pcrf. Part, and sim, ox fuerim.) 
Sing. 1. Amat-us sim, or fuerim, / may have been loved. 

2. Amat-us sis, or fueris, thou mayest have been loved. 

3. Amat-us sit, or fuerit, he may have been loved. 

Plur. 1. Amat-i simus, or fuerlmus, we may have been loved. 

2. Amat-i sitis, or fueritis, ye may have been loved. 

3. Amat-i sint, or fuerint, they may have been loved. 

Creat-us sim, or fuerim. Domit-us sim, or fuerim. 

Pluperfect Tense. — (Per/. Part, and essem, or fuissem.) 
Sing. 1. Amat-us essem, or fuissem, / might, 3$c. have been loved. 

2. Amat-us esses, or fuisses, thou mightst, <^c. have been loved. 

3. Amat-us esset, or fuisset, he might, S$c have been loved. 

Plur. 1 . Amat-i essemus, or fuissemus, we might, S$c. have been loved. 

2. Amat-i essetis, or fuissetis, ye might, S$c. have been loved. 

3. Amat-i essent, or fuissent, they might, 3$c. have been loved. 

Creat-us essem, or fuissem. Domit-us essem, or fuissem. 

Imperative Mood. 

Present Tense. — (From the Pres. Imper. Active.) 

Sing. 2. Am-arc, or -ator, be thou loved. 
3. Am-ator, let him be loved. 

Plur. 2. Am-ammi, be ye loved. 

3. Am-antor, let them be loved. 
Cre-are, or -ator. Dom-are, or -ator. 



34 



RUDIMENTS. 



Infinitive Mood, 

Present and Imperfect Tense. — {From the Pres. Inf. Active.) 

Am-ari, to be loved, that / am loved, that I was loved. 

Cre-ari. Dom-ari. 

Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — {Perf. Part, and esse, or fuisse.) 

Amat-us, -a, -urn esse, or fuisse, t,o have been loved, that / have 

been loved, that / had been loved. 

Creat-us esse, or fuisse. Domit_us esse, or fuisse. 

Future Tense. — {Supine and iri.) 

Amat-um iri, to be about to be loved, that / will be loved, 

that I would be loved. 

Creat-um iri. Domit-uin iri. 

Participles, 

Perfect. — {From the Supine.) 

Amat-us, -a, -um, loved, or being loved. 

Creat-us, -a, -um. Domit-us, -a, -um. 

Future. — {From the Gerund.) 
Aman-dus, -da, -dum, to be loved, deserving, or requiring to i 

loved. 








Crean-dus. 


Doman-dus. 


Pres. Ind. 
Mutor, 
Secor, 
Vocor, 


Perf. Part. 

mutatus, 

sectus, 

vocatus, 


Pres. Inf. 
mutari, to be changed. 
secari, to be cut. 
vocari, to be called. 



Pres. Ind, 

Moneo, 

Doceo, 

Jubeo, 



Sing. 



SECOND CONJUGATION. 

Active Voice. 

Moneo, / advise. 

Doceo, J teach. Jubeo, / order. 

Principal Parts. 

Perfect. Supine. Pres. Inf. 

Monui, mom turn, monere, to advise. 

docui, doctum, docere, to teach. 

jussi, jussum, jubere, to order. 

Indicative Mood. 
Present Tense. — (Principal Part.) 

1. Mon-eo, / advise, do advise, or am advising. 

2. Mon-es, thou advisest, dost advise, or art advising. 

3. Mon-et, he advises, does advise, or is advising. 



VERB. 35 

Piur. I. Mon-emus, we advise, do advise, or are advising. 

2. Mon-etis, ye advise, do advise, or are advising. 

3. Mon-ent, they advise, do advise, or are advising. 

Doc-eo. Jub-eo. 

Imperfect Tense. — {From the Present.} 
Sing. 1. Mon-ebam, / advised, did advise, or was advising. 

2. Mon-ebas, thou advisedst, didst advise, or wast ad- 

vising. 

3. Mon-ebat, he advised, did advise, or was advising. 
Plur. 1. Mon-ebamus, we advised, did advise, or were advising* 

2. Mon-ebatis, ye advised, did advise, or were advising. 

3. Mon-ebant, they advised, did advise, or were advising. 

Doc-ebam. Jub-ebam. 

Perfect Tense. — {Principal Part.) 
Sing. 1. Monu-i, I advised, or have advised. 

2. Monu-isti, thou advisedst, or hast advised. 

3. Monu-it, he advised, or has advised. 
Plur. 1. Monu-imus, we advised, or have advised. 

2. Monu-istis, ye advised, or have advised. 

3. Monu-erunt, or -ere, they advised, or have advised. 

Docu-i. Juss-i. 

Pluperfect Tense. — {From the Perfect.) 
Sing. 1. Monu-eram, I had advised. 

2. Monu-eras, thou hadst advised. 

3. Monu-erat, he had advised. 
Plur. 1. Monu-eramus, we had advised. 

2. Monu-eratiSj ye had advised. 

3. Monu-erantj they had advised. 

Docu-eram. Juss-eram. 

Future Tense. — {From the Present.) 
Sing. 1. Mon-ebo., I shall, or will advise. 

2. Mon-ebis, thou shalt, or wilt advise. 

3. Mon-ebit, he shall, or will advise. 
Plur. 1. Mon-ebimus, we shall, or will advise. 

2. Mon-ebitis, ye shall, or will advise- 

3. Mon-ebunt, they shall, or will advise. 

Doc-ebo. Jub-ebo. 

Future-Perfect Tense. — {From the Perfect.) 
Sing. 1. Monu-ero, / shall have advised. 

2. Moim-eris, thou shalt have advised. 

3. Monu-erit, he shall have advised. 
Plur 1. Monu-erimus, we shall have advised. 

2. Monu-eritis, ye shall have advised. 

3. Monu-erint, they shall have advised. 

Docu-ero. Juss-ero, 



36 RUDIMENTS. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present Tense. — (From the Present.) 

Sing. 1. Mone-am, I may, or can advise. 

2. Mone-as, thou mayest, or canst advise. 

3. Mone-at, he may, or can advise. 

Plur. 1. Mone-amus, we may, or can advise. 

2. Mone-atis, ye may, or can advise. 

3. Mone-ant, they may, or can advise. 

Doce-am. Jube-am. 

Imperfect Tense. — (From the Present Infinitive.) 
Sing. 1. Mon-erem, / might, could, would, or should advise. 

2. Mon-eres, thou mightst, couldst, 3$c. advise. 

3. Mon-eret, he might, could, would, 6$c. advise. 

Plur. 1. Mon-eremus, we might, could, would, 6$c. advise. 

2. Mon-eretis, ye might, could, would, S$c. advise. 

3. Mon-erent, they might, could, would, 6$c. advise. 

Doc-erem. Jub-erem. 

Perfect Tense. — (From the Perfect.) 
Sing. 1. Monu-erim, / may have advised. 

2. Monu-eris, thou mayest have advised. 

3. Monu-erit, he may have advised. 
Plur. 1. Monu-erimus, we may have advised. 

2. Monu-eritis, ye may have advised. 

3. Monu-erint, they may have advised. 

Docu-erim. Juss-erim. 

Pluperfect Tense. — (Fram the Perfect.) 
Sing. 1. Monu-issem, I might, could, 6$c. have advised. 

2. Mcnu-isses, thou mightst, couldst, $c. have advised. 

3. Monu-isset, he might, could, 6$c. have advised. 
Plur. 1. Monu-issemus, we might, could, $c. have advised. 

2. Monu-issetis, ye might, could, Qc. have advised. 

3. Monu-issent, they might, could, S$c. have advised. 

Docu-issera. Juss-issem. 

Future Tense. — (Fut. Participle and sim.) 
Sing. 1. Monit-urus sim, I may be about to advise, or will advise. 

2. Monit-urus sis, thou mayest be about to advise, or wilt 

advise ; $c. 
Doct-urus sim. Juss-urus sim. 

Imperative Mood. 
Present Tense. — (From the Pres. Inf.) 
Sing. 2. Mon-e, or -eto, advise thou, or do thou advise. 

3. Mon-eto, let him advise. 






VERB. 



37 



Plur. 2. Mon-ete, or -etote, advise ye, or do ye advise. 
3. Mon-ento, let them advise. 

Doc-e, or -eto. Jub-e, or -eto. 

Infinitive Mood, 

Present and Imperfect Tense. — (Principal Part.) 

Mon-ere, to advise, that I advise, that / was advising. 

Doc-ere. Jub-ere. 

Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — {From the Perfect.) 

Monu-isse, to have advised, that / have advised, that / had 

advised. 

Docu-isse. Juss-isse. 

Future Tense. — (Fut. Participle and esse, or fuisse.) 
Monit-urus, -a, -um esse, to be about to advise, that / will ad- 
vise, that / would advise ; 
and Monit-urus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to advise , 
that I would have advised. 
Doct-urus esse, or fuisse. Juss-urus esse, or fuisse. 

Participles. 

Present and Imperfect. — (From the Present.) 

Mon-ens, advising. 

Doc-ens. Jub-ens. 

Future. — (From the Supine.) 

Monit-urus, -a, -um, about to advise. 

Doct-urus. Juss-urus. 

Gerunds. — (From the Pres. Participle.) 
Nom. Monen-dum, advising. 
Gen. Monen-di, of advising. 
Dat. Monen-do, to advising. 
Ace. Monen-dum, advising. 
Abl. Monen-do, with advising. 
Docen-dum. Juben-dum. 

Supines. — (Principal Part.) 
Monit-um, to advise. 
Monit-u, to advise, or to be advised. 

Doct-um. Juss-um. 



Pres. Ind. 


Perf. 


Sup. 


Pres. Inf. 


Praebeo, 


praebui, 


praebitum, 


praebere, to afford. 


Torqueo, 


torsi. 


tortum, 


torquere, to twist. 


Video, 


vidi, 


visum, 


videre, to see. 


Lugeo, 


luxi, 




lugere. to mourn. 






RUDIMENTS. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 



Pres. Ind. Per/. Participle. Pres. Infinitive. 

Moneor, monitus, moneri, to be advised. 

Doceor, doctus, doceri, to be taught. 

Jubeor, jussus, juberi, to be ordered. 

Indicative Mood. 

Present Tense. — (From the Pres. Ind. Active.} 
Sing. 1. Mon-eor, I am advised. 

2. Mon-eris, or -ere, thou art advised. 

3. Mon-etur, he is advised. 

Plur. 1. Mon-emur, we are advised. 

2. Mon-emmi, ye are advised. 

3. Mon-entur, they are advised. 

Doc-eor. Jub r eor. 

Imperfect Tense. — (From the Imp. Ind. Active.) 
Sing. 1. Mon-ebar, / was advised. 

2. Mon-ebaris, or -ebare, thou wast advised. 

3. Mon-ebatur, he was advised. 

Plur. 1. Mon-ebamur, we were advised. 

2. Mon-ebamlni, ye were advised. 

3. Mon-ebantur, they were advised. 

Doc-ehar. Jub-ebar. 

Perfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and turn, or fui.) 
Sing. 1. Monit-us sum, or fui, I was, or have been advised. 

2. Monit-us es, or fuisti, thou wast, or hast been advised. 

3. Monit-us est, or fuit, he was, or has been advised. 

Plur. 1. Monit-isumus,orfuimus,«?e«?ere,orAave6eenarfvt>erf. 

2. Monit-i estis, or fuistis, ye were, or have been advised. 

3. Monit-i sunt, fuerunt, or fuere, they were, or have 

been advised. 
Doct-us sum, or fui. Juss-us sum, or fui. 

Pluperfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and eram, ot fueram.) 
Sing. 1. Monit-us eram, or fueram, / had been advised. 

2. Monit-us eras, or fueras, thou hadst been advised. 

3. Monit-us erat, or fuerat, he had been advised. 

Plur. 1 . Monit-i eramus, or fueramus, we had been advised. 
2. Monit-i eratis, or fueratis, ye had been advised. 
3- Monit-i erant, or fuerant, they had been advised. 

Doct-us eram, or fueram. Juss-us eram, or fueram. 



Future Tense. — (From the Fut. Ind. Acihe.) 
Sing. 1. Mon-ebor, I shall, or will be advised. 

2. Mon-eberis, or -ebere, thou shalt, or wilt be advised. 

3. Mon-ebitur, he shall, or will be advised. 

Plur. 1. Mon-ebimur, we shall, or will be advised. 

2. Mon-ebimmi, ye shall, or will be advised. 

3. Mon-ebuntur, they shall, or will be advised. 

Doc-ebor. Jub-ebor. 

Future-Perfect Tense. — (Pcrf. Part, and ero, oi fuero.) 
Sing. 1. Monit-us ero, or fuero, / shall have been advised. 

2. Monit-us eris, or fueris, thou shalt have been advised. 

3. Monit-us erit, or fuerit, he shall have been advised. 

Plur. 1 . Monit-i erimus, or fuerimus, we shall have been advised, 

2. Monit-i eritis, or fueritis, ye shall have been advised. 

3. Monit-i erunt, or fuerint, they shall have been advised. 
Doct-us ero, or fuero. Juss-us ero, cr fuero. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present Tense. — (From the Pres. Sub. Active.) 

Sing. 1. Mon-ear, I may, or can be advised. 

2. Mon-earis, or -eare, thou mayest, or canst be advised. 

3. Mon-eatur, he may, or can be advised. 

Plur. 1. Mon-eamur, we may, or can be advised. 

2. Mon-eamini, ye may, or can be advised. 

3. Mon-eantur, they may, or can be advised. 

Doc-ear. Jub-ear. 

Imperfect Tense. — (From the Imp. Sub. Active.) 
Sing. 1. Mon-erer, I might, could, would, $c. be advised. 

2. Mon-ereris, or -erere, thou mightst, S$c. be advised. 

3. Mon-eretur, he might, 6$c. be advised. 

Plur. 1. Mon-eremur, we might, &;c. be advised. 

2. Mon-eremmi, ye might, Sec. be advised. 

3. Mon-erentur, they might, S$c. be advised. 

Doc-erer. Jub-erer. 

Perfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and sim, oi fuerim.) 
Sing. 1. Monit-us sim, or fuerim, I may have been advised. 

2. Monit-us sis, or fueris, thou mayest have been advised. 
3.' Monit-us sit, or fuerit, he may have been advised. 

Plur. 1 . Monit-i simus, or fuerimus, we may have been advised. 

2. Monit-i sitis, or fueritis, ye may have been advised. 

3. Monit-i sint, or fuerint, they may have been advised. 
Doct-us sim, or fuerim. Juss-us sim, or faerim. 



40 RUDIMENTS. 

Pluperfect Tense. — (Per/. Part, and essem, ox fuissem.) 
Sing. 1. Monit-us essem, or fuissem, I might, S$c. have been advised. 

2. Monit-us esses, or fuisses, thou mightst, 3$c. have oeen advised. 

3. Monit-us esset, or fuisset, he might, 6$c. have been advised. 
Plur. 1 . Monit-i essemus,or fuissemus, we might,fy. have oeen advised. 

2. Monit-i essetis, or fuissetis, ye might, fyc. have been advised. 

3. Monit-i essent, or fuissent, they might, 6$c. have leen advised. 

Doct-us essem, or fuissem. Juss-us essem, or fuissem. 

Imperative Mood. 
Present Tense. — (From the Pres. Imper. Active.) 
Sing. 2. Mon-ere, or -etor, be thou advised. 
3. Mon-etor, let him be advised. 

Plur. 2. Mon-emini, be ye advised. 

3. Mon-entor, let them be advised. 
Doc-ere, or -etor. Jub-gre, or -gtor. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present and Imperfect Tense. — {From the Pres. Inf. Active.) 

Mon-eri, to be advised, that / am advised, that I was advised. 

Doc-eri. Jub-eri. 

Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — (Per/. Part, and esse, or fuisse.) 

Monit-us, -a, -um esse, or fuisse, to have been advised, that / 

have been advised, that / had been advised. 

Doct-us esse, or fuisse. Juss-us esse, or fuisse. 

Future Tense. — {Supine and iri.) 

Monit-um hi, to be about to be advised, that I will be advised, 

that i" would be advised. 

Doct-um iri. Juss-um iri. 

Participles. 

Perfect. — {From the Supine.) 

Monit-us, -a, -um, advised, or being advised. 

Doct-us, -a, -um. Juss-us, -a, -um. 

Future. — {From the Gerund.) 
Monen-dus, -da, -dum, to be advised, deserving, or requiring 
to be advised. 
Docen-dus. Juben-dus. 

Pres. Ind. Per/. Part. Pres. Inf. 

Praebeor, praebitus, praeberi, to be afforded. 

Torqueor, tortus, torqueri, to be twisted. 

Videor, visus, videri, to be seen. 



VEHB. 



4J 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 

Active Voice. 

Re go, / rule. 

Lego, / read. Capio, / take. 

Principal Parts. 



Pres. Ind. 
Rego, 


Per/. 
rexi, 


Sup. Pres. Inf. 
rectum, regere, to rule 


Lego, 
Capio, 


legi, 
cepi, 


lectum, legere, to read. 
captum, capere, to take. 

Indicative Mood. 



Present Tense. — {Prin. Part.) 
Reg-o, I rule, do rule, or am ruling. 
Singular. Plural. 

1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 

Reg-o. -is. -it -imus. -itis. 

Leg-o. Cap-io. 

Imperfect Tense. — (Present.) 
Reg-ebam, / ruled, did rule, or was ruling. 



Reg-ebam -ebas, 



3. 

-unt. 



-ebant 



-ebat. -ebamus. -ebatis. 

Leg-ebam. Capi-Sbam. 

Perfect Tense. — (Prin. Part.) 

Rexi, I ruled, or have ruled. 

Rex-i. -isti. -it. -imus. -istis. -erunt, or -ere. 

Leg-i. Cep-i. 

Pluperfect Tense. — {Perfect.) 

Rex-eram, I had ruled. 

Rex-eram. -eras. -erat. -eramus. -eratis. ..erant 

Leg-eram. Cep-eram. 

Future Tense. — {Present.) 
Reg-am, / shall, or will rule. 
Reg-am. -es. -et. -emus. -etis. 

Leg-am. Capi-am. 



-ent 



Future-Perfect Tense. — {Perfect.) 
Rex-ero, / shall have ruled. 
Rex-ero. -eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. 

Leg-ero. Cep-ero. 



-erint 



42 



RUDIMENTS. 



1 



Reg-am. 



Reg-erem. 



Rex-erim. 



Subjunctive Mood. 
Present Tense. — (Present.) 

Reg-am, / may, or can rule. 
>. -at. -amus. 

Leg-am. Capi-am. 



-atis. 



-ant 



Imperfect Tense. — (Pres. Inf.) 

Reg-erem, I might, could, fyc.rule. 
-eres. -eret. -eremus. -eretis. -erent. 

Leg-erem. Cap-erem. 



Perfect Tense. — (Perfect.) 

Rex-erim, / may have ruled. 
-eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. 

Leg-erim. Cep-erim. 

Pluperfect Tense. — (Perfect.) 



Rex-issem, / might, could, 6$c. have ruled. 
Rex-issem. -isses. -isset. -issemus. -issetis. 



-ennt. 



-issent 



Leg-issem. 



Cep-issem. 



Future Tense. — (Fut. Part, and sim.) 

RecUurus sim, I may be about to rule, 6$c. 
Reet-urus sim. sis. sit. -uri simus. sitis. sink 

Lect-urus sim. Capt-iirus sim. 

Imperative Mood. 

Present Tense. — (Pres. Inf.) 

Reg-e, or -ito, rule thou, or do thou rule. 
— Reg-e, or -ito. -ito. — -ite, or -itote. -unto. 

Leg-e, or -ito. Cap-e, or -ito. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present and Imperfect Tense. — (Prin. Part.) 

Reg-ere, to rule, that / rule, that / was ruling. 

Leg-ere. Cap-ere. 

Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — (Perfect.) 
Rex-isse, to have ruled, that / have ruled, that / had rulecL 

Leg-isse. Cep-isse. 



VERB. 43 

Future Tense. — (Fut. Part, and esse, or fuisse.) 

Rect-urus, la, -urn esse, to be about to rule, that I will rule, 

that / would rule ; 

and Rect-urus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to rule, that 

/ would have ruled. 

Lect-urus esse, or fuisse. Capt-urus esse, or fuisse. 

Participles, 

Present and Imperfect. — (Present.) 

Reg-ens, ruling. 

Leg-ens. Capi-ens. 

Future. — (Supine.) 

Rect-urus, -a, -um, about to rule. 
Lect-urus. Capt-urus. 

Gerunds. — (Pres. Participle,) 

Regen-dura, ruling, 6$c. 

Legen-dum. Capien-dum. 

Supines. — (Prin. Part.) 

Rect-um, to rule. Rect-u, to rule, or to be ruled, 

Lect-um. Capt-um. 



Pres. Ind. 
Jacio, 
Mitto, 
Tango, 
Viso, 


Perf. 

jeci, 

misi, 

tetigi, 

visi, 

fa 


Sup. 
jactum, 
missum, 
, tactum, 


[CE. 

legi, 
capi, 


Pres. Inf. 
jacere. to throw, 
mittere, to send. 
tangere, to touch. 
visere, to visit. 




Fres. Ind. 
Regor, 

Legor 
Capio] 


PASSIVE VO] 

Perf. Part. 
rectus, 

lectus, 
captus, 


Pres. Inf. 
regi, to be ruled, 

to he read. 
to he taken* 



Indicative Mood. 

Present Tense. — (Pres. Ind. Active.) 

Regor, I am ruled. 





Singular. 




Plural. 




1. 


2. 3. 


1. 


2. 


3. 


Reg-or. 


-ens, or -ere. -itur. 

Leg-or. 


-lmur. 
Capi-or. 


-immi. 


-untur. 



44 RUDIMENTS. 



Reg-ebar. -J 



Imperfect Tense. — (Imp* Ind. Active.) 
Reg-ebar, / was ruled, 
or eba're - eD ^ tur * -ebamur. -ebammi. -ebantur. 
Leg-ebar. Capi-gbar. 



Perfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and sum, or fui.) 

Rect-us sum, or fui, / was, or have been ruled. 

Rect-us sum, or fui, &c. -i sumus, or fuimus, &c. 

Lect-us sum, or fui. Capt-us sum, or fui. 

Pluperfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and eram, or fueram.) 

Rect-us eram, or fueram, I had been ruled. 

Rect-us eram, or fueram, &c. -i eramus, or fueramus, &c. 

Lect-us eram, or fueram. Capt-us eram, or fueram. 

Future Tense. — (Fut. Ind. Active.) 

Reg-ar, / shall, or will be ruled. 

Reg-ar. -eris, or -ere. -etur. -emur. -emini. -entur. 

Leg-ar. Capi-ar. 

Future-Perfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and ero, oifuZro.) 

Rect-us ero, or fuero, / shall have been ruled. 

Rect-us ero, or fuero, &c. -i erimus, or fuerimus, &e. 

Lect-us ero, or fuero. Captus ero, or fuero. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Present Tense. — (Pres. Sub. Active.) 

Reg-ar, / may, or can be ruled. 

Reg-ar. -aris, or -are. -atur. -amur. -amini. -antur. 

Leg-ar. Capi-ar. 

Imperfect Tense. — {Imp. Sub. Active.) 

Reg-erer, I might, could, 6$c. be ruled. 

Reg-erer, ■! " erens > -eretur. -eremur. -eremini. -erentur. 
5 * (or-erere. 

Leg-erer. Cap-erer. 

Perfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and sim, or fuerim.) 

Rect-us sim, or fuerim, / may have been ruled. 

Rect-us sim, or fuerim, &c. -i simus, or fuerimus, &c. 

Lect-us sim, or fuerim. Capt-us sim, or fuerim. 



vei:b. 45 

Pluperfect Tense. — (Pcrf. Part, and essem, or fuissem.) 

Rect-us essem, or fuissem, I might, 6$c. have leen ruled, 

RecUus essem, or fuissem, &c. -i essemus, or fuissem us, &c. 

Lect-us essem, or fuissem. Capt-us essem, or fuissem. 

Imperative Mood, 

Present Tense. — (Pres. Imper. Active.} 

Reg-ere, or -ltor, be thou ruled. 

Reg-ere, or -itor. -ltor. -imini. -untor. 

Leg-ere, or -itor. Cap-ere, or -ltor. 

Infinitive Mood, 

Present and Imperfect Tense. — (Pres. Inf. Active.) 

Reg-i, to be ruled, that / am ruled, that / was ruled. 

Leg-i. Cap-i. 

Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — (Pcrf. Part, and esse, or fuisse.) 

Rect-us, -a, -um esse, or fuisse, to have been ruled, that / have 

been ruled, that / had been ruled. 

Lect-us esse, or fuisse. Capt-us esse, or fuisse. 

Future Tense. — (Supine and iri.) 

Rect-um iri, to be about to be ruled, that / will be ruled, that 1 

would be ruled, 

Lect-um iri. Capt-um iri. 

Participles, 

Perfect. — {Supine.) 

Rect-us, -a, -um, ruled, or being ruled. 

Lect-us. Capt-us. 

Future. — ( Gerund. ) 

Regen-dus, -da, -dum, to be ruled, deserving, or requiring to 

be ruled. 

Legen-dus. Capien-dus. 

Pres. Ind. Per/, Part. Pres, Inf. 

Jacior, j actus, jaci, to be thrown. 

Mittor, missus, mitti, to be sent. 

Tangor, tactus, tangi, to be touched. 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

Active Voice. 

Audio, / hear. 

Polio, I polish. Vincio, / bind. 



3 




RUDIMENTS. 








Principal Parts._ 




'res, Ind. 
Audio, 


Perf, 
audlvi, 


Sup. 

auditum, 


Pres, Inf. 
audire, to hear. 


Polio, 
Vincio, 


pollvi, 
vinxi, 


polltum, 
vinctum, 


polire, to polish. 
vincire, to bind. 



Indicative Mood. 

Present Tense. — (Prin, Part.) 

Aud-io, I hear, do hear, or am hearing. 

Singular. Plural, 

1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 

Aud-io. -is. -it. -imus. -itis. 

Pol-io. Vinc-io. 

Imperfect Tense. — (Present.) 
Audi-ebam, / heard, did hear, or was hearing. 



3. 
-hint. 



Audi-ebam. -ebas. -ebat. -ebamus. 

Poli-ebam. Vinci-ebam. 



-ebatis. -ebant. 



Audlv-i. 



Perfect Tense.— (Prin, Part.) 
Audlv-i, / heard, or have heard, 
-isti. -it. -imus. -istis. -erunt, or 

Poliv-i. Vinx-i. 



.ere. 



Audiv^eram. 



Audi-am. 



Audiv-ero. 



Pluperfect Tense. — (Perfect,) 

Audiv-eram, I had heard, 

-eras. -erat. -eramus. 

Poliv-eram. Vinx-eram. 



-eratis. -erant. 



Future Tense. — (Present.) 
Audi-am, I shall, or will hear, 
-es. -et. -emus. -etis. -ent. 

Poli-am. Vinci-am. 

Future-Perfect Tense. — (Perfect.) 

Audiv-ero, / shall have heard. 
-eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erint. 

Poliv-ero. Vinx-ero. 



Audi-am. 



Subjunctive Mood. 

Present Tense. — (Present.) 

Audi-am, / may, or can hear. 
-as. -at. -amus. 

Poli-am. Vinci-am. 



-atis. 



-anu 



VERB. 47 

Imperfect Tense. — {Pres. Inf.) 

Aud-Irem, / mighty could, §c. hear. 

Aud-Irem. -ires. -iret. -iremus. -iretis. -irent. 

Pol-Irem. Vinc-Irem. 

Perfect Tense. — {Perfect.) 

Audiv-erim, / may have heard. 

Audiv-erim. -eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erint. 

Poliv-erim. Vinx-erim. 

Pluperfect Tense. — {Perfect.) 

Audiv-issem, / might, could, &;c. have heard. 

Audiv-issem. -isses. -isset. -issemus. -issetis. -issent, 

Poliv-issem. Vinx-issem. 

Future Tense. — {Fut. Part, and sim.) 

Audit-urus sim, I may be about to hear, 3$c. 

Audit-urus sim. sis. sit. -uri simus. sitis. sint. 

Polit-urus sim. Vinct-urus sim. 

Imperative Mood. 

Present Tense — {Pres. Inf.) 

Aud-i, or -Ito, hear thou, or do thou hear. 

— Aud-i, or -Ito. -Ito. ite, or -itote. -iunto. 

Pol-i, or -Ito. Vinc-i, or -Ito. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present and Imperfect Tense. — {Prin. Part.) 

Aud-Ire, to hear, that / hear, that / was hearing. 

Pol-Ire. Vine-ire. 

Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — {Perfect.) 
Audiv-isse, to have heard, that / have heard, that / had heard. 

Poliv-isse. Vinx-isse. 

Future Tense. — {Fut. Part, and esse, oi fuisse.) 

Audit-urus, -a, -um esse, to be about to hear, that / will hear, 

that / would hear ; 

and AudiUurus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to hear, that 
/ would have heard. 

Polit-urus esse, or fuisse. Vinct-urus esse, or fuisse. 

Participles. 
Present and Imperfect. — {Present.) 
Audi-ens, hearing. 
Poli-ens. Vinci-ens. 



48 



RUDIMENTS. 



Future. — (Supine.) 
A udit-urus, -a, -urn, about to hear. 
' Polit-urus. Vinct-urus. 

Gerunds. — (Pres. Participle.) 

Audien-dum, hearing, &$c. 

Polien-dum. Vincien-dum. 

Supines. — (Prin. Part.) 

Audit-um, to hear. Audit-u, to hear, or to be heard. 

Poll t- urn. Vinct-um. 



Pres. Ind. 
Condio, 


Per/. 

condivi, 


Sup. 
condltum, 


Pres. Inf. 
condlre, to season. 


Nutrio, 


nutrlvi, 


nutritum, 


nutrire, to nourish. 


Sepio, 
Gestio, 


sepsi, 
gestlvi, 


septum, 


sepire, to enclose. 
gestlre, to exult. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 

Pres. Ind. Per/. Part. Pres. Inf. 

Audior, audltus, audlri, to be heard. 

Polior, politus, poliri, to be polished. 

Vincior, vinctus, vinciri, to be bound. 



Indicative Mood. 

Present Tense. — (Pres. Ind. Active.) 

Aud-ior, I am heard. 

Singular. Plural. 

2. 3. 1. 2. 

-Iris, or -Ire. -Itur. - -Imur. -imini. 

Pol-ior. Vinc-ior. 

Imperfect Tense. — (Imp. Ind. Active.) 
Audi-ebar, / was heard. 

I " e a "^ -ebatur. -ebamur. -ebaraini. 
J or -ebare. 

Poli-gbar. Vinci-ebar. 



1. 

Aud-ior. 



Audi-ebar. 



3. 

-iuntur. 



•ebantur. 



Perfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and sum. or fui.) 

Audlt-us sum, or fui, / was, or have been heard. 

Audlt-us sum, or fui, &c. -i sumus, or fuimus, &c. 

Polit-us sum, or fui. Vinct-us sum, or fui. 

Pluperfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and eram, or fueram.) 

Audlt-us eram, or fueram, / had been heard. 

Audlt-us eram, or fueram, &c. -i eramus, or fueramus, &a 

PolTt-us eram, or fueram. Vinct-us eram, or fueram. 



VERB. 49 

Future Tense. — (Fut. Ind. Active.) 

Audi-ar, I shall, or will be heard. 

Audi-ar. -eris, or -ere. -etur. -emur. -ernmi. -entur. 

Poli-ar. Vinci-ar. 

Future-Perfect Tense. — {Per/, Part, and ero, ot fuero.) 

Audlt-us ero, or fuero, / shall have been heard. 

AudlUus ero, or fuero, &c. -i erimus, or fuerimus, &c\ 

Pollt-us ero, or fuero. Vinct-us ero, or fuero. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Present Tense. — (Pres. Sub. Active.) 
Audi-ar, J may, or can be heard. 
Audi-ar. -aris, or -are. -atur. -amur. -aminj, -antur. 

Poli-ar. Vinci-ar. 

Imperfect Tense — {Imp. Sub. Active.) 

Aud-Irer, I might, could, $c. be heard. 

Aud-Irer. -ireris, or -irere. -iretur. -iremur, -iremmi. -irentur. 

Pol-irer. Vinc-irer. 

Perfect Tense. — (P*rf. Part, and sim, 01 fuerim.) 

Audlt-us sim, or fuerim, / may have been heard. 

AudiUus sim, or fuerim, &c. -i simus, or fuerimus, &c 

Polit-us sim, or fuerim. Vinct-us sim, or fuerim. 

Pluperfect Tense. — (Perf. Part, and essem, or fuissem.) 

AudiUus essem, or fuissem, / might, %c. have been heard. 

Audit-us essem, or fuissem, &c. -i essemus, or fuissemus, &c. 

Pollt-us essem, or fuissem. Vinct-us essem, or fuissem. 

Imperative Mood. 
Present Tense. — (Pres. Imper. Active.) 

Aud-rre, or -Itor, be thou heard. 

— Aud-Ire, or -itor. -Itor. — -imini. -iuntor. 

Pol-ire, or -itor. Vine-ire, or -Itor, 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present and Imperfect Tense. — (Pret. Inf. Active.) 

Aud-Iri, to be heard, that / am heara\ that / was heard. 

Pol-Iri. Vinc-Iri. 



50 RUDIMENTS. 

Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. — (Per/, Part, and esse, ot fuisse.) 

Audit-us, -a, -um esse, or fuisse, to have been heard, that 1 

have been heard, that I had been heard. 

Polit-us esse, or fuisse. Vinct-us esse, or fuisse. 

Future Tense. — (Supine and iri.) 
Audit-um iri, to be about to be heard, that / will be heard, that 
• J would be heard. 
Polit-um iri. Vinct-um iri. 

Participles. 

Perfect. — (Supine.) 

Audit-us, -a, -um, heard, or being heard. 

PolTt-us. Vinct-us. 

Future. — (Gerund.) 

Audien-dus, -da, -dum, to be heard, deserving, or requiring to 

be heard. 

Polien-dus. Vincien-dus. 

Pres. Ind. Perf* Part. Pres. Inf. 

Condior, conditus, condiri, to be seasoned. 

Nutrior, nutritus, nutrlri, to be nourished. 

Sepior, septus, sepiri, to be enclosed. 



Exercise showing the signification oftlte different Tenses of the Infini- 
tive Mood, when preceded by a Verb and an Accusative. 

Dicit me scrib&re, he says that I write, do write, or am writing. 

Dixit me scribere, he said that I wrote, did write, or was writing. 

Dicit me scripsisse, he says that I wrote, did write, or have written. 

Dixit me scripsisse, he said that I had written. 

Dicit me scripturum esse, he says that I will write. 

Dixit me scripturum esse, he said that I would write. 

Dicit me scripturum fuisse, he says that I would have written. 

Dicit literas scribi, he says that letters are writing, are in the state of 

being written, or are being written. 
Dixit literas scribi, he said that letters were writing, or being written. 
Dicit literas scriptas esse, he says that letters are, or were written. 
Dicit literas scriptas fuisse, he says that letters have been written. 
Dixit literas scriptas fuisse f he said that letters had been written. 
Dicit literas scriptum iri, he says that letters will be written. 
Dixit literas scriptum iri, he said that letters would be written. 

In Verbs which want the Supine, the Future Infinitive is supplied 
by fore ut, or futurum esse nt, with the Subjunctive: as, scio fore, 
or futurum esse ut lugeat, I know that he will mourn ; scivi fore, or 
futurum esse ut lugeret, I knew that he would mourn. 



VERB. 51 



Different kinds of Verbs. 

An Active Verb expresses some action of its nominative: as, 
amo, I love. When the action implied in the Verb is commu- 
nicated to some other object, it is called Active Transitive : as, 
amo patrem, I love my father. When the action does not pass 
from the agent to any other object, the Verb is called Active 
Intransitive: as, curro, I run. 

A Passive Verb denotes that its nominative is suffering, or is 
acted upon : as, amor, I am loved. 

A Neuter Verb expresses neither action nor suffering, but 
simply the state, posture, or quality of its nominative : as, palleo, 
I am pale; sedeo, I sit; gaudeo, I am glad. 

A Substantive Verb expresses being or existence. The Sub- 
stantive Verbs are, sum, I am ; fio, I am made ; for em, I might 
be; existo, I exist. 

A Deponent Verb has a Passive Termination, -with an Active, 
or Neuter signification: as, loquor, I speak; morior, I die. 
Verbs are called Deponent because they have laid aside their 
Passive signification. 

A Common Verb has a Passive termination with an Active and 
Passive signification : as, cr (minor, I accuse, or I am accused. 

A Neuter-Passive Verb is partly Active and partly Passive 
in termination ; and is Active, Passive, or Neuter in signification : 
as, audeo, I dare ; fio, I am made; gaudeo, I rejoice. 

A Frequentative Verb expresses a frequent repetition of the 
action, or an increase of the signification denoted by the primi- 
tive: as, clamlto, I cry frequently, from clamo. Frequentatives 
are formed from the last Supine, by the change of atu into ito, 
in Verbs of the First, and of u into o, in Verbs of the other 
Conjugations. They are all of the First Conjugation, and end 
in Uo, so, xo, and, when Deponent, in or. 

An Inceptive Verb expresses the beginning or continued in- 
crease of the action or state denoted by the primitive : as, caleo, 
I am warm ; calesco. I grow warm. Inceptives are formed from 
the Second Person Singular of the Present Indicative, by adding 
co : as, caleo, cales, cales-co. They are all of the Third Conju- 
gation, and want both Perfect and Supine. Inceptives are 
likewise formed from Nouns and Adjectives : as, puerasco, from 
puer ; dulcesco, from dulcis. 

A Desiderative Verb expresses a desire to do something. 
Desideratives are formed from the Future Participle Active, by 
changing rus into rio, and shortening the penultima : as, cceno, 
I sup ; ccenaturus, ccenaturio, I desire to sup. They are all of 
the Fourth Conjugation, and want both Perfect and Supine, 
except esurio, which is regularly conjugated, and parturio, and 
nupturio, which have the Perfect. 



52 RUDIMENTS. 

Participle. 

A Participle is a kind of Adjective derived from a Verb, which, 
in its signification, implies time. When Participles are divested 
of the idea of time, they admit degrees of Comparison. 

There are four Participles ; the Present and Imperfect, ending in 
ns ; the Perfect, in tus y sus, xus ; the Future Active, in rus ; and the 
Future Passive, in dus. Those which end in ns and rus are gene- 
rally Active; those in dus are always Passive; and those in tus, sus 9 
xus y are generally Passive, but sometimes Active, or Common^ accord- 
ing to the nature of the Verbs from which they come. 

Active Verbs have two Participles, the Present and Future : as, 
amans, loving; amaturus, about to love. Active Verbs have no 
Perfect Participle, but this defect is supplied by quum, with the 
Pluperfect Subjunctive : as, quum amavlsset, when he had loved, or 
having loved. 

Active Intransitive Verbs have frequently three Participles : as, 
carens y cariturus, carendus, from careo ; and sometimes four : as, 
vigilans, vigildtus, vigilaturus, vigilandus, from vigtlo. 

Passive Verbs have two Participles, the Perfect and Future : as, 
amatus, loved ; amandus, to be loved. The Future Participle often 
supplies the place of a Present Participle Passive. 

Neuter Verbs have two Participles : as, sedens, sessurus, from scdeo. 

Deponent Verbs of an Active signification have generally four Par- 
ticiples : as, loquens, locutus y locuturus, loqaendus, from loquor. Those 
of a Neuter signification have generally three : as, labens, lapsus, lap- 
sums, from labor. The Perfect Participle of Deponent Verbs has an 
Active signification, and corresponds to the English Perfect Participle 
with having : as, locutus, having spoken. 

Common Verbs have generally four Participles : as, criminans, 
criminatus, criminaturus, criminandus, from criminor. Their Per- 
fect Participle has sometimes an Active, and sometimes a Passive 
signification : as, criminatus, having accused, or being accused. 

Neuter Passive Verbs have generally three Participles : as, gau- 
dens, gavtsus, gavisurus, from gaudeo. 



DEPONENT VERBS.* 

FIRST CONJUGATION. 

Conor, I attempt. 

Pres. Ind. Per/. Part. Pres. Inf. 

Conor, conatus, conari, to attempt. 

* Deponent Verbs are conjugated like the Passive Voice of the 
Conjugations to which they belong, except that they have four Parti- 
ciples, with the Gerunds, Supines, and Future of the Infinitive like 
Active Verbs. The Perfect Participle has an Active signification; 
ps, conatus, having attempted, not being attempted. 



VERB. 53 

Indicative Mood. 

Present Tense. 

Con-or, / attempt, do attempt, or am attempting'. 





Singular. 






PluraL 




1. 


2. 


3. 


1. 


2. 


3. 


Con-or. 


-arig, or -are. 


-atur. 


-amur. 


-amini. 


-aiitur 



Imperfect Tense. 

Con-abar, / attempted, did attempt, or was attempting. 

Con-abar. < obare. * a ^^ fcur ' -abamur. -abamini. -abantur. 

Perfect Tense. 

Conat-us sum, or fui, / attempted, or have attempted. 
Conat-us sum, or fui, &c -i sumus, or fuimus, &c. 

Pluperfect Tense. 

Conat-us eram, or fueram, I had attempted. 
Conat-us eram, or fueram, &c. -i eramus, or fueramus, &c. 

Future Tense. 

Con-abor, / shall, or will attempt. 

Con-abor. \ " T? -abltur. -abimur. -abirnini. -abuntur. 
( or -abere. 

Future-Perfect Tense. 

Conat-us ero, or fuero, / shall have attempted. 

Conat-us ero, or fuero, &c. -i erimus, or fuerimus, &c. 

Subju nctive Mood. 

Present Tense. 

Con-er, / may, or can attempt. 
Con-er. -eris, or -ere. -etur. -emur. -emini. -entur. 

Imperfect Tense. 

Con-arer, 1 might, could, &;c. attempt. 

Con-arer, < " . -aretur. -aremur. -aremini. -arentur 
3 ^or-arere. 

Perfect Tense. 

Conat-us sim, or fuerim, / may have attempted. 
Conat-us sim, or fuerim, &c. -i simus, or fuerimus, &c 

Pluperfect Tense. 

Conat-us essem, or fuissem, I might, <Jc. have attempted. 
Conat-us essem, or fuissem, &c. -i essemus, or fuissemus, &c. 

c 2 



54 



RUDIMENTS. 



Imperative Mood. 

Present Tense. 

Con-are, or -ator, attempt thou, or do thou attempt. 

— Con- are, or -ator. -ator. -ammi. -an tor. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present and Imperfect Tense. 

Con-Sri, to attempt, that I attempt, that / was attempting. 

Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. 

Conat-us, -a, -um esse, wfuisse, to have attempted, that I have 

attempted, that / had attempted. 

Future Tense. 

Conat-urus, -a, -um esse, to be about to attempt, that / will 

attempt, that / would attempt ; 

and Conat-urus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to attempt, 
that I would have attempted. 

Participles. 

Present and Imperfect. — Conans, attempting. 

Perfect. — Confit-us, -a, -um, having attempted. 

Fut. Active. — Conat-urus, -a, -um, about to attempt. 

Fut. Passive. — Conan-dus, -da, -dum, to be attempted, deserving, 

or requiring to be attempted. 

Gerunds. 
Nom. Conan-dum, attempting. 



Gen. Conan-di, <$>c. 



Supines. 
Conet-um, to attempt. Conat-u, to attempt, or to be attempted. 



Pres. Ind. 
Causor, 
Laetor, 
Praedor, 


Perf. Part. 
causatus, 
laetatus, 
praedatus, 


Pres. Inf. 
causari, to blame. 
laetari, to rejoice. 
praedari, to plunder. 


Pres. Ind. 
Mereor, 
Fateor, 
Polliceor 


SECOND CONJUGATION. 

Perf. Part. Pres. Inf. 
meritus, mereri, to deserve. 
fassus, fateri, to confess. 
pollicitus, polliceri, to promise* 



Conjugated like Moneor, page 38. 



VERB. 



55 



Pres. Ind. 

Utor, 

Morior, 

Sequor, 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 



Per/. Part. 
usus, 
mortuus, 
secutus, 



Pres. Inf. 
uti, to use. 
mori, to die. 
sequi, to follow. 



Conjugated like Regor, page 43. 



Pres. Ind. 
Blandior, 
Metior, 
Ordior, 



FOURTH CONJUGATION 



Per/. Part. 
blandltus, 
mensus, 
orsus, 



Conjugated like Audior, page 48. 



Pres. Inf. 
blandlri, to flatter. 
metiri, to measure. 
ordlri, to begin. 



NEUTER-PASSIVE VERBS. 
Audeo, / dare. 
Pres. Ind. Perf Part. Pres. Inf. 

Audeo, ausus, audere, to dare. 

Indicative Mood. 

Present Tense. 

Aud-eo, I dare, do dare, or am daring. 





Singular. 






Plural. 




1. 


2. 


3. 


1. 


2. 


3. 


Aud-eo. 


-es. 


-et. 


-emus. 


-etis. 


-ent. 



Imperfect Tense. 

Aud-ebam, / dared, did dare, or was daring. 

Aud-ebam. -ebas. -ebat. -ebamus. -ebatis. -ebant. 

Perfect Tense. 

Aus-us sum, or fui, / dared, or have dared. 

Aus-us sum, or fui, &c. -i sumus, or fuimus, &c. 

Pluperfect Tense. 

Aus-us eram, or fueram, / had dared. 

Aus-us eram, or fueram, &c. -i eramus, or fueramus, &a 

Future Tense. 

Aud-ebo, / shall, or will dare. 

Aud-ebo, -ebis. -ebit. -ebimus. -ebitis. -ebunt. 



56 



RUDIMENTS. 



Future-Perfect Tense. 

Aus-us ero, or fuero, / shall have dared. 

A us-us ero, or fuero, &c. -i erimus, or fuerimus, &c 

Subjunctive Mood, 

Present Tense. 

Aude-am, / may, or can dare, 

Aude-am. -as. -at. -amus. -atis. -ant. 

Imperfect Tense. 

Aud-erem, / might, could, %c. dare. 

Aud-erem. -eres. -eret. -eremus. -eretis. -erent. 

Perfect Tense. 

Aus-us sim, or fuerim, / may have dared. 

Aus-us sim, or fuerim, &c -i simus, or fuerimus, &c. 

Pluperfect Tense. 

Aus-us essem, or fuissem, / might, 6$c. have dared. 

Aus-us essem, or fuissem, &c. -i essemus, or fuissemus, &c. 

Imperative Mood. 

Present Tense. 

Aud-e, or -eto, dare thou, or do thou dare. 

Aud-e, or -eto. -eto. ete, or -etote. -ento. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Present and Imperfect Tense. 

Aud-ere, to dare, that I dare, that / was daring. 

Perfect and Pluperfect Tense. 

Aus-us, -a, -um esse, or fuisse, to have dared, that / have 
dared, that / had dared. 

Future Tense. 
Aus-urus, -a, -um esse 4 , to be about to dare, that / will dare, 

that / would dare ; 
and Aus-urus, -a, -um fuisse, to have been about to dare, that 

J would have dared. 

Participles. 

Present and Imperfect. — Aud-ens, daring. 

Perfect. — Aus-us, -a, -um, having dared. 

Fut. Active — Aus-urus -a, -um, about to dare. 

Fut. P. — Auden-dus, -da, -dum, to be dared, $c. (seldom used.) 



VERB. 57 

Gerunds. 
Norn. Auden-dum, daring. Gen. Auden-di, $*<?. 

Supines* 
Aus-um, to dare. Aus-u, to dare, or to be dared. 

The other Neuter-Passive Verbs are, 

Gaudeo, gavisus, gaudere, to rejoice. 

Soleo, solitus, solere, to be wont. 

Fido, fi sus, fidere, to trust, with its com- 

pounds confldo, I trust, and diffido, I distrust, which have also 
confidi 3 and diff'idi, in the Perfect. 



IRREGULAR VERBS. 

There are six Irregular Verbs: sum, eo, queo, volo, 
fero, and fio, with their Compounds. 

The Compounds absum, adsum, <Jr. are declined like sum (see p. 
24), except subsum, which wants the Perfect and the Tenses formed 
from it. 

In Prosum, a d is inserted where sum begins with e. 

Prosum, / do good. 

Prosum, profui, prodesse, to do good. 

Indicative Mood. 

Pres. Pro-sum. prod-es. prod-est. pro-sumus. prod-estis, 

pro- sunt. 
Imp. Prod-eram. -eras. -erat. -eramus. -eratis. -erant. 
Fut. Prod-ero. -eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erunt 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Imp. Prod-essem. -esses, -esset -essemus. -essetis. -essent. 

Imperative Mood. 
Pres. Prod-es, or -esto. -esto. -este, or -estote. pro-sunto. 

Infinitive Mood. 
Pres. and Imp. Prod-esse. 
In the other Tenses, prosum is declined like sum ; pro-fui, 
pro-fu?ram, pro-sim, $$c. 

Possum, J am able. 
Possum, potui, posse, to be able. 



5* 



RUDIMENTS. 



Pres. 

Imp. 

Per/. 

Plup. 

Fut. 



Indicative Mood. 
Pos-sum. pot-es. pot-est.pos-sumus. pot-estis. pos-sunt. 



Pot-eram. 
Polu-i. 
Potu-eram. 
Pot-ero. 



Fw£»-P.Potu-ero. 



Pres. Pos-sim. 

Imp. Pos-sem. 

Perf. Potu-erim. 

Plup. Potu-issem. 



-eras. -erat. -eramus. -eratis. -erant, 

-isti. -it. -lmus. -istis. -erunt, or-ere. 

-eras. -erat. -eramus. -eratis. -erant. 

-eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erunt. 

-eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erint. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

-sis. -sit. -simus. -sitis. -sint. 

-ses. -set. -semus. -setis. -sent, 

-eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erint. 

-isses. -isset. -issemus. -issetis. -issent 

{No Imperative.) 

Infinitive Mood. 

Pres. and Imp. Posse. Perf. and Plup. Potuisse. 
Participle, Pres. and Imp. Potens, able, is always used as an 
Adjective. The rest not used. 
P os gum is compounded ofpotis, able, and sum. 

Eo, I go. 

Eo, Ivi, ltum, Ire, to go. 

Indicative Mood. 



Pres. Eo. 


is. it. 


Imus. 


Itis. 


eunt. 


Imp. Ibam. 


ibas. ibat. 


ibamus. 


ibatis. 


ibant. 


Perf. Ivi. 


Ivisti. ivit. 


ivimus. 


ivistis. 


f iverunt, 
\ or ivere- 










Plup. Iveram. 


Iveras. iverat. 


iveramus. 


iveratis. 


iverant. 


Fut. Ibo. 


Ibis. ibit. 


ibimus. 


ibitis. 


ibunt. 


Fut.-P. Ivero. 


Iveris. iverit. 


iverimus. 


iveritis. 


iverint. 




Subjunctive Mood. 






Pres. Earn. 


eas. eat. 


eamus. 


eatis. 


eant. 


Imp. Irem. 


Ires. iret. 


iremus. 


iretis. 


irent. 


Perf. Iverim. 


Iveris. iverit. 


iverimus 


i. iveritis 


. iverint. 


Plup. Ivissem. 


Ivis&es. ivisset. 


ivissemus. ivissetis. ivissent 


Fut. Iturussim. 


sis. sit. 


-i simus. 


sitis. 


sint. 



Imperative Mood. 

Pres. I, or ito. Ito. Ite, or itote. eunto. 

Infinitive Mood. Participles. 

Pres. and Imp. Ire. Pres. and Imp. lens. Gen. euntia. 

Perf. and Plup. Ivisse. Fut. It-urus, -a, -urn. 

Fut. It-urus, -a, -um esse ; 
and It-Orus, -a, -um fuisse. 



VERB. 



59 



Gerunds. Supines. 

Nom. Eundum. Itum. 

Gen. Eundi, -do ; &c. Itu. 

Eo is, for the most part, formed regularly according to the Fourth 
Conjugation. It is used in the Passive as an Impersonal only : as, 
itur, ibdtur, fyc. 

The Compounds of eo generally reject v in the Perfect and the 
Tenses formed from it : as, abeo, abii, seldom abtvi, abitum, abire, to 
go away. Ambio, -ivi, -itum, -ire, to surround, is a regular Verb of 
the Fourth Conjugation. 

Queo, I can, nequeo, I cannot, and veneo, I am sold, are conjugated 
like eo, except that they want the Imperative and Gerunds, and veneo 
has no Participles or Supines. 

Volo, / am willing, I wish. 

Volo, volui, velle, to be willing, to wish. 

Indicative Mood. 



Pres. 


Volo. 


vis. 


vult. 


volumus. 


vultis. 


volunt. 


Imp. 


Voi-ebam. 


-ebas. 


-ebat. 


-ebamus. 


-ebatis. 


-ebant. 


Per/. 


Volu-i. 


-isti. 


-it. 


-imus. 


-istis. 


f -erunt, 
\or -ere. 


Plup. 


Volu-eram. 


-eras. 


-erat. 


-eramus. 


-eratis. 


-erant. 


Fut. 


Vol-am. 


-es. 


-et. 


-emus. 


-etis. 


-ent. 


FuJ.-P.Volu-ero. 


-eris. 


-erit. 


-erimus. 


-eritis. 


-erint. 






Subjunctive 


Mood. 






Pres. 


Vel-im. 


-is. 


-it. 


-imus. 


-Itis. 


-int. 


Imp. 


Vel-lem. 


-les. 


-let. 


-lemus. 


-letis. 


-lent. 


Per/. 


Volu-erim. 


-eris. 


-erit. 


-erimus. 


-eritis. 


-erint 


Plup. 


Volu-issem. 


-isses. 


-isset. 


-issemus. 


-issetis. 


-issent. 



(A r o Imperative.) 

Infinitive Mood. 

Pres. and Imp. Velle. Per/, and Plup. Voluisse. 

Participle, Pres. and Imp. Volens, willing, is commonly used 
as an Adjective. The rest not used. 

Nolo, / am unwilling. 
Nolo, nolui, nolle, to be unwilling, (non and volo.) 

Indicative Mood. 
Nolo. nonvis. nonvult. nolumus. nonvultis. nolunt. 

ebant. 
erunt, 



Pres. 
Imp. 

Per/. 

Plup. 
Fut. 



Nol-ebam. 
Nolu-i. 



-ebas. -ebat. 
-isti. -it. 



Nolu-eram. -eras. 
Nol-am. -es. 



Ft^.-P.Nolu-ero. -eris 



-erat. 

-et. 

-erit. 



-ebamus. -ebatis, 

. • f-e 

-istis. { 

(or 



-imus. 



-eramus. 

-emus. 

-erimus. 



ere, 

-eratis. -erant. 
-etis. -ent 
►eritis. -erint. 



60 




RUDIMENTS. 










Subjunctive Mood. 






Pres. 


Nol-im. 


-is. -it -imus. 


-itis. 


-int. 


Imp. 


Nol-lem. 


-les. -let. -lemus. 


-letis. 


-lent. 


Per/. 


Nolu-erim. 


-eris. -erit. -erimus. 


-eritis. 


-erint. 


Plup. 


Nolu-issem. 


-isses. -isset. -issemus. 


-issetis. 


-issent 



Imperative Mood. 
Pres. — Nol-i, or -Ito. Ite, or -itote. — ■ 

Infinitive Mood. 

Pres. and Imp. Nolle. Per/, and Plup. Noluisse. 

Participle. Pres. and Imp. Nolens, unwilling, is commonly 
used as an Adjective. The rest not used. 

Malo, I am more willing, I prefer. 

Malo, malui, malle, to be more willing, to prefer. 

(mage and volo.) 

Indicative Mood. 



Pres. 


Malo. mavis, mavult. 


malumus. mavultis. malunt. 


Imp. 


Mal-ebam. 


-ebas. -ebat. 


-ebamus. 


-ebatis. -ebant. 


Perf. 


Malu-i. 


-isti. -it. 


-imus. 


-istis. -f- €ru . nt > 
( or -ere. 


Plup. 


Malu-eram. 


-eras. -erat. 


-eramus. 


-eratis. -erant. 


Fut. 


Mal-am. 


-es. -et. 


-emus. 


-etis. -ent. 


Fw^.-P.Malu-ero. 


-eris. -erit. 


-erimus. 


-eritis. -erint. 






Subjunctive 


Mood. 




Pres. 


Mal-im. 


-is. -it. 


-Imus. 


-Itis. -int. 


Imp. 


Mal-lem. 


-les. -let. 


-lemus. 


-letis. -lent. 


Perf. 


Malu-erim. 


-eris. -erit. 


-erimus. 


-eritis. -erint. 


Plup. 


Malu-issem 


.-isses. -isset. 


-issemus. 


-issetis. -issent. 



{No Imperative.) 
Infinitive Mood. 
Pres. and Imp. Malle. Perf. and Plup. Maluisse. 
The rest not used. 
Volo, nolo, and malo, retain something of the Third Conjugation ; 
vis, vult, vultis, $c. being contracted for volis, volit, volttis, $c. 



ACTIVE VOICE. 

Fero, / carry, I bring, I suffer. 
Fero, tuli, latum, ferre, to carry, to bring, to suffer. 



VERB. 



61 



Indicative Mood. 



Pres. 


Fero. 


fers. 


fert. 


ferhrms. 


fertis. ferunt. 


Imp. 


Fer-ebam. 


-ebas. 


-ebat. 


-ebamus. 


-ebatis. -ebant. 


Per/. 


Tul-i. 


-isti. 


-it. 


-lmus. 


■ istis. -f- gru . nt ' 
(^ or -ere. 


Plup. 


Tul-eram. 


-eras. 


-erat. 


-eramus. 


-eratis. -erant. 


Fut. 


Fer-am. 


-es. 


-et. 


-emus. 


-etis. -ent. 


Fut.-. 


P.Tul-ero. 


-eris. 


-erit. 


-erimus. 


-eritis. -erint. 






Subjunctive Mood. 




Pres. 


Fer-am. 


-as. 


-at. 


-amus. 


-atis. -ant. 


Imp. 


Fer-rem. 


-res. 


-ret. 


-remus. 


-retis. -rent. 


Per/. 


Tul-erim. 


-eris. 


-erit. 


-erimus. 


-eritis. -erint. 


Plup. 


Tul-issem. 


-isses 


;. -isset. 


-issemus 


. -issetis. -issent. 


Fut. 


LaUurussim. sis. 


sit. 


-i simus. 


sitis. sint. 



Imperative Mood. 
Pres. — Fer,* or ferto. ferto. — ferte, or fertote, 

Infinitive Mood. 
Pres. and Imp. Ferre. 
Per/, and Plup. Tulisse. 
Fut. Lat-urus, -a, -um esse ; 
and Lat-urus, -a, -um fuisse. 

Gerunds. 
Nom. Feren-dum. -di ; &c, 



ferunto. 

Participles, 
Pres. and Imp. Ferens. 
Fut. Lat-urus, -a, ~um. 



Supines. 
Lat-um. Lat-u. 



PASSIVE VOICE. 



Feror, latus, ferri, to be carried, $c. 

Indicative Mood. 

Pres. Feror. ferris, or ferre. fertur. ferimur. ferimini. feruntur. 

C pm'ns 

7wp.Fer-ebar. < " ,J -ebatur. -ebamur. -ebamini. -ebantur. 

Per/. Lat-us sum, or fui, &c -i sumus, or fuimus, &c. 

Plup. Lat-us eram, or fueram, &c. -i eramus, or fueramus, &c. 
Fut. Fer-ar. -eris, or -ere. -etur. -emur. -emini. -entur. 
Fut.-P. Lat-us ero, or fuero, &c. -i erimus, or fuerimus, &c. 



* Dico, I say; duco, I lead; and facto, I make, have the Impera- 
tive formed in a similar manner ; die, due, fac ; and in the compounds 
effer, educ, calefac ; except in those compounds of facio, which change 
a into i : as, coafice, per/ice. 



62 RUDIMENTS. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Pres. Fer-ar. -aris, or -are. -atur. -amur. -amlni. -antur. 

Imp. Fer-rer. -reris, or -rere. -retur. -remur. -remlni. -rentur. 

Per/. Lat-us sim, or fuerim, &c. -i simus, or fuerimus. &c. 

Plup. Lat-us essem, or f uissem, &c. -i essemus, or fuissemus, &c. 

Imperative Mood. 

Pres. — Ferre, or fertor. fertor. — ferimmi. feruntor. 

Infinitive Mood. Participles, 

Pres. and Imp. Ferri. Per/. Lat-us, -a, -um. 

Fut. Feren-dus, -da, -dum. 
P erf. and Plup. Lat-us, -a, -um esse, or fuisse. 
Put. Lat-um iri. 

Fero is a Verb of the Third Conjugation, fers, fert, fertis, fyc. be- 
ing contracted for feris, ferit, feritis, S)C. 

The compounds of fero are conjugated in the same way; affero 
(ad and fero), attuli, allatum, afferre, to bring to ; aufero (ab and 
fero), abstuli, ablatum, auferre, to take away; confero, contuli, col- 
latum, conferre, to bring together; differ o (dis and fero), distuli, di- 
latum, differ re, to disperse ; effero (ex and fero), extuli, elatum, ef 
ferre, to bring out; infero, intuit, illatum, inferre, to bring into; 
offero (ob and fero), obtuli, oblatum, offerre, to offer; and suffero (sub 
and fero), sufferre, to endure, which wants both Perfect and Supine. 

Fio, / am made, or / become. 
Flo, factus, fieri, to be made, or to become. 

Indicative Mood. 

Pres. Flo. fis. fit. fimus. fltis. fiunt. 

Imp. Fi-ebam. -ebas. -ebat. -ebamus. -ebatis. -ebant 

Perf. Fact-us sum, or fui, &c. -i sumus, or fuimus, &c. 

Plup. Fact-us eram, or fueram, &c. -i eramus, or fueramus, &c. 

Fut. Fi-am. -es. -et. -emus. -etis. -ent. 

Fut. -P. Fact-us ero, or fuero, &c. -ierimus, or fuerimus, &c. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. Fi-am. -as. -at. -amus. -atis. -ant. 

Imp. Fi-erem. -eres. -eret. -eren.ius. -eretis. -erent. 
Perf. FacUussim, or fuerim, &c. -i simus, or fuerimus, &c. 
Plup. Fact-us essem, orfuissem. &c. -i essemus, orfuissemus, &c. 

Imperative Mood. 

Pres. — Fi, or flto. f Ito. — f Ite, or fltote. fiunto. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Pres. and Imp. Fieri. 

Perf. and Plup. Factus, -a, -um esse, or fuisse. 

Fut. Fact-um iri. 



VERB. 63 

Participles. 

Per/. Fact-us, -a, -urn. Fut. Facien-dus, -da, -dum. 

Supine. Fact-u. 

The Third Person Singular is often used impersonally : as, ft, it 
happens ; febat, it happened ; &c. 

Fio is used as the Passive of facto, from which it takes the Parti- 
ciples. The compounds of facto, which retain a, havefo in the Pas- 
sive : as, calefacio, I warm ; calefio ; <J-c. But those compounds 
which change facio into ficio have the regular Passive in fetor : as, 
confcio, conficior ; fy. 

To the Irregular Verbs may be added edo, I eat, which, in some 
of its tenses, agrees with sum : thus, 

Edo, edi, esum, edere, or esse, to eat. 

Indicative Mood. 

Pres. Edo. J e s > J e * > edimus. -| e *?• edunt. 

{or es. (or est. {or estis. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
f Ederem, ederes, ederet, ederemus, ederetis, ederent, 
P' { or essem. or esses, or esset. or essemus. or essetis. or essent. 

Imperative Mood. 

p f Ede, or edito, edito, edite, or editote, , 

"" \or es, or esto. or esto. ~" or este, or estote. un * 
Infnitive. Pres. and Imp. Edere, or esse. 
The compounds of edo are conjugated in the same manner, but, 
in the other Tenses, they are regular Verbs of the Third Conjugation. 



DEFECTIVE VEEBS. 

Verbs are called Defective which are used only in a few 
Tenses and Persons. 

I. The following most frequently occur : Aio, inquam, 
forem, ausim,faxo, ave, salve, cedo, and quceso. 

Aio, I say. 
Indicative Mood. 

Pres. Aio. afs. ait. aiunt. 

Imp. Ai-ebam. -ebas. -ebat. -ebamus. -ebatis. -ebant. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Pres. aias. aiat. aiatis. aiant. 

Imperative. Pres. Ai. Participle. Pres. and Imp. Aiens. 



64 RUDIMENTS. 

Inquam, J say. 

Indicative Mood. 
Pres. In-quam. -quis. -quit. -quimus. -quitis. -quiunt. 

Imp. inquiebat inquiebant. 

Per/. inquisti. < 

Fut. inquies. inquiet. 

Imperative. Pres. Inque, or inquito. 
Participle. Pres. and Imp. Inquiens. 

Forem, I might be, or / might have been. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Imp. and Plup. For-em. -es. -et. -emus. -etis. -ent. 
Infinitive. Pres. and Imp. Fore, to be, or to be about to be. 

For em, contracted for fuerem, seems to be the Imp. Sub. of the old 
Verb f no, and is therefore used for essem, and sometimes for fuissem. 
Fore is properly the Pres. and Imp. Infinitive, but is commonly used 
as the Future for futurus esse, 

Ausim, / may dare. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Pres. Aus-im. -is. -it. -int. 

Ausim is contracted for ause J rim, which was anciently used for 
ausus sim. 

Faxo, / shall see to it, or do it. 

Indicative Mood* 

Fut.-P. Faxo. -is. -it. -itis. -int. 

Subjunctive Mood. 

Per/. Fax-im. -is. -it. -int. 

Faxo and fax'im are contracted for fecero and fecerim, and are used 
in the same sense. 

Ave, and Salve, God save you, hail, good morrow. 
Imperative Mood, 

Pres. Av-e, or -eto. av-ete, or -etote. 

Infinitive. Pres. and Imp. Avere. 

Imperative Mood. 

Pres. — Salv-e, or -eto. sal v-ete, or -etote. — 

Infinitive. Pres. and Imp. Salvere. 

Salves the 2. Sing. Pres. Ind. and salvebis the 2. Sing. FuU Ind. 
are also found. 



VERB. 



65 



Cedo, tell, or give. 
Imperative Mood. 

p reSt Cedo. cedite. ■ — — 

Cedo is used both as Singular and Plural ; cedite, as Plural only, 
and contracted cette. 

Qu^so, I pray, or / beseech. 

Indicative Mood. 

Pres. Quaeso. quaesumus. 

II. These three Verbs, odi, memini, coepi, are called 
Preteritive Verbs, because they have only the Perfect and 
the Tenses formed from it. 

The first two have, in the Perfect, the signification of the Present 
and Perfect ; in the Pluperfect, that of the Imperfect and Pluperfect ; 
and in the Future- Perfect, that of the Future and Future-Perfect. 

Odi, J hate, or I have hated. 

Indicative Mood. 

Per/. Od-i. -isti. -it. -lmus. -istis. |^™^ 

Plup. Od-eram. -eras. -erat. -eramus. -eratis. -erant. 
Fut.-P. Od-ero. -eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erint. 



Subjunctive Mood. 
Per/. Od-erim. -eris. -erit. -erimus. -eritis. -erint. 

Plup. Od-issem. -isses. -isset. -issemus. -issetis. -issent. 

Infinitive. Per/, and Plup. Odisse. 

Participles. Per/. Osus, having hated. Fut. Osurus. 

Oderit and Oderint sometimes supply the place of an Imperative. 

In the same manner Memini, I remember, or I have remembered ; 
and Ccepi, I have begun, are conjugated. Memini has memento and 
mementote, the Second persons Singular and Plural of the Imperative ; 
and to Ccepi are assigned the Perfect Participle coeptus, begun, or hav- 
ing begun, the Future Participle ccepturus, and the Supine caeptu. 
Ccepi has also a Perfect Passive coeptus sum, of the same meaning as 
the Active, but used with Passive Infinitives. 

To these some add A r ori, because it frequently has the signification 
of the Present, / know, as well as / have known, though it comes from 
noscc, which is complete. 

III. Fari, to speak, and dari, to be given, are not used in the First 

Person Sing, of the Pres. Indicative and Subjunctive. Of fori, only 

fatur,faoor ; the Imperative, fare ; the Participles, fans, fatus, fan- 

dus f the Gerunds, fan di, and fando ; and the Supine, fatu, are com- 

-monly used. 



DO RUDIMENTS. 

Furere, to be mad, wants the First Per. Sing, and the Sec. Per. 
Plur. of the Pres., and probably all the Future of the Indicative ; 
and the Imperative. It likewise wants the Perfect and Supine. 

Of the following Verbs the 'subjoined persons only are found : 
apage, be gone ; infit, he begins ; confit, it is done ; confiet, con- 
fieret, confieri ; deft, it is wanting, deflet, deflat, defieri ; ovas, thou 
rejoicest, ovat, ovet, ovdret, ovans, ovdtus, ovandi. 

IMPERSONAL VERBS. 

Verbs are called Impersonal, which are used only in 
the Third Person Singular, and which do not admit a 
person as their Nominative. 

They belong to all the Conjugations, and, when literally 
translated, have the Pronoun it before them. 
FIRST CONJUGATION. SECOND CONJUGATION. 

Delectat, it delights. Decet, it becomes. 

Delect-at, -avit, -are. Dec-et, -uit, -ere. 

Indicative Mood. 

Pres. Delect-at, it delights. Dec-et, it becomes. 

Imp. Delect-abat, it delighted. Dec-ebat, it became. 

Perf. Delectav-it, it has delighted. Decu-it, it has become. 
Plup. Delectav-erat, it had delighted. Decu-erat, It had become. 
Fut. Delect-abit, it will delight. Dec-ebit, it will become. 
Fut.-P. Delectav-erit, it shall have de- Decu-erit, it shall have become, 
[lighted. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. Delect-et, it may delight. Dec-eat, it may become. 

Imp. Delect-aret, it might delight. Dec-eret, it might become. 

Perf. Delectav-erit, it may have delighted.D ecu-erit, it may have become. 
P lap. Delect&v-isset, it might have de-Decu-isset, it might have be- 
nighted, [come. 
_> Infinitive Mood. 
Pres. and Imp. Delect-are, to delight, 3$c. Dec-ere, to become, fyc. 
Perf. and Plup. Delectav-isse, to have delight- Decu-isse, to have be- 

[ed, S$c come, fyc. 

THIRD CONJUGATION. FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

Accidit, it happens. Evenit, it happens. 

AccTd-it, .it, -ere. Even-it, even-it, -Ire. 

Indicative Mood. 
Pres. Accid-it, it happens. Even-it,' it happens. 

Imp. Accid-ebat, it happened. Eveni-ebat, it happened. 

Perf. Accid-it, it has happened ; Qc. Even-it, it has happened ; £c. 
Most Verbs may be used impersonally in the Passive Voice, espe- 
cially Neuter and Intransitive Verbs, which otherwise have no Pas- 
sive : as, pugnatur y favctur, curritur, venitur ; from pugno, I fight; 
aveo, I favour ; curro, I run ; vento, I come. 



VERB. 67 

FIRST CONJUGATION. SECOND CONJUGATION. 

Pugnatur, it is fought. Favetur, it is favoured. 

Pugn-atur, -atum est, -ari. Fav-etur, fautum est, faveru 

Indicative Mood. 
Pres. Pugnatur, it is fought. Favetur, it is favoured. 

Imp. Pugnabatur, it was fought. Favebatur, it was favoured. 
Perf. Pugnatum est, it has been Fautum est, it has been fa- 
[fought. [voured. 

Plup. Pugnatum erat, it had been Fautum erat, it had been fa- 
[fought. [voured, 

Fut. Pugnabitur, it will be fought. Favebitur, it will be favoured. 
Fut. -P. Pugnatum fuerit^ it shall have Fautum fuerit, it shall have 

[been fought. [been favoured. 

Subjunctive Mood. 
Pres. Pugnetur, it may be fought. Faveatur, it may be favoured. 
Imp. Pugnaretur, it might be fought. Faveretur, it might be favoured. 
Perf, Pugnatum sit, it may have been Fautum sit, it may have been 
[fought. [favoured. 

Plup. Pugnatum esset, it might have Fautum esset, it might have 
[ been fought. [ been favoured. 

Infinitive Mood. 

Pres. and Imp. Pugnari, to be fought, 6$c, 

Perf. and Plup. Pugnatum esse, to have been fought, <5fC. 

Fut. Pugnatum iri, to be about to be fought, 3$c, 

Pres. and Imp. Faveri, to be favoured, £$c. 

Perf. and Plup. Fautum esse, to have been favoured, fyc, 

Fut. Fautum iri, to be about to be favoured, S$c. 

THIRD CONJUGATION. FOURTH CONJUGATION 

Curritur, it is run. Venitur, it is come, 

Curritur, cursum est, curri. Venitur, ventum est, venlri. 

Indicative Mood. 
Pres. Curritur, it is run. Venitur, it is come. 

Imp. Currebatur, it was run. Veniebatur, it was come. 

Perf. Cursum est, it has been run ; fyc, Ventum est, it has been come; 3$c. 

Verbs, which, in the Active Voice, do not govern the Accusative, 
are used only impersonally in the Passive : as, persuadetur mihi, I 
am persuaded ; not, persuadeor. 

Impersonal Verbs want the Imperative, and generally the Partici- 
ples, Gerunds, and Supines. The Imperative, when necessary, is 
supplied by the Present Subjunctive: as, delectet, let him delight. 

Impersonal Verbs are applied to any person or number, by putting 
the words which form the Nominative to regular Verbs, after them, 
in the cases which they govern : as, delectat me, it delights me, or I 
delight ; delectat te, thou delightest ; delectat hominem, the man de- 
lights; delectat nos, vos, homines, we, ye, the men delight. Placet 



68 RUDIMENTS. 

mihi, tibi, homini, it pleases me, thee, the man ; or, 1 please, thou 
pleasest, the man pleases, &c. Pugnatur a me, a te, ab homine, I 
fight, thou fightest, the man fights, &c. 



ADVERB. 
An Adverb is a word added to a Verb, Adjective, or 
other Adverb, to express the Time, Place, or Manner in 
which any thing is done. 

I. The Adverbs of Time are, nunc, now ; tunc, then ; &c. 

II. The Adverbs of Place are, ubi, where ? hie, here; &c. 

III. The Adverbs of Manner, Quality, &c. are, profecto, truly; 
satis, enough ; itidem, in like manner ; &c. 

The Simple, or Primitive Adverbs are few in number : as, non, 
handy not ; ibi, there ; tnox, presently ; tunc, then ; &c. 

The Derivative Adverbs are numerous, and are formed in the fol- 
lowing manner : 

1. Adverbs derived from Adjectives of the First and Second De- 
clension generally end in e: as, alte, highly, from alius; libere s 
freely, from liber. They sometimes end in o, um, or ter : as, tuto, 
safely, from tutus ; tantum, so much, from tantus ; dure, and duriter, 
hardly, from durus. 

2. Adverbs derived from Adjectives of the Third Declension gene- 
rally end in ter : as, feliciter, happily, from felix. They sometimes 
end in e: as, facile, easily, from facXlis. One ends in o; omnlno j 
altogether, from omnis. 

The Neuter Gender of Adjectives is often used adverbially : as, 
recens, recently, for recenter ; torva, sternly, for torve. 

3. Adverbs derived from Nouns generally end in im, or itus ; as, 
viritim, man by man, from vir ; funditus, from the ground, from 
fundus. Many Adverbs in im are derived from Participles : as, 
sensim, by degrees, from sensus {sentio, I perceive). A few Adverbs 
in itus are derived from Adjectives : as, antiquitus, anciently, from 
antiquus, 

4. Adverbs are formed by Composition in various ways : as, hodie y 
to-day, from hoc die ; scilicet, truly, from scire licet ; quomodo, how, 
from quo modo ; quamobrem, wherefore ? from ob quam rem. 

Adverbs derived from Adjectives are compared, and are 
subject to the same irregularities and defects as their Pri- 
mitives. The Positive generally ends in e, or ter; the 
Comparative in ius ; the Superlative in ime : as, 
Pos. Comp. Sup. 

Alte, highly : Altius, Altissime. 

Fortker, bravely ; Fortius, Fortisslme. 

Libere, freely; Liberius, Liberrime. 

Tuto, safely ; Tutius, Tutissime. 



PREPOSITION. 



69 



The following Adverbs are compared irregularly, like the Adjec- 
tives from which they are derived : 



Bene, well; 


Melius, 


Optime. 


Facile, easily ; 


Facilius, 


FacillTme. 


Male, badly ; 


Pejus, 


PessTme. 


Multum, much ; 


Plus, 


Plurimum. 


Parum, little ; 


Minus, 


f Minime. 
( Minimum. 


Prope, near ; 


Propius, 


Proxime. 



Positive wanting. 

Magis, more, maxime ; ocius, more swiftly, ocissnne ; prius, 
sooner, primo, or primum ; potius, rather, potissimum. 

Comparative wanting. 

Pene, almost, penissime ; nuper, lately, nuperrlme ; nove, or novlter, 
newly, novissime; memo, deservedly, meritissimo. 

Superlative wanting. 
Satis, enough, satius ; secus, otherwise, secius. 
Two Adverbs not derived from Adjectives are also compared : diu, 
long, diuiius, diutissime ; saepe, often, sccpius, smpissime. 



PREPOSITION. 

A Preposition is a word placed before Nouns and Pro- 
nouns, to show their relation to other words. 

Prepositions are placed before, or govern the Accusative, 
or Ablative. 

There are twenty-eight Prepositions which govern the Accu- 



sative : 

Ad, to, at. 
Apud, at, near. 
Ante, before. 

A i ' > against, towards. 

Adversum, J 6 ' 

Contra, against, overagainst. 

Citra, } on this side - 

Circa, ) , 

Circum, \ about - 
Erga, towards. 
Extra, without, out of. 
Inter, between, among. 
Intra, within. 



Infra, beneath. 

Juxta, nigh to. 

Ob, for, on account of. 

Propter,/*©/ 4 , because of. 

Per, by, through. 

Praeter, beside, except. 

Penes, in the power of. 

Post, after, since. 

Pone, behind. 

Secus, by, along. 

Secundum, according to. 

Supra, above. 

Trans, across, on the farther side. 

Ultra, beyond. 



70 RUDIMENTS. 

There are fifteen Prepositions which govern the Ablative : 

Ab, \from,by. Ex, } of , out of. 

Abs, ) Pro, for. 

Absque, without. Prae, before, in comparison of. 

Cum, with, along with. Palam, with the knowledge of 

Clam, without the knowledge of. Sine, without. 

Coram, before, in presence of. Tenus, up to, as far as. 

De, of concerning. 

There are four Prepositions which govern sometimes the Ac- 
cusative, and sometimes the Ablative. 

In, in, into. Sub, under. Super, above. Subter, beneath. 

Tenus is placed after its case ; and also cum, when joined to me, te, 
se, quo, qui, and quibus : as, mecum, S$c. Clam sometimes governs 
the Accusative : as, Clam patre, or patrem. 

Circiter, about ; prope, nigh ; usque, as far as ; versus, towards ; 
are Adverbs, and seem to govern the Accusative by means of ad, 
which is generally understood, but sometimes expressed. So likewise 
procul, far, which governs the Ablative by means of a. 

Prepositions are often considered as Adverbs, when the word which 
they would govern is not expressed. 

Prepositions in Composition. 

Prepositions are often prefixed to other words, especially to 
Verbs, and modify the meaning of the Simple word, by their 
own. 

Ad, to : as, duco, I lead ; adduco, I lead to ; fero, I bring ; adfero. 
I bring to. 

Per, through, entirely ; as perduco, I lead through ; perfero, I 
carry through ; facto, I do ; perficio, I do entirely, I finish. 

A, ab, abs, from, or away : as abduco y I lead away ; auftro, I 
carry away. 

In, in, into, upon, against ; as infero, I bring in, or into ; impono, 
I place upon ; ruo, I rush ; irruo, I rush upon, or against. It some- 
times increases the meaning i as, duro, I harden ; induro, I harden 
much. 

The following syllables am, di, or dis, re, se, con, are called 
Inseparable Prepositions, because they are never found except 
in compound words. 

Am-, signifies about, around : as, ambio, I go about, I surround. 
The m is changed into n, before c, q,f, h ; as, anceps, that may be 
taken two ways, doubtful ; and b is inserted before a vowel : as, 
ambio. 

Di-, or dis-, asunder, separately : as, diduco, I lead asunder, I sepa- 
rate. It sometimes reverses the meaning: as, facilis, easy; difficilis, 



INTERJECTION, &c. *]\ 

difficult;/^), I trust; diffido y I distrust. It sometimes increases 
the meaning : as, cupio, I desire ; discupio, I desire much. Dis is 
used before c, /, j, p, q, s } t ; and di before the other consonants. 

Re-, back, again, against ; as, reduco, I lead back ; refero, I carry 
back ; reUgo, I read again ; reclamo, I cry against. It sometimes 
reverses the meaning : as, tendo, I bend ; retendo, I unbend. D is 
inserted before a vowel, and h : as, redeo, I return. 

Se, apart, or aside: as, seduco y I lead aside, or apart. With Ad- 
jectives, it denotes privation : as, cura, care ; securus, free from care, 
careless. 

Con-, (for cum,) together, along iciih ; as, conduco, I lead together, 
I bring along with me; confe.ro, I carry -together. It sometimes 
increases the meaning : as, premo, I press ; comprxmo, I press together, 
I press much. The n is dropt before a vowel, or h ; and is changed 
into m, before b, p, m : as, cogo (conago,) I drive together ; cohceres, 
a coheir, an heir in participation. 

A r e-, and ve-, are also prefixed to words, and have a negative signi- 
fication : as, fas, justice ; nefas, injustice, impiety ; scio, I know ; 
ntscio, I know not, I am ignorant ; sanus, healthy ; vesdnus, sickly. 



INTERJECTION. 

An Interjection is a word which expresses some passion 
or emotion of the mind : as, oh, hex, heu, ah, alas ! 

Nouns and Adjectives in the Neuter Gender are sometimes used 
as Interjections: as, malum, with a mischief ! infandum, O shame i 
miserum, O wretched ! nefas, O the villany ! 



CONJUNCTION. 

A Conjunction is a word which connects sentences, or 
words : as, et, ac, atque, que, and; etiam, also; &c. 

Some words, as, d^inde, thereafter; demqut, finally; cceterum* 
moreover, but; videlicet, to wit; &c. may be considered either as 
Adverbs or Conjunctions. 

Autem, enim, vero, quoque, quidem, are never put first in a clause 
or sentence. Que, ve, and ne, are always annexed to some other 
word. 



SYNTAX. 

Syntax is the correct arrangement of words in a sentence, 
and consists of Concord and Government 



72 RUDIMENTS. 

Concord is when one word agrees with another in Gen- 
der, Number, Case, or Person. 

Government is when one word requires another to be 
put in a certain Case or Mood. 

General Principles. 

1. In every sentence there must be a Verb and a Nominative 
expressed or understood. 

2. Every Adjective must have a Substantive expressed or 
understood. 

3. All the Cases of Nouns, except the Nominative and Voca- 
tive, must be governed by some other word. 

4. The Genitive is governed by a Noun expressed or under- 
stood. 

5. The Dative is governed by Adjectives and Verbs. 

6. The Accusative is governed by an Active Verb, or by a 
Preposition, or is placed before the Infinitive. 

7. The Vocative stands by itself, or has an Interjection joined 
with it. 

8. The Ablative is governed by a Preposition expressed or 
understood. 

9. The Infinitive is governed by a Verb or Adjective expressed 
or understood. 



CONCORD. 



Rule I. — An Adjective agrees with its Substantive in 
Gender, Number, and Case : as, 

Vir bonus, a good man. 
Ferriina casta, a chaste woman. 
Dulce pomum, a sweet apple. 
Note 1. — The Substantive negotium is often understood to an Ad. 
jective in the Neuter Gender : as, trlste, supply negotium. 

Note 2. — The Infinitive sometimes supplies the place of a Sub- 
stantive : as, Scire tuum. Pers. 

Rule II. — A Verb agrees with its Nominative in Num- 
ber and Person : as, 

Ego lego, I read. 

Tu scribis, you write. 

Prceceptor docet, the master teaches. 

Note. I. — The Nominative of the Pronouns is expressed only when 
some particular distinction of the Person is necessary. 

Note 2. — An Infinitive, or part of a sentence, often supplies the 
place of a Nominative of the Third Person : as, Mentiri est turpe ; 
Vacare culpa est magnum solatium. 



SYNTAX. 73 

Note 3. A Collective Noun, though Singular, may be joined with 

a Verb in the Plural : as, MuUitudo convenerant. 

Rule III. — Substantive Verbs, Passive Verbs of Nam 
ing, and Verbs of Gesture, have a Nominative both before 
and after them, belonging to the same thing : as, 
Ego sum discipidus, I am a scholar. 
Tu vocdris Joannes, you are named John. 
Ilia inccdit reglna, she walks as a queen. 
Or — Any Verb may have the same Case after it as before it, 
when both words refer to the same thing. 

Note. — When a Verb comes between two Nominatives of different 
numbers, it generally agrees with the first : as, Ossajiunt lapis. Ov. 

Rule IV. — The Infinitive Mood has an Accusative be- 
fore it: as, 

Gaudeo te valere, I am glad that you are well. 

Note. — The Accusative of the Pronouns is often understood ; and 
estty or fuisse, is frequently omitted after Participles. 

Rule V. — Esse has the same Case after it that it has 
before it : as, 

Petrus cupit esse vir doctus, Peter desires to be a learned man. 
Scio Petrum esse virum doctum, I know that Peter is a learned 

man. 

Or— The Infinitive of a Substantive Verb, of a Passive Verb 
of Naming, and of a Verb of Gesture, takes the same Case after 
it that it has before it. 

Note. — When the Dative precedes the Infinitive, the Noun which 
follows is sometimes put in the Accusative : as, Licet omnibus esse 
bonos ; sup. eos. 

Rule VI. — The Relative Qui, quae, quod, agrees with 
its Antecedent in Gender, Number, and Person : as, 

Vir sapit qui pauca loquitur, the man is wise who speaks little. 
Ego qui scribo, I who write. 

Note 1. — The Antecedent is the Noun going before the Relative and 
to which it refers. The Relative is properly an Adjective, and agrees 
with the Antecedent, which is again understood to it : as, Vir sapit 
qui (vir) pauca loquitur, the man is wise which (man), &c. 

Note 2. — Part of a sentence sometimes forms the Antecedent, in 
which case the Relative must be in the Neuter Gender : as, In tern- 
pore veni quod rerum omnium est primum. Ter. 

Rule VII. — If no Nominative come between the Rela-^ 



74 RUDIMENTS. 

live and the Verb, the Relative shall be the Nominative to 
the Verb: as, 

Prceceptor qui docet, the master who teaches. 

Rule VIII. — If a Nominative come between the Rela- 
tive and the Verb, the Relative is governed by the Verb, 
Noun, or Adjective following, or by the Preposition which 
goes before it: as, 

Deus quern coUmus, God whom we worship. 
Cujus munere vivimus, by whose gift we live. 

Note. — Words of relative quantity and quality, as, qualis, quan- 
tus, quotus, are often construed as the Relative : thus, Tanta multi- 
tude quantum capit urbs nostra, ClC. 

Rule IX. — Two or more Substantives Singular, con- 
nected by the Conjunctions, et, ac, atque, fyc generally 
have a Verb, Adjective, or Relative Plural : as, 

Petrus et Joannes qui sunt docti, Peter and John who are 
learned. 

Note 1. — A Conjunction is not always necessary: as, Dum cetas, 
mztus, magisier prohibebant. Ter. 

Note 2. — If the Substantives be of different Genders, and signify 
Persons, the Adjective is Masculine, agreeing with homines, under, 
stood. But, if the Substantives signify things without life, the Ad- 
jective is Neuter, agreeing with negoiia, understood. 

Note 3. — When the Nominatives are of different Persons, the Verb 
agrees with the First rather than the Second, and with the Second 
rather than the Third : as, Si tu et Tullia valetis, ego et Cicero vale- 
mus, Cic. 

Rule X.— Substantives signifying the same thing agree 
in Case : as, 

Cicero orator, Cicero the orator. 

Urbs Edinburgum, the city Edinburgh. 

Note. — A sentence, or clause, may supply the place of one of the 
Substantives: as, Cogitei oratorem institui, rem arduam. Quint. 



GOVERNMENT. 
Government of Substantives. 
Rule XI. — One Substantive governs another, signifying 
a different thing, in the Genitive : as, 

Amor Dei, the love of God. 
Lex naturce, the law of nature. 



SYNTAX. 75 

Note 1. — The Genitive is sometimes changed into the Dative : as, 
(Jrbi pater est, urbique maritus. Luc. 

Note 2. — The governing Substantive is sometimes understood : as, 
Ubi ad Dianoe veneris, Ter. Sup. templum, or aedem. 

Rule XII. — If the latter of two Substantives have an 
Adjective signifying Praise, Dispraise, or any sort of Dis- 
tinction, joined with it, it may be put in the Genitive or 
Ablative : as, 

Vir summed prudentice, or summd prudentid, a man of great 

wisdom. 
Puer probce inddlis, or probd indole, a boy of a good disposition. 

Note. — The latter Substantive must denote a part or property of 
the former, otherwise it does not belong to this Rule. 

Rule XIII. — An Adjective in the Neuter Gender, 
without a Substantive, governs the Genitive : as, 

Multum pecunice, much money. 
Quid rex est ? what is the matter ? 

Note 1. — The Adjectives which govern the Genitive like Substan- 
tives generally signify quantity : as, multum, plus, tantum, S$c. To 
these add the Pronouns, id, hoc, quid, and its compounds. Quid and 
plus always govern the Genitive. Quod and its compounds agree in 
Case with their Substantives. 

Note 2. — Plural Adjectives in the Neuter Gender also govern the 
Genitive : as, Augusta viarum. Virg. 

* Rule XIII. — Opus and Usus, signifying need, go- 
vern the Ablative of the thing wanted : as, 

Auctoritdte tud nobis opus est, we have need of your authority. 
Nunc virlbus usus {est vobis), now you have need of strength. 

Note. — Opus and usus sometimes govern the Genitive : as, Lectio. 
nis opus est. Quint. 



Government of Adjectives. 

Rule XIV. — Verbal Adjectives, or such as signify an 
AiFection of the Mind, govern the Genitive : as, 

Avidus glorias, desirous of glory. 
Ignarus fraudis, ignorant of fraud. 
Memor beneficiorum, mindful of favours. 

To this Rule belong Verbal Adjectives in ax, ns, and tus ; Adjec- 
tives denoting Affection ; as, Desire and Disdain ; Knowledge and 
Ignorance; Innocence and Guilt. 



76 RUDIMENTS. 

Rule XV. — Partitives, and words placed PartitiveJy, 
Comparatives, Superlatives, Interrogatives, and some Nu- 
merals, govern the Genitive Plural : as, 

Aliquis philosophorum, some one of the philosophers. 
Senior fratrum, the elder of the brothers. 
Quis nostrum, which of us. 
A Partitive is a word which signifies a part of any number of per-. 
sons or things, in contradistinction to the whole. 

Note 1. — Partitives, &c. agree in Gender with the Substantives 
which they govern : as, Nulla sororum. But if there be two Substan- 
tives of different Genders, the Partitives, &c. generally agree with the 
former: as, Indus Jluminifin maximus. Cic. 

Note 2 Partitives, &c. govern the Genitive Singular of Collective 

Nouns : as, Prcestantissimus nostra? civitatis, Cic. Sup. vir. 

Rule XVI. — Adjectives signifying Profit or Disprofit, 
Likeness or Unlikeness, govern the Dative : as, 

Utilis hello, profitable for war. 
Similis patri, like his father. 

Or — Any Adjective may govern the Dative in Latin, which 
has to or for after it in English. 

To this Rule also belong Adjectives signifying Pleasure or Pain; 
Friendihip or Hatred; Clearness or Obscurity; Nearness; Ease oi 
Difficulty ; Equality or Inequality ; and several compounded with 
con ; as, cogndtus, 6$c. 

Note 1. — Some of these Adjectives govern also the Genitive: as, 
amicus, inimicus, socius, vicinus, par, cequdlis f similis, communis, 
proprius, fyc. 

Note 2. — Adjectives signifying Motion or Tendency to a thing, 
take after them the Accusative with ad, rather than the Dative : as, 
proclivus, pronus, propensus, velox, celer, tardus, piger, fyc. ; as, 
Piger ad pcenas. Ov. 

Note 3. — Adjectives signifying Usefulness, Fitness, and the con- 
trary, often take the Accusative with ad : as, Utilis ad nullam rem. 
Cic. 

Note 4. — Propior and proximus take after them the Dative, or the 
Accusative governed by ad understood: as, Propius vero. Liv. 
Proximus Pompeium. Cic. Sup. ad. 

Rule XVII. — Verbal Adjectives in bills and dus go- 
vern the Dative : as, 

Amandus, or amabilis omnibus, to be beloved by all men. 

Rule XVIII. — Nouns denoting Measure are put in the 
Accusative : as, 

Columna sexaginta pedes alta, a pillar sixty feet high. 



SYNTAX. 77 

Note 1. — The names of Measure are digitus, palmus, pes, cubitus, 
ulna, passus, stadium, 

Note 2. — The word denoting Measure is sometimes put in the Ab- 
lative : as, Fossam sex cubitis altam. Liv. The differe nee of Mea- 
sure is always put in the Ablative : as, Turns est sex pedibus altiu? 
quam murus. To which may be referred, tanto, quanto, hoc, eo, quo, 
multo, paulo, <§~c. 

Rule XIX. — The Comparative Degree governs the 
Ablative of the Object with which any thing is compared : 
as, 

Dulcior melie, sweeter than honey. 
Proestantior auro, better than gold. 

Note When the Comparative is followed by quam, the objects 

compared are put in the same Case : as, Dulcior quam mel ; Pne- 
stantior quam aurum. The Nominative and Accusative only can be 
repeated after quam ; and if any other case precede the Comparative, 
the Verb sum, with the Nominative, are used ; as, Loquor de vivo sa- 
pientiore quam tu es. 

Rule XX. — Dignus, indignus, contentus, prceditus, 
captus, and fretus ; also natus, satus, ortus, edltus, and 
the like, govern the Ablative : as, 

Dignus hondre, worthy of honour. 
PrcedUus virtute, endued with virtue. 
Content us parvo, content with little. 

Note. — Dignus, indignus, and contentus, are sometimes construed 
with the Genitive : as, Indignus avorum. Virg. 

Rule XXI. — Adjectives of Plenty or Want govern the 
• Genitive, or Ablative : as, 

Plenus irce, or ird, full of anger. 

Inops rationis, or ratione, void of reason. 

Note — Some adjectives of Plenty or Want govern the Genitive 
only : as, benignus, exsors, impos, impotens, liberdlis, SfC Some the 
Ablative only; as, beatus, distentus, tumidus, turgidus, %c Some 
the Genitive and Ablative : as, compos, expers, gravis, dives, Sec, 



Government of Verbs. 
Rule XXII. — Sum, when it signifies Possession, Pro- 
perty, or Duty, governs the Genitive : as, 

Est regis punlre rcbelles, it belongs to the king to punish rebels. 

MUitum est suo duci parere, it is the duty of soldiers to obey 

their general. 

d 2 



78 KCDJMENTS. 

Note. — The Genitive is not properly governed by sum, but by such 
words as ojfficium, munus, opiiSy negotium y res y proprium, fyc. under- 
stood. 

Rule XXIII. — These Nomirmtives,meum>tuum, suum, 
nostrum, vestrum, are excepted : as, 

Tuum est id procurdre, it is your duty to manage that. 

Note. — That is, instead of the Genitives of the Substantive Pro- 
nouns, ego, in, sui, the Nominative Neuter of the Possessives is used, 
agreeing with officium, munus, <Jc. 

Rule XXIV. — Mzsereor y miserescOy and satdgo, govern 
the Genitive : as, ' 

Miserere civium tuorum, take pity on your countrymen. 

Satagit rerum sudrum, he is busy with his own affairs. 

Note. — Many other Verbs, signifying some affection of the mind, 
likewise govern the Genitive : as, ango, decipior y /alio, invideo, Icetor, 
miror, sUideo, pendeo y vereor 9 c\c. 

Rule XXV. — Est taken for habeo (to have) governs 
the Dative of a Person : as, 

Est mihi liber, I have a book. 
Sunt mihi libri, I have books. 
Note. — Foret and suppZUt are construed in the same way : as, Si 
mihi cauda foret. Mart. Cui rerum suppetit usus. Hor. 

Rule XXVI. — Sum taken for affero (to bring) go- 
verns two Datives, the one of a Person, and the other of 
a Thing : as, 

Est mihi voluptdti, it is (or it brings) a pleasure to me. 

Note 1. — Some nther Verbs, as, forem, do y duco y verto, tribuo,- 
habeo, relinquo, §c. also govern two Datives. 

Note 2. — To this Rule may be referred the form of naming, Est 
mihi nomen Joanni ; in which the Dative is more elegant than the 
Nominative or Genitive. 

Rule XXVII. — Verbs signifying Advantage or Disad- 
vantage govern the Dative : as, 

For tuna favet fortibus, fortune favours the brave. 
Nemini noceas, do hurt to no man. 

Or — Any Verb may govern the Dative in Latin, which has to 
or for after it in English. 

The Verbs which more particularly belong to this Rule, are, 

Verbs signifying, 

1. To Profit and Hurt: as, commodo, placeo, noceo, S$c. But 
Icedo and offendo govern the Accusative. 



SYNTAX. 79 

2. To Favour or Help, and the contrary : sls, /aveo, auxilior, 
invideo, &;c. Butjuvo governs the Accusative. 

3. To Command, Obey, Serve, and Resist: 2iS,impe~ro, pareo^ 
servio, resisto, S$c. But jubeo governs the Accusative. 

4. To Threaten, or to be Angry with : as, minor, indiynor, 
irascor, 6$c. 

5. To Trust: a.s,fido, confldo, credo: also, diffido, despero. 

6. Verbs compounded with satis, bene, and male .- as, satis- 
facio, benefacio, maledlco, S$c. 

7. Sum, and its compounds, except possum : as, adsum, 6$c. 

8. Many verbs compounded with these ten Prepositions ; 
ad, ante, cum, in, inter, ob, post, pro?, sub, and super ; as, adsto, 
antecello, consto, §c. 

Rule XXVIII. — Verbs signifying Actively govern the 

Accusative : as, 

Ama Deum, love God. 
Reverere parentes, reverence your parents. 
Note 1. — An Infinitive, or part of a Sentence, sometimes supplies 
the place of an Accusative : as, Pcenitere tanti non emo. Gell. 

Note 2. — Neuter Verbs govern an Accusative of their own, or a 
similar signification : as, Vivere viiam. Plaut. 

Rule XXIX. — Recordor, memini, reminiscor, and ob- 
liviscor, govern the Accusative, or Genitive : as, 

Recordor lectionis, or lectionem, I remember my lesson. 

Obtiviscor injuries, or injuriam, I forget an injury. 

Note. — Memini, when it signifies to make mention, is joined with 
the Genitive, or the Ablative with the Preposition de ; as, Memini 
alien jus, or de aliquo. 

Rule XXX. — Verbs of Accusing, Condemning, Ac- 
quitting, and Admonishing, govern the Accusative of a 
Person, with the Genitive of the Crime or Thing : as, 
Arguit mefurti, he accuses me of theft. 
Monet me officii, he puts me in mind of my duty. 

Note 1. — The Crime is often put in the Ablative, with or without 
a Preposition : as, Accusare de negligentia. Cic. Suspicione absol- 
verent. Liv. 

Note 2. — Verbs of Accusing and Admonishing sometimes govern 
two Accusatives, the latter of which is generally a Pronoun, or a word 
referring to number or quantity : as, hoc, id, unum, multa, <^c. 

Rule XXXI. — Verbs of Comparing, Giving, Declar- 
ing, and Taking away, govern the Accusative and Dative : 
as, 

Compnro Virgilium Homero, I compare Virgil to Homer. 
Eripuit me morti 3 he rescued me from death. 



80 RUDIMENTS. 

Or — Any Active Verb may govern the Accusative and the 
Dative, when the Object of the action, and the Person or Thing 
upon which the action is exerted, are expressed. 

Note, — Verbs of Comparing and Taking away, instead of the Da- 
tive, have often the Ablative after them, with a Preposition : as, 
Composuit dicta cumfactis. 

Rule XXXII. — Verbs of Asking and Teaching govern 
two Accusatives, the first of a Person, and the second of a 
Thing : as, 

Posce Deum veniam, beg pardon of God. 
Docuit me grammaticam, he taught me grammar. 

Celo (I conceal) also governs two Accusatives : as, Celo te hanc 
rem. Ter. 

Note 1. — Verbs which, in the Passive Voice, take a Nominative 
both before and after them, govern, in the Active, two Accusatives 
referring to the same thing. 

Note 2. — These Verbs are often construed with a Preposition. 

Note 3. — Doceo, edoceo, dedoceo, and erudio, are the only Verbs of 
Teaching which govern two Accusatives. The others, as, addocco, 
instmo, $$c. take an Ablative, sometimes with in, 

* Rule XXXII.— Verbs of Filling, Loading, Binding, 
Depriving, Clothing, and some others, govern the Accusa- 
tive and Ablative : as, 

Implet pat e~r am mero, he fills the bowl with wine. 
Onerat navem auro, he loads the ship with gold. 
Note 1. — Compleo, impleo } and expleo, sometimes govern the Ge- 
nitive: as, Animum explisse juvabit ultricis fiammce. Virg. 

Note 2. — The Ablative is governed by Prepositions, which are 
sometimes expressed: as, Solvere aliquem ex catenis. Cic. 

Rule XXXIII.— The Passives of such Active Verbs 
as govern two Cases retain the latter case : as, 

Accusor furti, I am accused of theft. 
Doceor grammaticam, I am taught grammar. 
Patera impletur mero, the bowl is filled with wine. 

Note. — Passive Verbs of Clothing, such as, Induor, amicior, cin- 
gor y accingor, also exuor, discingor, and their Participles, are often, 
by the Poets, joined to the Accusative : as, Protinus induitur faciem 
cultumque Dlance. Ovid. With the Prose-writers, they govern the 
Ablative: as, Hispano cingitur gladio, Liv. 

Rule XXXIV. — Nouns denoting Price are put in the 
Ablative : as, 

Emi librum duobus assibus, I bought a book for two shillings. 
Vendidit hie auro pair ram, this man sold his country for gold. 



SYNTAX. 81 

Note. — The Ablative is often governed by the Preposition pro ; 
as, Dum pro argenteis decern aureus umis raleret. Liv. 

Rule XXXV. — These Genitives, tanti, quanti, pluris, 
minoris, are excepted : as, 

Quanti constltit f how much cost it ? 
Asse et pluris, a shilling and more. 
Note. — When the Substantive is expressed, these words are put in 
the Ablative : as, Tanto pret'w me r cat us est. Cic. 

Rule XXXVI. — Verbs of Valuing govern the Accu- 
sative with- such Genitives as these : mayni, parvi, nihili, 
§c. : as, 

JEsCimo te magni, I value you much. 

Note 1. — JEstimo sometimes governs the Ablative: as, sEstimo te 
magno. 

Note 2. — JEqui and bom are put in the Genitive after facio and 
consulo : as, Hoc consulo boni, cequi bomque facio. 

Rule XXXVII. — Verbs of Plenty and Scarceness ge- 
nerally govern the Ablative : as, 

Abundat divitiis, he abounds in riches. 
Caret omni culpa, he is free from every fault. 

Note. — Egeo and indigeo frequently govern the Genitive : as, Eget 
jeris. Kor. 

Rule XXXVIII. — Utor, abxitor ,fruor,f ung or , potior ^ 
vescor, govern the Ablative : as, 

UtUur frgude, he uses deceit. 
Abutltur libris, he abuses books. 

Note 1. — To these Verbs add, nitor, gaudeo, muto, dono, munero, 
eommunico^ victito, beo,Jido, impertior, dignor, nascor i creor, officio, 
consto, labor o (I am ill,) prosequor, Sec. ; but the Ablative > after 
most of these, may be referred to Rule LV. 

Note 2. — Potior, fungor, vescor, epalor, and pascor, sometimes 
govern the Accusative : as, Potiri summam imperii. Nep. Potior 
sometimes governs the Genitive: as, Potiri regni. Ctc. 

Government of Impersonal Kerbs. 
Rule XXXIX. — Impersonal Verbs govern the Dative : 
asj ^ 

Expedit reipubliccB, it is profitable for the state. 
Licet nemini peccdre, no man is allowed to sin. 

Note 1. — Besides the Dative, Impersonal Verbs have commonly an 
Infinitive, or part of a sentence, joined to them., which is supposed ic 



82 



RUDIMENTS. 



supply the place of a Nominative: as, Cut peccare licet. Ovid. 
These Nominatives, hoc, Mud, id, idem, quod, §c. are sometimes 
joined to Impersonal Verbs : as, Sin tibi id minus Ubebit. Cic. 

Note 2. — The Verbs, potest, ccepit, incipit, desinit, debet, and solet, 
become Impersonal, when joined to Impersonal Verbs : as, Non po- 
test credi tibi. 

Rule XL. — Refert &x\& interest govern the Genitive : as 

Refert patris, it concerns my father. 
Interest omnium, it is the interest of all. 
Note. — Refert and interest sometimes admit Nominatives : as, 
Magni refert studium at que voluntas. — Lucr. 

Rule XLI. — Mea, tua, sua, nostra, vestra, are put in 
the Accusative Plural : as, 

Non mea refert, it does not concern me. 

Note 1. — That is, mea, tua, &;c. are put in the Ace. Plural, when 
joined to refert and interest, instead of the Genitives of the Substan- 
tive Pronouns. 

Note 2. — Cuja, and cujus interest, are used indifferently. 

Rule XLII. — Miseret, pceniict, pudet,tcedet, and pigct, 
govern the Accusative of a Person, with the Genitive: as, 

MisPret me tui, I pity you. 
Pcenitet me peccuti, I repent of my sin. 
Note 1. — The Infinitive, or part of a sentence, sometimes supplies 
the place of the Genitive: as, Te id puduit facer e. Ter. 

Rule XLIII. — Decet, delectat, juvat, and oporlet, go- 
vern the Accusative of a Person, with the Infinitive : as, 

Delectat me studere, it delight3 me to study. 

Non decet te rixari, it does not become you to scold. 

Note 1. — Decet sometimes governs the Dative : as, Ita nobis decet. 
Ter. 

Note 2. — Attinet, pertinet, and spectat, when used impersonally, 
take the Accusative with ad : as, Nihil ad me attinet. Ter. 

* Rule XLIII. — The principal Agent, after a Passive 
Verb, is put in the Ablative, with the Preposition a or 
ab ; and sometimes in the Dative : as, 

Mundus gubernatur a Deo, the world is governed by God. 

Neque cernltur ulli, nor is he seen by any. 

Note 1. — The Dative of the Agent is used chiefly by the Poets. 

Note 2. — The secondary Agent is governed in the Accusative by 
the Preposition per ; or is expressed in the Ablative without a Pre- 
position : as, Per me defensa est respublica. Cic. 



SYNTAX. 



83 



Government of the Infinitive, Participles, Gerunds, and 
Supines. 

Rule XLIV. — One Verb governs another in the Infi- 
nitive: as, 

Cupio disctre, I desire to learn. 

Note 1. — The Infinitive is sometimes governed by Adjectives : as } 
D'ignus amari. Virg. — and sometimes also by Substantives : as, 
Tempus equum fumantia solvere colla, ViRG; 

Note 2. — The Infinitive is used as a Neuter Noun, in all the Cases 
of the Singular Number. It is governed by Nouns, Adjectives, Verbs, 
and Prepositions ; and Adjectives and Pronouns agree with it in Gen- 
der. It is sometimes also used as a participle : as, Quin te conspicer 
fodere, aut arare y aut aliquid ferre denique. Ter. 

Note 3. — Ccepit, cceperunt, or some other governing word, is fre- 
quently understood : as, Omnes mihi inviderc, Ter. sup. coeperunt. 

Rule XLV. — Participles, Gerunds, and Supines, go- 
vern the Case of their Verbs : as, 

Amans virtutem, loving virtue. By Rule XXVIII. 
Carens fraude, wanting guile. By Rule XXXVII. 
Note 1. — The latter Supine does not govern a Case. 
Note 2. — Verbal Nouns and Adjectives sometimes govern the Ca3e 
of the Verbs from which they are derived : as, Justitia est obtempera- 
tio legibus. Cic. Facta consultaque ejus cemulus erat. Sall. 

Note 3. — Exosus, perosus, and often, also, pertcesus, govern the 
Accusative: as, Tcedas exosa jugales. Ovid. 

Rule XL VI. — The Gerund in dum of the Nominative 
Case with the Verb est governs the Dative : as, 

Vivendum est mihi recte, I must live well. 
Moriendum est omnibus, all must die. 
Note 1. — Gerunds are construed like Nouns of the same case. 
Note 2. — This Gerund always denotes Obligation, or Necessity, 
and governs the Dative of the object with which the obligation, or ne- 
cessity lies. 

Note 3. — The Dative is frequently understood: as, Eundum est 
sup. nobis. 

Rule XLVII. — The Gerund in di is governed by Sub- 
stantives and Adjectives : as, • 

Tempus legendi, time of reading, 
Cupldus discendi, desirous to learn. 
See Rules XI. and XIV. 

Note. — This Gerund is sometimes construed with the Genitive 
Plural : as, Facidtas agrorum condonandi, for agros. Cic. 



84 RUDIMENTS. 

Rule XLVIIL— The Gerund in do of the Dative Case 
is governed by Adjectives signifying Usefulness or Fitness : 
as, 

Charta utllis scribendo, paper useful for writing. 

See Rule XVI. 

Note 1. — The Adjective is sometimes omitted : as, Non est soU 
vendo, sup. par, or habilis. 

Note 2. — This Gerund is sometimes governed by a Verb : as, Ej>i- 
dicum qucerendo operam dabo. Plaut. See Rule XXXI. 

Rule XLIX. — The Gerund in dum of the Accusative 
Case is governed by the Preposition ad, or inter : as, 

Promptus ad audiendum, ready to hear. 

Attentus inter docendum, attentive in time of teaching. 

See Rule LXVIII. 

Note. — It is likewise sometimes governed by ante, circa, or ob ; as, 
Ante domandum, Virg. 

Rule L. — The Gerund in do of the Ablative Case is 
governed by the Prepositions a, ab, de, e, ex, or in : as, 
Poena a peccando absterret, punishment frightens from sinning. 

See Rules LXIX. and LXXI. 

Rule LI. — The Gerund in do of the Ablative Case is 
used without a Preposition, as the Ablative of Manner, or 
Cause: as, 

Memoria excolcndo augetur, the memory is improved by exer- 
cising it. 
Defessus sum ambulando, I am wearied with walking. 

See Rule LV. 

Rule LII. — Gerunds governing the Accusative are va- 
ried by the Participles in dus, which agree with their 
Substantives in Gender, Number, and Case : as, 
Gerunds. Participles. 

Petendum est pacem. Petenda est pax* 

Tempus petendi pacem. Tempus petendce pads. 

Ad petendum pacem. Ad petendam pacem. 

A petendo pacem. A petenda pace. 

Note. — The Gerunds of Verbs which do not govern the Accusative 
are never changed into the Participles, except those of utor, abator, 
Jruor,fiingor, and potior ; as, Ad hcec ntenda idonea est. Ter. 

Rule LIII. — The Supine in um is put after a Verb of 
Motion : as, 

Abiit deambulatum, he has gone to walk. 



SYNTAX. 85 

Note. — It is also put after Verbs which do not strictly denote mo- 
tion : as, Dojiliam nuptum. Ter. 

Rule LIV. — The Supine in u is put after an Adjec- 
tive: as, 

Facile dictu, easy to tell, or to be told. 

I. THE CAUSE, MANNER, AND INSTRUMENT. 

Rule LV. — The Cause, Manner, and Instrument, are 
put in the Ablative : as, 

Palleo metu, I am pale for fear. 

Fecit suo more, he did it after his own way. 

Scribo calamo, I write with a pen. 
Note. — To this Rule are referred the Ablatives of the Matter of 
which any thing is made ; and of the Adjunct or Noun expressive of 
some circumstance, joined to a Verb or Adjective: as, JEre cavo cly- 
peus. Virg. Floruit acumine ingenii. Cic. 

II. PLACE. 

Rule LVI. — In or At a place is put in the Genitive, 
if the Noun be of the First or Second Declension, and 
Singular Number : as, 

Vixit Romce, he lived at Rome. 
Mortuus est Londini, he died at London. 

Note. — Humi, miJitioe, and belli, are also construed in the Geni- 
tive : as, Humi nascentia fraga, Virg. 

Rule LVII. — In or At a. place is put in the Ablative, 
if the Noun be of the Third Declension, or of the Plural 
Number : as, 

Habitat Carthagine, he dwells at Carthage. 
Studuit Parisiis, he studied at Paris. 

Rule LVIII. — To a place is put in the Accusative : as, 

Venit Romam, he came to Rome. 
Profectus est Athenas } he went to Athens. 

Rule LIX. — From or By a place is put in the Abla- 
tive : as, 

Discessit Corintho, he departed from Corinth. 
Laodicea iterfaciebat, he went by Laodicea. 

Note. — Motion by or through a Town is generally expressed by the 
Preposition per : as, Quum iter per Thebas facer et, Ps t ep. 

Rule LX. — Domus and Rus are construed the same 
wax as Names of Towns : as, 



S6 RUDIMENTS. 

A f anet domi, he stays at home. 

Domum revertltur, he returns home. 

Vivit rure, or run,. he lives in the country. 

Rediit rure, he has returned from the country. 
Note. — Domi is used only when joined with the Adjectives, me(r % 
tucs, sua, nostra, vestra. aliena. With other adjectives, domo is used 
for domi ; as, In domo pater na. 

Rule LXI. — To names of Countries, Provinces, and alJ 
other places, except Towns, the Preposition is generally 
added : as, 

Natus in Italia, in Latio, in urbe, <5fc. born in Italy, in Latium, 

in a city, &c. 

Abiit in Italiam, in Latium, in urbem, 6$c. he has gone to Italy, 

to Latium, to a city, &c. 

See Rules LXVIII, LXIX, LXX, and LXXI. 

Note 1. — The Preposition is often expressed before names of Towns, 
especially when Apellatives or Adjectives are added to them: as, 
in Epheso, for Ephesi ; ad Capuam, for Capuam ; ex Epheso, for 
Epheso ; in Hispali oppido. The Preposition is sometimes omitted 
after names of Countries, Provinces, &c. : as, Inde Sardiniam cum 
classe venit, Cic. 

Note 2. — Peto, signifying / make for, I go to, always governs the 
Accusative, without a Preposition: as, JEgyptum petere decretit. 
Curt. 

Rule LXII. — Nouns denoting Space, or Distance, are 
put in the Accusative, and sometimes in the Ablative : as, 

Urbs distat triginta millia, or millibus passuum, the city is 
thirty miles distant. 

Note 1. — One of the Substantives expressing Distance, is some- 
times omitted : as, Castra aberant bidui, Cic. sup. spatium. 

Note 2. — The difference of Measure or Distance is put in the Abla- 
tive : as, Superat capite et cervicibus altis, Virg. See Rule XVI II. 

III. TIME. 

Rule LXIII. — Nouns denoting a Point of Time are 
put in the Ablative : as, 

Venit hord tertid, he came at the third hour. 

Rule LXIV. — Nouns denoting Continuance of Time 
are put in the Accusative, or Ablative, but oftener in the 
Accusative : as, 

Mansit paucos dies, he staid a few days. 

Sex mensibus abfuit, he was absent six months. 

Rule LXV. — A Substantive and a Participle, whose 



SYNTAX. 87 

Case depends upon no other word, are put in the Ablative 
Absolute : as, 

Sole oriente, fugiunt tenebrce, the sun rising, or, when the sun 

rises, darkness flies away. 

Opere peracto, ludBmus, our work being finished, or, when our 

work is finished, we will play. 

Note 1. — The Perfect Participles of Deponent Verbs are not used 
in the Ablative Absolute, but agree in Case with the Nominative to 
the Verb : as, Cieero locutus hcec concedit, and not his locutis. The 
Perfeot Participles of Common Verbs are seldom used in a Passive 
sense, and therefore rarely occur in the Ablative Absolute. 

Note 2. — Part of a sentence sometimes supplies the place of a 
Noun : as, Exposito quid iniquitas loci posset. C^es. 



Construction of Indeclinable Words. 
I. ADVERBS. 

Rule LXVI. — Ad verbs are joined to Verbs, Adjectives, 
and other Adverbs : as, 

Bene scribit, he writes well. 
Fortiter pugnans, fighting bravely. 
Satis bene, well enough. 

Note. — Adverbs are sometimes, though seldom, joined to Nouns : 
as, Homerus plane orator. Cic. 

Rule LXVI.* — Some Adverbs of Time, Place, and 
Quantity, govern the Genitive : as, 

Pridie illius diei, the day before that day. 

Ublque gentium, every where. 

Satis est verborum, there is enough of words. 

Note 1. — Ergo (for the sake of,) instar, and partim, also govern 
the Genitive : as, Donari virtutis ergo. Cic. 

Note 2. — Pridie and Postridie govern the Genitive or Accusative : 
as, Pridie Kalendas, sup. ante ; Postridie Kalendas, sup. post. 

Note 3. — En and Eccc govern the Nominative or Accusative : as, 
En causa. Cic. Ecce hominem. Cic. 

Rule LXVII. — Some Derivative Adverbs govern the 
Case of their Primitives : as, 

Omnium elegantissime loquitur, he speaks the most elegantly 

of all. By Rule XV. 

Vivere convenienter naturae, to live agreeably to nature. 

By Rule XVI. 



88 RUDIMENTS. 

II. PREPOSITIONS. 

Rule LXVIII. — The Prepositions ad, apud ante, &c. 
govern the Accusative : as, 

Ad patrem, to the father. 

Pule LXIX. — The Prepositions a, ab, ads, &c. govern 
the Ablative : as, 

A patre, from the father. 

Note. — Tenus, when subjoined to a Noun in the Plural Number, 
generally governs the Genitive : as, Crurum tenus. Virg. 

Rule LXX. — The Prepositions in, sub, super, and 
subter, govern the Accusative when Motion to a place 
is signified : as, 

Eo in scholam, I go into the school. 

Sub niamia tendit, he goes under the walls. 

Incldit super agmina, it fell upon the troops. 

Rule LXXI. — When Motion or Rest in a place is sig- 
nified, in and sub govern the Ablative, super and subter 
either the Accusative or Ablative : as, 

Sedeo, or discurro in schold, I sit, or run up and down, in the 
school. 
Sedens super arma, sitting above the arms. 
Subter littdre, beneath the shore. 

Note 1. — In, when used for erga, contra, per, ad, usque ad, apud, 
super, governs the Accusative : as, Amor in patriam. Cic. When 
used for inter \ it generally governs the Ablative : as, In bonis, Cic. 

Note 2. — Sub}, when it refers to time, governs the Accusative : as, 
Sub noctem. Cjes. 

Note 3. — Super, when used for ultra, prceter, and inter, governs the 
Accusative ; when used for de i pro, or ab } it governs the Ablative : 
as, Super Garamantas. Virg. Hac super re scribam. Cic. 

Note 4. — Subter rarely governs the Ablative, and only among the 
poets. 

Note 5. — Prepositions are frequently omitted : as, Devenere locos. 
Virg. sup. ad. 

Rule LXXI I. — A Preposition often governs the same 
Case in Composition that it does out of it : as, 

Adedmus scholam, let us go to the school. 
Exeamus schold, let us go out of the school. 
Note. — -This Rule takes place only when the Preposition may, 
without injuring the sense, be separated from the Verb, and placed 
before the Case by itself: as, Alloquor patrem, i. e. loquor ad patrem. 
And even then, the Preposition is frequently repeated : as, Exire e 
fmibus suls. CiES. 



SYNTAX. 89 

III. INTERJECTIONS. 

Rule LXXIII. — The Interjections 0, heu, and proft, 
govern the Vocative and sometimes the Accusative : as, 

O formdse puer ! O fair boy ! 

Heu me miser um ! ah, wretch that I am ! 

Note 1 . — These Interjections are sometimes joined to the Nomina- 
tive: as, O vir fortis. Ter. 

Note 2. — CI is often understood : as, Tityre, coge pecus. Virg. 

Rule LXXIV. — Hei and vce govern the Dative : as, 

Hei mihi J ah me ! 
Vce vobis ! wo to you ! 

IV. CONJUNCTIONS. 

Rule LXXV. — The Conjunctions et, ac, atque, nee 
neque, aut, vel, and some others, connect like Cases and 
Moods: as, 

HonOra patrem et matrem, honour your father and mother 
Nee scribit nee legit, he neither writes nor reads. 

Note. — To these add quam, nisi, praeterquam^ an, &c. and Adverbs 
of Likeness : as, ut, ceu, ianquam, quasi, &c. 

Rule LXXVI. — Ut, quo, licet, ne, utinam, and dum- 
mddo, are generally joined to the Subjunctive Mood : as, 

Accidit ut terga vert$rent, it happened that they turned their 
backs. 
Utinam sapSres, I wish you were wise. 

Note 1. — All Indefinite words require the Subjunctive : as, Qui. 
est ? Nescio quis sit. Nescit vitane fruatur, An sit apud mines. 
Ovid. Nescio ubi sit. 

Note 2. — Ut is omitted after volo, nolo, malo, rogo, precor, &c. and 
after the Imperatives sine, cave, and/ac; as, Ducas volo. Ter. Foe 
cogites. 



* Additional Rules for the Construction of Qui and Quum. 

In the application of the following Rules, it is necessary to distin- 
guish between the Subjunctive and Potential Mood. When the 
meaning is contingent, the Potential Mood must be employed ; and, 
in all such examples, it deserves particular attention, that the form of 

• For these Rules and Observations the Editor is indebted to Dr 
Crombie's Gymnasium, 4th Edit. 



90 



RUDIMENTS. 



the Verb is not affected by tbe relative, or any antecedent particle 
but is strictly potential, tbe sense itself requiring that form. Thus 
if we say, " I read, that I may learn," Lego ut discam — " He senc 
men, who might tell the king," Misit homines, qui regi nunciareni — 
the two Verbs, Discam and Nunciarent, are not each subjoined to any 
preceding word, as its regimen ; but are to be considered as in the 
Potential Mood, the sentiment to be expressed clearly demanding that 
form of the Verb. But, when this form is used, not because the sen. 
timent requires it, as being contingent or conditional, but because the 
Verb is subjoined to some Adverb, Conjunction, or indefinite term, 
which requires that form, it is then properly the Subjunctive Mood. 
If I say, " He was so cruel a tyrant, that all men feared him," Ty- 
rannus tarn crudelis erat, ut omnes eum metuerent — " You err, who 
think," Erras, qui censeas — the Verbs Metuerent and Censeas must 
be considered as Subjunctive ; for, were they not subjoined to Ut and 
Qui, they would be put in the Indicative form, the sense beiug as- 
sertive and unconditional. 

Rule 1. — Qui is uniformly joined to the Subjunctive Mood when 
. the relative clause does not express any sentiment of the author's, but 
refers it to the person or persons of whom he is speaking : as, 

Socrates dicere solebat, omnes in eo, quod scirent, satis esse elo* 
quentes. Cic 

Obs. 1. — Or, Qui is joined to the Subjunctive Mood when the dis- 
course is oblique or indirect. In oblique narration, the only Moods 
admissible are, the Infinitive and Subjunctive : and, as the relative is 
never employed except in the secondary and subordinate members of 
a sentence, it must always, in oblique statements, be followed by the 
Subjunctive. 

Obs. 2. — In the same manner Ubi for in quo loco, Quo for ad quern 
locum^ and Unde for e quo loco, taken relatively, and not expressing 
an observation of the author's, or an object of his knowledge, govern 
the Subjunctive Mood : as, Cognovit, non longe ex eo loco oppidum 
Cassivellauni abesse, quo satis magnus hominum pecorisque numerus 
convenerit. CjES. 

Obs. 3. — The same principle extends also to the Conjunctions quia, 
quam, quum, quod, quando, atque, and other such relative words : as, 
Eos inter se, quia nemo unus satis dignus regno visus sit, partes regni 
rapuisse. Liv. 

Rule II Qui is joined to the Subjunctive Mood, when the rela- 
tive clause expresses the motive, reason, or cause of the action oi 
event : as, 

Male fecit Hannibal, qui Capuae hiem&rit, Hannibal did wrong in 
wintering, or because he wintered, at Capua. 

Rule III. — Qui is joined to the Subjunctive Mood, when it is 
equivalent to quanqnam i or etsi is, si, modo, or dummodo h ; as, 



SYNTAX. 91 

Scilicet etfam ilium, qui libertatem publicam nollet, tarn projectae 
servientium paten tiae taedebat. Tac. 

Rule IV. — Qui is joined to the Subjunctive Mood when it fol- 
lows an Interrogative, Negative, or Indefinite word : as, 
Quis est enim, cut non perspicua sint ilia ? Cic. 

Ols, i. — This rule takes effect only w T hen the antecedent and re- 
lative clauses refer to the same subject, and logically express but one 
subject and one attribute. 

Obs. 2 The following are the most common forms of expression 

referred to in this Rule : Quis est 9 Quanius est ? Ecquis est ? An 
quisquam est $ Quotusquisque estf &c Nemo est, Nullus est. Nihil 
est, Non quisquam est, Nego esse quenquam, Vix ullus est, &c. 

Ols, 3. — This rule is applicable to those cases only in which the 
interrogation is equivalent to an affirmation or negation. When the 
sentence implies a question, put for the sake of information, the re- 
lative takes the Indicative Mood : as, Quis hie est, qui operto capite 
jEsculapium salntat $ Platjt. Quis est, qui sahdet $ would signify, 
" Who is there that salutes ?" implying " Nobody salutes." 

Rule V. — Qui is very generally joined to the Subjunctive Mood, 
when a periphrasis with the Verb Sum is employed, instead of simply 
the Nominative with the principal Verb : as, 

Sunt, qui dicant, u There are persons, who say," instead of Non- 
nulli dicunt, " Some say." 

Obs. 1. — This Rule, like the preceding, takes effect only when the 
relative clause forms the predicate of the sentence. 

Obs. 2. — The periphrastic form of expression is employed with 
other Verbs besides Sum ; as, Reperio, invenio, existo, exorior : also, 
tempus fuit, tempus veniet, Sec. adest, praesto sunt, &c. 

Rule VI. — Qui is joined to the Subjunctive Mood, when it is 
used for ut ego } ut tu, ut ille, ut nos, ut vos, ut illi f through all their 
cases : as, 

At ea fuit legatio Octavii, in qua periculi suspicio non subesset, Cic. 

Rule VII — Qui is joined to the Subjunctive Mood after Solus 
and Unus, when they are employed to restrict to a single person the 
qualities implied in the relative clause : as, 

Solus hie homo est, qui sciat divinitus. Plaut. 

Quum — a Conjunction. 

Rule I. — Quum taken for quoniam, or quandoquidem, " since," 
is very generally joined to the Subjunctive Mood : as, u Quum A the* 
Das sis profectus." Cic. 

Rule II. — Quum taken for quod, "because," is generally joined 
to the Indicative Mood : as, Ego redigam vos in gratiam hoe fretus, 
quum e medio excessit, Ter. 



92 RUDIMENTS. 

Rule III. — Quum taken for etsi, " although," is uniformly joined 
to the Subjunctive Mood: as, Cui quum Cato et Caninius mtercessis- 
sent, tamen est perscripta. Cic. 

Quum — an Adverb. 

R ule I. — Quum taken for quoties, or quandocunque, " as often 
as," or " whenever," is joined to the Indicative Mood : as, Quum 
prospero ejus flatu utimur, ad exitus pervehimur optatos, et quum re- 
flavit, affligimur. Cic. 

Rule II. — Quum taken for quando, " at the time when," or " at 
which time," is joined to the Indicative Mood : as, Ne stridorem qui- 
dem serrae tunc audiunt, quum acuitur ; aut grunnitum quum jugu- 
latur sus. Cic. 

Rule III. — Quum is joined to the Indicative Mood, when it is 
used to express the point of time at which an action or state com- 
menced, conceived to be continued to the present period : as, Jam 
anni prope quadraginta sunt, quum hoc probatur. Cic. 

Rule IV. — Quum is joined to the Indicative Mood when it sig- 
nifies " as soon as," and is emphatically used with primum, denoting 
an action or event in close succession to another : as, Quum ad nos 
allatum est de temeritate eorum, graviter commotus sum. Cic. Quum 
primum Romam veni. Cic. 

Rule V. — Quum is joined to the Subjunctive Mood, when it ia 
taken for postquam, " after," denoting simply the posteriority of one 
event to another, but not implying close succession : as, Haec quum 
animadvertisset, vehementer eos incusavit. C^es. 

Rule VI. — Quum, when joined to a secondary clause, expressing 
a past action or event as in progression, to which another action or 
event, in the primary clause, is expressed as contemporary, is joined 
to the Subjunctive Mood: as, Quum civitas armis jus suum exsequi 
conaretur, Orgetorix mortuus est. Cms, 

Obs It is necessary to observe, that the preceding rules for join- 
ing Quum with the Indicative Mood, do not take place in the two 
following cases: Is/, If the clause be oblique — we say, for example, 
" Tempus fuit, quum homines vagabantur" Cic. but, " Scio tem- 
pus fuisse, quum homines vagarentur." 2dly, When any thing doubt- 
ful, contingent, or fortuitous, is implied, the sense requires the Po- 
tential Mood : as, " Sed tu omnia consilia differebas in id tempus, 
quum sciremus" Cic. "When we should know." It must be 
observed also, that though usage be very generally conformable to 
these rules, it is not universally so. Cicero says, " Tempus fuit, 
quum homines vagabantur" Varro, in a sentiment precisely similar, 
says, (i Tempus fuit, quum homines rura colerent," 



APPENDIX. 



FIRST DECLENSION. 

I. In the declension of the word f am ilia, when compounded 
with pater, mater, filius, and filia, an old form of the Genitive 
Singular in as has been retained : as, pater -familias, patres-fa- 
milias. The regular forms familice and familiarum are, how- 
ever, not uncommon. 

There is also a poetical form of the Genitive Singular in at, 
for cb : as, aulai, aurdi. 

2. Patronymics in es and a, compound words ending in cola 
and gena, and a few national names, sometimes form the Geni, 
tive Plural., in the poets, in um instead of arum : as, IFmeadum, 
Ccelicoliim, Lapithum. This contraction is very unusual in 
prose. 

SECOND DECLENSION. 

3. The Genitive Singular of Nouns in ius and turn, in the 
purest age of the Latin language, was formed in i, and not in ii, 
both in prose and verse: as,J?/t, Tulli, ingeni. 

4. Proper names in ius which continue Adjectives, and Pius 
when used as a surname, form the Vocative Singular in e : as, 
Delie, Pie. 

5. Some Nouns, especially those which denote value, measure, 
and weight, commonly form the Genitive Plural in um, instead 
of orum : as, nummum, sestertium. Neuter Nouns have some- 
times 6n instead of orum. 

THIRD DECLENSION. 

Genitive Singular. 

6. Cicero and other writers of the best age sometimes form, 
from Greek proper names in es, especially from those in cles a 
Genitive in t instead of is : as, Achilli, Agathocli. In Nouns in 
is, idis. the poets often use the Greek termina tion os for is : as, 
Daphnis, Daphnidos. The Greek form is not common in prose. 
Feminines in o have commonly us : as, Dido, Didus. 

E 



91 RUDIMENTS. 

Accusative Singular. 

7. The following Nouns in is have im in the Accusative : 

Amussis, f. a mason's rule. Ravis, f. hoarseness. 

Buris, f. the beam of a plough. Sinapis, f. mustard. 

Cannabis, f. hemp. Sitis, f. thirst. 

Cucumis, m. a cucumber. Tussis, f. a cough. 

Gummis, f. gum. Vis, f. strength. 
Mephitis, f. a strong smell. 

8. Proper Names in is have im in the Accusative : 

Names of Cities and other places : as, Bilbtlis, f. a city in Spain ; 
Syrtis, f. a quicksand on the coast of Africa. 

Names of Rivers : as, Tiblris i m. the Tiber ; Bcetis, m. the Gua- 
dalquivir. 

Names of Gods : as, Anubis, m. Osiris, m. Egyptian deities. 

Note. — These Nouns have sometimes in in the Accusative : as, 
Bilbilin, B&tin, Serdpin. 

9. The following Nouns in is have em or im in the Accusative : 

Aqualis, m. a water-pot. Puppis, f. the stern of a ship. 

Clavis, f. a key. Restis, f. a rope. 

Cutis, f. the skin, Securis, f. an axe. 

Febris, f. a fever. Sementis, f. a sowing. 

Lens, f. lentiles, Strigilis, f. a curry-comb, 

Navis, f. a ship. Tunis, f. a tower. 
Pelvis, f. a bason. 

Puppis, restis, securis, and turris, have much more frequently im ; 
the others have commonly em. The oldest Latin writers fonn the 
Accusative of some other Nouns m im : as, avis, auris, &c. 

10. Nouns which have been adopted from the Greek, some- 
times retain a in the Accusative : as, heros, m. a hero, heroa ; 
Tros, m. a Trojan, Troa. See page 8. 

This form is seldom employed by the best prose writers, and is 
chiefly confined to Proper Names, except in a'ir, m. the air ; ather, 
m. the sky ; delphin, m. a dolphin ; and Pan, m. the God of the shep- 
herds, which commonly have aera, Kthira, delphlna, and Pana. 

Many Greek Nouns in es have en as well as em in the Accusative : 
as, Euphratcn, Oresten, Py laden. 

Ablative Singular. 

11. Nouns in is which have im in the Accusative, have t in 
the Ablative: as, sitis, sitim, siti. 

But cannabis, Bcetis, sinapis, and Tigris, have e or i. 

12. Nouns in is which have em or im in the Accusative, have 
e or i in the Ablative : as, clavis, clave, or clavi. 

But cutis and restis have e only : securis, sementis, and strigilis have 
seldom e. 



APPENDIX. 95 

13. The following Nouns which have em in the Accusative, 
have e or i in the Ablative : 

Amnis, m. a river. Occiput, n. the hind-head, 

Anguis, m. and f. a snake. Orbis, m. a circle 

Avis, f. a bird. Pars, f. a part. 

Civis, c. a citizen. Postis, m. a door-post. 

Classis, f. ajleet. Pugil, c. a pugilist. 

Finis, m. and f. an end. Rus, n. the country, 

Fustis, m. a staff, Sors, f. a lot. 

Ignis, m.Jire. Supellex, f. furniture. 

Imber, m. a shower. Unguis, m. a nail. 

Mugilj m. a mullet, Vectis, m. a lever. 

Finis, mugil, occiput, pugil, rus, supellex, and vectis, have e or i 
indifferently; the others have much more frequently e. 

Names of Towns, when they denote the place in or at which any 
thing is done, take e ot i ; as, Carthagine, or Carthagini. 

Candlis, m. or f. a water-pipe, has candli only. Likewise names of 
months in is or er : as, Aprilis, September, Ap?ili, Scptembri ; and 
those Nouns in is which were originally Adjectives : as, adllis, affi- 
nis, bipennis,familidris, natdlis, rivdlis, sodd^is, volucris, &c. though 
the last class also admit of e, Rudis, £ a rod ; and juvenis, c. a 
youth, have e only. 

14. The following Neuter Nouns in al and ar have e in the 
Ablative : 

Baccar, lady's glove. Jubar, a sunbeam. Sal, salt. 

Far, corn. Nectar, nectar. 

Par, when used as a Substantive, forms the Ablative Singular, and 
Genitive Plural, in the same way as the Adjective. See Adjectives, 

Genitive Plural. See page 6. 

15. The following Nouns have ium in the Genitive Plural: 

Caro, i.fiesh, Fauce, f. the jaws. Nox, f. night. 

Conors, f. a cohort. Lar, m. a household god. Os, n. a bone. 

Cor, n. the heart. Linter, m. or f. a boat. Quiris, m. a Roman. 

Cos, f. a whetstone. Mus, m. a mouse, Samnis, m. a Samnite, 

Dos, £ a dowry. Nix. f. snow. Uter, m. a bottle. 

The Compounds of uncia and as have likewise ium : as, septunx, 
m. seven ounces, septuncium ; sextans, m. two ounces, sextantium. 

Apis, f. a bee, has apum and apium ; and opis, f. power, has opum 
only. Gryps, m. a griffon : lynx, m. or f. a lynx ; and Sphinx, f, 
the Sphinx, have um. 

1 6. Bos, c. an ox, has bourn in the Genitive, and bobus, or bubus, 
in the Dative ; and sus, c. a sow, has suibus, or subus. Nouns in 
ma have tis as well as tibus : as, pocma, a, a poem, poematibus, or 



96 RUDIMENTS. 

poem&tis. The Greek termination si or sin is very uncommon in 
prose, and is admissible only in words which are purely Greek. See 
page 8. 

17. The form of the Accusative Plural in as is admissible in all 
words which have that termination in Greek, but is rarely used in 
prose. Livy, however, frequently uses Macedonas ; and Allobrogas 
is found in Caesar. 



IRREGULAR NOUNS. 

Irregular Nouns are divided into Variable, Defective, and 
Redundant. 

I. Variable Nouns. 

Nouns are variable either in Gender, or Declension, or in 
both. 

18. Masculine in the Singular, Neuter in the Plural. 
Avernus, a hill in Campania. Pangaus, a promontory in Thrace. 
Dindymus, a hill in Phrygia. Taenarus, a promontory in Laconia. 
Ismarus, a hill in Thrate. Tartarus, hell. 

Maenalus, a hill in Arcadia. Taygetus, a hill in Laconia. 

Massicus, a hill in Campania, fa. 
mous for its wines. 

19. Masc. in the Singular, Masc. and Neut. in the Plural. 
Jocus, a jest. PI. -i, and -a. Locus, a place. PI. -i, and -a. 

20. Feminine in the Singular, Neuter in the Plural. 
Carbasus, a sail. PI. -a. Pergamus, the citadel of Troy. PI. -a. 

21. Neuter in the Singular, Masculine in the Plural. 

Argos, a city in Greece. PI. -i. Elysium, the Ely sian fields. PI. -?'. 
Coelum, heaven. PI. -i. 

Note. — Argos, in the Singular, is used only in the Nominative and 
Accusative. 

22. Neut. in the Singular, Masc. and Neut. in the Plural. 
Frenum, a bridle. PI. -i, and -a. Rastrum, a rake. PI. -i, and -a. 

23. Neuter in the Singular, Feminine in the Plural. 

Balneum, a lath. PL -ce, and -0. Epulum, a banquet. PL -ce. 

Delicium, a delight. PI. -ce. 

24. Vas, vasts, n. a vessel, of the Third Declension : Plural, vasa f 
vasorum, of the Second. Jug<£rum, jugeri, n. an acre, of the Second 
Declension ; Plur. jugera, -um, of the Third. Jugeris, and jugere 
from jugus, are also found in the Singular. See Num. 27. 

II. Defective Nouns. 
Nouns are defective in Cases or Number. 

25. Some Nouns are altogether indeclinable : as,pondo, n. a pound, 



APPENDIX. 



97 



or pounds ; semis, n. the half; mille, n. a thousand ; ccspe, n. an 
onion ; and opus, n. need, needful, which is used both as a Substan- 
tive, and an Adjective. To these may be added, any word used for 
a Noun : as, velle suum, for sua voluntas, his own inclination ; and 
Proper Names adopted from a foreign language : as, Elisabet, Jeru. 
salem. 

I. Some Nouns are defective only in Particular Cases. 
26. The following Nouns are used only in one Case :* 



Fauce, f. the jaws. 
Ingratiis, f. in spite of. 
Injussu, m. without order. 
Interdiu, by day. 
Natu, m. by birth. 
Noctu, f. by night. 
Promptu, m. in readiness. 



Nom. 
Inquies, f. want of rest. 

Abl. 
Admomtu, m. an admonition. 
Ambage, f. a winding. 
Casse, m. a net. 
Diu, by day. 
Ergo, on account of. 

Note. — A great many Verbal Nouns of the Fourth Declension are 
used only in the Abl. Singular : as, accltu, promptu, &c. Dicis, f. 
and nauci, n. are used only in the Gen. Sing. : as, dicis gratia, for 
form's sake ; res nauci, a thing of no value. Infcias, f. and incita, 
f. or incitas, have only the Ace. Plural: as, infcias ire, to deny; ad 
incitas redactus, reduced to extremities. Ambages, casses, and fauces 
are regularly declined in the Plural. 

27. The following Nouns are used only in two Cases : 

Nom. and Ace. Gen. and Abl. 

Astu, n. the city Athens. Compedis, -e, f. a fetter. 

Inferiae, -as, f. sacrifices to the dead. Impetis, -e, m. force. 



Jugeris, -e, n. an acre. 
Spontis, -e, f. ofone J s own accord. 
Verberis, -e, n. a stripe. 
Repetundarum, -is, £ extortion. 



Instar, n. likeness, bigness. 
Suppetiae, -as, f. help. 

Nom. and Abl. 
Astus, -u, m. cunning. 
Vesper, -e, or -i, m. the evening. 

Note. — Compgdes, jugera^ and verbera are regularly declined in 
the Plural. Astus is found in the Nom. and Ace. Plural. 

28. The following Nouns are used only in three Cases : 



Nom. Ace. and Foe. 
Cacoethes,i' n. a bad custom. 
Cete, n. whales. 
Dica, -am, f. a process ; PI, -as. 



Epos, n. an heroic poem. 
Fas, n. divine law. 
Grates, f. thanks. 
Melos, n. a song ; PI. -e. 



* Nouns which are used only in one case are called Monoptotes ; 
in two cases, Diptotes ; in three cases, Triptotes ; in four cases, Te* 
traptotes ; in five cases, Pentaptotes. 

t Also other Greek Neuter Nouns in es. See Rules for tlie Gen- 
der of Nouns, 29. 



98 RUDIMENTS. 

Nefas, n. impiety. Mane, -e, -e, n. the morning. 

Nihil, and Nil, n. nothing. Tabes, f. consumption, 

Tempe, n. the vale of Tempe. Vepres, or -is, m. a brier, 

Nom, Ace. and Abl, 
Lues, f. a plague, 

Nom. Gen, and All, Tabum, n. putrid gore, 
Nom. Gen, and Ace, Munia, -drum, n. offices, 

Opis, f. Gen. help (from ops), has opem and ope in the Ace. and 
Ablative, with the Plural complete, opes, opum, &c. wealth ; and 
preci, f. Dat. a prayer (from prex), has precem, and prece, with the 
Plural entire, preces, precnm, &c. Feminis, n. Gen. the thigh (from 
femeri), has^/bmwi, and -e, in the Dat. and Abl. Singular ; and femina 
in the Nom. Ace. and Voc. Plural. 

Note. — Vepres has the Plural entire ; and tabes, and gratibus, the 
Nominative and Ablative Plural of talcs, and grates are also found 

The following Nouns want the Genitive, Dative, and Abla- 
tive Plural : 

Far, n. corn, Mel, n. honey, Rus, n. the country, 

Hiems, f. winter, Metus, in, fear. Thus, n. frankincense. 

For Nouns of the Fifth Declension, See page 10. 

29. The following Nouns want the Nominative and Vocative, 
and are therefore used only in four Cases : 

Ditionis, f. power, Sordis, f.flth. 

Pecudis, f. a beast, Vicis, f. a change. 

To these may be added daps, f. a dish ; frux, f. corn ; and nex, f. 
slaughter, which are seldom used in the Nominative. The Plural of 
frux is entire ; daps wants the Genitive ; and nex seems to have the 
Nom. Ace. and Voc. only. 

Chaos, n. a confused mass, wants the Gen. and Dat. Singular, and 
is not used in the Plural. 

Note. — Pecudis and sordis have the Plural entire : vicis is defec- 
tive in the Genitive ; ditionis has no Plural. 

30. Some Nouns are defective in one Case. 

The following want the Genitive Plural : 

Faex, f. dregs. Proles, f. offspring % 

Fax, f. a torch, Ros, m. dew, 

Labes, f. a stain, Soboles, f. offspring, 

Lux, f. light, Sol, m. the sun, 

Os, n. the mouth, 

Satias, f. a glut of any thing, and salum, n. the sea, want the Gen. 
Sing, and the Plural entirely. Situs, m. a situation, nastiness, wants 
the Gen. and perhaps the Dat. Sing, and probably the Gen. Dat and 



APPENDIX. 99 

Abl. Plural. Nemo, c. nobody, wants the Voc. Sing, and has no 
Plural. 

II. Many Nouns are defective in Number. 

31. Some Nouns, from the nature of the things which they express, 
cannot be used in the Plural. Such are the names of virtues and 
vices, of arts, herbs, metals, liquors, different kinds of com, abstract 
nouns, &c. : as, justitia, justice; luxus, luxury; musica, music; 
aplum, parsley ; aurum, gold ; lac, milk ; triticum, wheat ; magni- 
tudo, greatness ; senectus, old age ; macies, leanness, &c. But some 
of the Nouns included in these classes are occasionally found in the 
Plural. 

32. The following Masculine Nouns are scarcely used in the 
Plural : 

Aer, aeris, the air. Penus, -i, or -us, all maimer of 

jEther, -eris, the sky. provisions. 

Fimus, -i, dung. Pontus, -i, the sea. 

Hesperus, -i, the evening star. Pulvis, -eris, dust. 

Limus, -i, mud. Sanguis, -inis, blood. 

Meridies, -iei, mid-day. Sopor, -oris, sleep. 
Mundus, -i, a woman 's ornaments. Veternus, -i, a lethargy. 
Muscus, -i, moss. 

Note. — Aer, pulvis, and sopor, are found in the Plural. 

33. The following Feminine Nouns are scarcely used in the 
Plural: 

Argilla, -ae, potter s earth. Salus, -utis, safety. 

Fames, -is, hunger. Sitis, -is, thirst. 

Humus, -i, the ground. t Supellex, -ctilis, household fur nu 

Indoles, -is, a disposition. ture. 

Plebs, -is, the common people. Venia, -ae, pardon. 

Pubes, -is, the youth. Vespera, -as, the evening. 

The following are sometimes found in the Plural : 

Bilis, -is, bile, Pituita, -ae, phlegm. 

Cholera, -ae, clioler. Pix, -cis, pitch. 

Cutis, -is, the skin. Proles, -is, offspring. 

Fama, -it, fame. Quies, -etis, rest. 

Gloria, -ae, glory. Soboles, -is, offspring. 

Labes, -is, a stain, Tellus, -uris, the earth. 
Pax, -cis, peace. 

34. The following Neuter Nouns are scarcely used in the 
Plural : 

Album, -i, a list of names. Fcenum, -i, hay. 

Barathrum, -i, any deep place. Gelu, frost, ind. 

Diluciilum, -i, the dawn of day. Hilum, -i, the black speck of a bean, 

Ebur, -oris, ivory. - a trifle. 



100 RUDIMENTS. 

Jubar, -aris, the sunbeam, Penum, -i, and penus, -oris, all 

Justitium, -i, a vacation, the time kinds of provisions, 

when courts do not sit. Pus, puris, matter. 

Lardum, -i, bacon. Sal, salis, salt. 

Lethum, -i, death, Ver, veris, the spring, 

Lutum, -i, clay. Virus, -i, poison. 

Nectar, -aris, nectar. Viscum, -i, the mistletoe. 

Pelagus, -i, the sea. Vitrum, -i, glass. 

Vulgus, -i, the rabble. 

Note. — Ebur, lardum, lutum, and pus are found in the Plural ; 
and pelage is found, in some cases, as the Plural of pelagus ; sal, as a 
Neuter Noun, is not used in the Plural. 

35. Many Nouns want the Singular; as the Names of feasts, 
books, games, and of many cities and places : as, 

Apollinares, -ium, games in ho. Hierosolyma, -orum, Jerusalem. 

nour of Apolo. 01ympia,-orum,^€ Olympic games. 

Bacchanalia, -um, and -orum, the Syracusae, -arum, Syracuse. 

feasts of Bacchus. Thermopylae, -arum, the straits of 

Bucolica, -orum, a book of pastorals. Thermopylae. 

36. The following Masculine Nouns are scarcely used in the 
Singular : 

Antes, the front rows of vines, Lemures, -um, ghosts, hobgoblins. 
Cancelli, lattices, or windows made Liberi, children. 

with cross-bars. Majores, -um, ancestors. 

Cani, gray hairs. Manes, -ium, ghosts. 

Celeres, -um, the light-horse. Minores, -um, successors. 

Codicilli, writings. Penates, -um, or -ium, household 

Fasti, -orum, or fastus, -uum, ca- gods. 

lendars, in which were marked Posteri, posterity. 

festival days, <%c. Proceres, -um, the nobles. 

Fori, the gangways of a ship, or Pugillares, -ium, writing tables. 

seats in the Circus. Superi, the gods above. 

Inferi, the gods below. 

Note. -^Liberi and procures (procZrum) are also found in the Sin- 
gular. Some of the others, as, inferi, majores, &c. are properly Ad- 
jectives, and agree with the Substantives which are implied in their 
signification. 

37. The following Feminine Nouns want the Singular : 

Clitellae, a pannier. Exuviae, spoils. Insidiae, snares. 

Cunae, a cradle. Feriae, holidays. Kalendas, Nonae, Idus. 

Dirae, imprecations. Gerrae, trifles. -uum, names which 

Divitiae, riches. Induciae, a truce. the Romans gave to 

Excubiac, watches. Induviac, clothes to put certain days in each 

Exsequiae, funerals, an. month. 



APPENDIX. 101 

Lactes, the small guts. Nuptiae, a marriage. Scopae, a besom, 

Lapicidlnae, stone quar- Pariettnae, ruinous Tenebrae, darkness. 

ries. walls. Thermae, hot baths. 

Manubiae, spoils taken Phalerae, trappings. Tricae, toys. 

in war. Primitiae, first fruits. Valvae, folding doors* 

Minae, threats. Reliquiae, a remainder. Vindiciae, a claim oj 

Nugae, trifies. Salinas, salt-pits. liberty, a defence* 

Nundlnae, a market. Scalae, a ladder. 

The following are sometimes found in the Singular : 

Argutiae, quirks, witticisms. Charites, -um, the Graces. 

Bigas, a chariot drawn by two Facetiae, pleasant sayings. 

horses. Ineptiae, silly stories. 

Trigae, — by three. Praestigiae, enchantments. 

Quadrigae, — by four. Salebrae, rugged places. 

Braccae, breeches. 

38. The following Neuter Nouns want the Singular : 

Acta, public acts, or records. Lautia, provisions for the entertain- 

^Estiva, summer quarters. ment of foreign ambassadors. 

Arma, arms. Magalia, -um, cottages. 

Bellaria, dainties. Moenia, -um, the walls of a city. 

Brevia, -um, shallows. Orgia, the sacred rites of Bacchus, 

Cibaria, victuals. Parentalia, -um, solemnities at the 

Crepundia, children's toys. funeral of parents. 

Cunabiila, a cradle } an origin. Praecordia, the midriff, the bowels. 

Exta, the entrails. Sponsaiia, -um, espousals, 

Februa, purifying sacrifices. Statlva, a standing camp. 

Flabra, blasts of wind. Talaria, -um, winged shoes. 

Fraga, strawberries. Tesqua, rough places. 

Hyberna, winter quarters. Transtra, the seats where the rowers 

Ilia, -um, the entrails. sit in ships. 

J usta, funeral rites, Utensilia, -um, utensils, 
Lamenta, lamentations. 

Note, — Acta and transtra are also found in the Singular. Some 
of the others, as, cestJva, brevia, hyberna, statlva, &c. are properly 
Adjectives ; and agree with the Substantives which are necessary to 
complete their meaning. 

III. Redundant Nouns. 

39. Nouns are redundant in Termination, Gender, or form 
of Declension : as, arbor, or arbos, a tree ; vulgus, the rabble, 
Masc. or Neut. menda, -cb, or mendum, -i, a fault. 

The most numerous class of Redundant Nouns is composed 
of those which express the same meaning by different termina- 
tions: as, 

jEther, -eris, & aethra, -ae, the air. Amaracus, & -um, sweet marjo- 
Alvear, & -e, & -ium, a bee-hive, ram, 

E 2 



102 RUDIMENTS. 

Ancile & -ium, an oval shield, Maceria, & -ies, _iei, a wall. 
Angiportus, -us, & -i, & -ura, a Materia, -as, & -ies, _iei, matter. 

narrow lane. Menda, -33, & -ura, _i, a fault. 

Aphractus, & -um, an open ship. Milliare, & -ium, a mile. 
Aplustre, & -um, the flag, colours. Momtum, & -us, -us, an admoni*. 
Arbor, & -os, a tree. tion. 

Bacillus, & -urn, a staff. Muria, & -ies, _iei, brine, or pickle. 

Balteus, & -um, a belt. Nasus & -um, the nose. 

Batillus, & -um, a JiresJwvel. Obsidio, & -um, a siege. 

Cap us, & -o, a capon. Ostrea, -ae, & _ea, -orum, an oyster. 

Cassis, -Tdis, & -Tda, _idae,rt helmet. Penus, -us, & -i ; & -um ; & -us, 
Cepa, -as, & _e, indec. an onion. -oris, provisions. 

Clypeus, & -um, a shield. Peplus, & -um, a veil, a robe. 

Colluvies, & -io, filthy dirt. Pistrina, & -ura, a grinding-housc. 

Compages, & -go, a joining. Plebs, & -es, the common people. 

Conger, & -grus, a large eel. Pra&textus, -us, & -um, a pretext. 

Crocus, & -um, saffron. Rapum, & -a, a turnip. 

Cubitus, & -um, a cubit. Ruma, & -men, the cud. 

Diluvium, & -es, a deluge. Ruscum, & -us, butcher's broom. 

Elegi, -orum, & -la, an elegy. Segmen, & -mentum, a paring. 
Elephantus, & Elephas, -antis, an Sepes & Seps, a heage. 

elephant. Sibilus, & -a, -orum, a hissing. 

Esseda, & -um, a chariot. Sinus, & -um, a milk-pail. 

Eventus, & _a, -orum, an event. Stramen, & -turn, straw. 
Gausapa, & -e, _es ; & _e, -is ; & Sufflmen, & -turn, a perfume. 

-urn, a rough cloth. Tignus, & -um, a plank. 

Gelu, & -um, frost. Toral, & -ale, a bed-covering. 

Gibbus, & -a; & -er, -eris, or Tonitrus, -us, & -u, & -uum, 

-eri, a bunch, a swelling. thunder. 

Glutinum, & -en, glue. Torcular, & -are, a wine-press. 

Grus, -uis, & -uis, -uis, a crane. Veternus, & -um, a lethargy. 
Laurus, -i, & -us, a laurel tree. Viscum, & -us, the mistletoe. 

Note. — Some of the above nouns may be used in either, or any of 
the terminations, and in the Singular or Plural, indifferently; some, 
as auxilium, laurus, -us, are used only in one or two cases ; or in one 
number, as elegi ; while others, as pra&textus (a pretext) and prcetex- 
tum (a border), though sometimes synonymous, are commonly em- 
ployed in a different meaning. 

40. The following Nouns have a double meaning in the Plu- 
ral — one in addition to that which generally belongs to them in 
the Singular : 

Singular. Plural. 

Aedes, a temple. Aedes, a house. 

Auxilium, assistance. Auxilia, auxiliary troops. 

Bonum, any thing good. Bona, goods, property. 

Career, a prison. Carceres, the barriers of a race* 

course. 



APPENDIX. 



103 



Singular. Plural. 

Castrum, a fort. Castra, a camp. 

Comitium, a place in the Roman Comitia, an assembly of the people 

forum where the comitia were for the purpose of voting . 

held. 



Copia, plenty. 

Cupedia, daintiness. 

Facultas, power, ability. 

Fascis, a bundle of twigs, a fagot. 



Copiae, troops. 
Cupediae, or -a, dainties. 
Facilitates, wealth, property. 
Fasces, a bundle of rods carried 

before the chief magistrates of 

Rome. 
Fines, the boundaries of a country. 
Fortunae, an estate, possessions. 
Gratiae, thanks. 
Horti, plea sure -grounds. 
Literal, a letter, an epistle. 
Lustra, dens of wild beasts. 
Natales, birth, descent. 
Operae, workmen. 
Opes, wealth, power. 
Partes, a party, a faction. 



Finis, the end of any thing. 

Fort una, fortune. 

Gratia, grace, favour. 

H ortus, a garden. 

Litera, a letter of the alphabet. 

Lustrum, a period of five years. 

Natalis, a birth-day. 

Opera, labour. 

Opis (Gen.), help. 

Pars, a part, a portion. 

Plaga, a space, a tract of country. Plagae, nets used by hunters. 

Principium, a beginning, a ./Zrs* Principia, a place in the camp where 
principle, or element. the general* s tent stood. 

Rostrum, the beak of a bird, the Rostra, a pulpit in the Roman to- 
sharp part of the prow of a ship, rum, from which orators used to 

address the people, 

Sal, salt. Sales, witticisms. 

Note. — All the Nouns in the preceding list, except castrum and 
comitium, are sometimes found in the Singular, in the sense in which 
they more commonly occur in the Plural. 



IRREGULAR ADJECTIVES. 

THIRD DECLENSION. 

41. The following Adjectives have e only in the Ablative Sin- 
gular, and um in the Genitive Plural : 



Ccelebs, unmarried. 
Compos, master of. 
*Concolor, of the same colour. 
Hospes, strange. 
Impos, unable. 
Impiibis, beardless. 
Juvenis, young. 
Pauper, poor. 



Pubis, marriageable, 
Senex, old. 
Sospes, safe. 
Superstes, surviving. 
*Tricorpor, three-bodied. 

* Tricuspis, three-pointed, 

* Tripes, three-footed, 
Vetus, old. 



9 The other compounds of color, corpor, cuspis, and pes, have like- 
wise e and um. 



104 RUDIMENTS. 

Note. — Ccelebs, compos, impos, and superstes, have sometimes, 
though rarely, i in the Ablative. Vetus has commonly i, but alwava 
velera and veterum. 

42. The following Adjectives have um in the Genitive Plural; 

Ales, winged. Inops, poor. 

Anceps, double. Memor, mindful. 

Artifex, artificial. Particeps, sharing. 

Celer, swift, Praeceps, headlong. 

*Compar, equal. Supplex, suppliant. 

Consors, sharing. Uber, fertile. 

Degener, degenerate. Vigil, watchful. 

Dives, rich. Volucris, swift. 

* Dispar, different, impar, unequal, and separ, separate, have also 
um. Par has i only in the Ablative, and turn in the Genitive Plu- 
ral, but its compounds have, in the poets, e or i indifferently. 

Note. — Celer, memor, and volucris, have i only in the Ablative ; 
and the last, with vigil, has sometimes um in the Genitive Plural. 
Locuple&y rich, has locupletum, or locupletium. 

Adjectives ending in ns, Comparatives, and Participles, particularly 
when used in an Absolute sense, have much more frequently e than t 
in the Ablative Singular. 



DEFECTIVE ADJECTIVES. 

43. Quot, how many ? tot, so many ; aliquot, some ; quotquot, and 
quotcunque, how many soever ; totidem, just so many , are indeclina- 
ble, and used only in the Plural Number. Nequam, worthless, is 
also indeclinable, but used in both Numbers. 

44. Exspes, hopeless ; and potis, pofe, able, are used only in the 
Nominative. They are of all Genders, and the latter is also found 
joined with Plural Nouns. 

Tantundem, as much, has tantidem, in the Genitive, and tantun- 
dem, m. and n. in the Nominative and Accusative Singular. 

Necesse, or -um, necessary ; and vol ape, pleasant, are used only in 
the Nominative and Accusative Singular. 

45. Mactus, -e, and PI. -i, a common word of encouragement, 
brave ! gallant ! is used only in the Nominative, and Vocative Sin- 
gular, and Nominative Plural. 

Plus, more, is Neuter only in the Singular ; wants the Dative, and 
probably the Vocative ; has e only in the Ablative, and a, seldom ia, 
in the Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Plural Neuter. 

Primoris, Gen. first, wants the Nominative and Voc. Singular, 
and the Nom. Ace. and Voc. Plural Neuter; likewise seminecis, half- 
dead, whicli is not used in the Neuter and has sembiecum, in the Ge- 
nitive Plural. 



AFFENDIX. 105 

Pauci, few, and plcrique, the most part, are seldom used m the 
Singular. 

46. The following classes of words want the Vocative : Partitives ; 
as, quidajn, alius: Relatives; as, qualis, quantus : Negatives; as, 
nullus, neuter : Interrogates ; as, quotus? uter? 

Except aliquis, quicunque, quillbet, and quisque. See pages 20, 
and 21. 

47- The following Adjectives of one termination in er, es, or, os, 
andfex, with the others contained in the subjoined list, are scarcely 
used in the Nominative, Accusative, and Vocative Plural Neuter. 

Adjectives in ER : as, pauper, puber, celer, degener, uber. 

Adjectives in FEX : as, artifex, carmfex. 

Adjectives in OR : as, memor, concolor, bicorpor. 

Adjectives in ES : as, ales, dives, locuples, sospes, superstes, deses, 
reses, hebes, teres, prcepes. 

Adjectives in OS : as, compos, impos, exos. 

Also pubis, impubis, supplex, comis, inops, vigil, sons, insons, in- 
tercus, redux, and, perhaps, some others. 

Cocter, or cceterus, the rest, is scarcely used in the Nom. Sing. 
Masculine. 

Victrix, victorious, and ultrix, revengeful, are Feminine only in 
the Sing, but Fern, and Neut. in the Plural : as, victrlces, victricia. 



REDUNDANT ADJECTIVES. 

48. Some Adjectives compounded of circus, frenum, bacillum, arma, 
iugu?n, limus, somnus, and animus, have two forms of Declension ; 
one in us, of the First and Second Declension ; and another in is, of 
the Third : as, acclivus, -a, -urn, and acclivis, -e, steep ; imbecillus, 
and imbecillis, weak ; semisomnut, and semisomnis, half-sleeping ; 
exanimus and exanimis, dead. Also hilaris and hildrus, merry. 

Note. — Some of these Compounds do not admit of this variation : 
as, magnanimus, Jlexanimus, effrcnus, levisomnus, not magnanimis, 
Sfc. On the contrary, pusillanimis, injugis, illimis, insomnis, exsom- 
nis, are used, and not pusillanvmus, fyc. Semiammis, inermis, subli- 
mis, acclivis, declivis, proclivis, are more common than semianimus, 
Qc. Inanimis and bijugis are scarcely used. 



IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE COMPARISON. 

See page 17. 
49. The following Adjectives form the Superlative in limus : 
Facilis, easy, facilior, facillimus. 

Gracilis, lean. gracilior, graeilllmus. 



106 



RUDIMENTS. 



Humilis, low, 
Imbecillis, weak, 
Similis, like. 



humilior, 

imbecillior, 

siniilior, 



humillimus. 

imbecillimus. 

simillimus* 



50. The following Adjectives have the Comparative regular, 
but the Superlative irregular : 

Citer, near. 
Dexter, right, 
Exter, outward, 
Inferus, low, 
Interns, inward, 
Maturus, ripe, 
Posterus, behind, 
Sinister, left, 
Superus, high, 
Vetus, oldy 

Note. — Dives, rich, has commonly ditior and ditissimus, for its 
Comparative and Superlative ; contracted for divitior and divitis- 
simus. 

51. Compounds in dicus, ficus, loquus, and volus, form the 
Comparative in entior and the Superlative in entissimus. 



citerior, 


citimus. 


dexterior, 


dextimus. 


exterior, 


extremus, or extimus. 


inferior, 


inf tmus, or imus. 


interior, 


intimus. 


maturior, 


maturrimus, or maturissimus, 


posterior, 


postremus, or postumus. 


sinisterior, 


sinistimus. 


superior, 


supremus, or summus. 


veterior, 


veterrlmus. 



Malcdlcus, railing, 
Benef icus, beneficent, 
MiiifTcus, wonderful, 
Magniloquus, boasting, 
Benevolus, benevolent, 



maledicentissimus. 
beneficentissimus. 
mirificentissimus. 



benevolentissimus. 



maledicentior, 

beneiicentior, 

mirificentior, 

magniloquentior. 

benevolentior, 

Note. — Mirificus has also miriftcissimus in the Superlative. 
Compounds of loquus are not found in the Superlative. 

52. The following Adjectives want the Positive: 

Deterior, worse, deterrimus. Propior, nearer, proximus. 

Ocior, swifter, ocissimus. Ulterior, farther, ultimus. 

Prior, former, primus. 

53. The following Adjectives want the Comparative: 

Inclytus, renowned, inclytissimus. Par, equal, parissimus. 
Invictus, invincible, invictissimus. 
MerTtus, deserving, meritissimus. 
Novus, new, novissimus. 
Nuperus, late, nupemmus. 

54 The following Adjectives want the Superlative : 



The 



Persuasus, persuaded, persuasisst- 

mus. 
Pius, holy, piissimus. 
Sacer, sacred, sacerrimus. 



Adolescens, young, adolescentior. 
Diuturnus, lasting, diuturnior. 
Ingens, huge, ingentior. 
Juvenis, young, junior. 
Opimus, rich, opimior. 



Pronus, inclined downwards, pro- 

nior. 
Satur, full, saturior. 
Senex, old, senior. 



APPENDIX. 107 

Wote. — The Superlative of juvenis, and adolescens, is supplied by 
minimus natu, the youngest ; senex takes maximus natu, the oldest. 

55. Almost all Adjectives in His (penult long), dlis and bills, 
want the Superlative : as, civilis, civilior, civil ; regdlis, regalior, re- 
gal ; Jlebilis, -ior, lamentable. 

Note. — Some Adjectives of these terminations are also compared, 
as, cequdlis, fritgdlis, hospitdlis, liberdlis, vocdlis—affabilis, amabilis, 
habilis, ignobilis, mirabilis, mobilis, mutabilis, nobilis, stabilis. 

Some Adjectives of other terminations also want the Superlative : 
as, arcdnus, -ior, secret ; dectivis, -ior 9 bending downwards ; longin- 
quusy -ior, far off; propinquus, -tor, near ; salutdris, healthful, salu~ 
tarior. 

Anterior, former, and sequior, worse, are only found in the compa- 
rative. 

Nequam, worthless (indeclinable), has nequior, nequissimus. 

56. 31 any Adjectives, which are capable of having their significa- 
tion increased, do not admit of comparison : as, albus, white ; almus, 
gracious : egenus, needy ; lacer, torn ; memor, mindful ; mirus, won- 
derful ; precox, early ripe ; sospes, safe, &c. 

Participles in rus and dus, and Adjectives in ivus, "inns, orus, and 
xmus : as, fugitivus, fugitive; matutinus, early; canorus, shrill; le- 
gitimus, lawful. 

Adjectives compounded with Nouns and Verbs : as, versicolor, of 
various colours ; degener, degenerating ; pestifer, poisonous, &c. 

Diminutives, which, in themselves, involve a sort of comparison : 
as, tenellus, somewhat tender ; majuscalus, somewhat big. 

Adjectives, in which a vowel precedes us, except those in quus, 
form the Comparative by putting magis before the Positive ; and the 
Superlative by putting valde, or maxime before it: as, arduus, high; 
magis arduus ; valde, or maxime arduus. 



VERBS. 

General Rules for Compound Verbs. 

1. Compound Verbs form the Perfect and Supine in the same 
manner as Simple Verbs : as, amo, amdvi, amdtum ; red-dmo, 
red-amdvi, red-amutum. 

2. When the Simple Verbs double the first syllable in the 
Perfect, the Compounds drop the former Syllable : as, pello, 
]>epiili ; re-pello, re-pfdi. Except the Compounds of do, sto, 
disco, posco, and some of the Compounds of curro. See p. 122. 

3. Compound Verbs which change a of the Present into i, 
have e in the Supine: as, facto : per-ficio, per-feci, per-fectum. 
Except Verbs ending in do, go, with disphceo, and the Com- 
pounds of habeo, salio, and statuo. 

4. Verbs which are defective in the Perfect likewise want the 
Supine. Cieo, — cltum, ciere, to stir up, is probably the only 
exception. 



108 RUDIMENTS. 

FIRST CONJUGATION. 

Rule. — Verbs of the First Conjugation have avi in the Perfect, 
and dtum in the Supine : as, 

Amo, amavi, amatum, to love. 

Muto, mutavi, mutatum, to change, 

EXCEPTIONS. 

The Tenses of some Verbs included in the lists of Exceptions are 
also found, especially in the earliest authors, conjugated according to 
the General Rules. The form here given is that which is in common 
use. 



Do, 1 


dedi, 


datum, 


to give. 


Sto, 2 


steti, 


statum, 
( lavatum, 


to stand. 


Lavo, 


lavi, 


J lautum, 
(^ lotum, 


to wash. 


Pato, 3 


potavi, 


J potatum, or 
\ potum, 


to drink. 


Jqvo, 4 


juvi, 


jutum, 


to assist. 



Do dedit atque datum format, compostaque primae 
Quffi venum, circum, pessumque, satisqne crearunt. 
Sto stetit et statum poscit: ST I TIT at sibi proles 
Exigit atque STITUM, multo sed crebrius ATUM. 

1 Circumdo, to surround ; pessundo, to ruin ; satisdo, to give surety ; 
and venundo, to sell, are conjugated like do. The other Compounds 
belong to the third Conjugation, and have didi in the Perfect, and 
ditum in the Supine : as, abdo, abdidi, abditum, abdere, to hide ; reddo 
reddidi, redditum, to give back. See p. 107, Rule 2. 

2 The Compounds of sto have stiti in the Perfect, and statum in 
the Supine : as, consto, constiti, constatum, to stand together. Some of 
the Compounds are said to have also stitum in the Supine : as, prcesto, 
prcestltiy prcestitum, or prce&tatum, to stand before, to excel; but the 
Future Participle is always formed from statum. Adsto, to stand by, 
prosto, to stand, to be sold, and resto, to remain over and above, 
have no Supine. Antesto, to stand before ; circumsto, to stand round ; 
intersio, to stand between ; and super sto ^ to stand over, have steti, in 
the Perfect, and want the Supine. Disto, to be distant, and substo, 
to stand under, have neither Perfect nor Supine. See p. 107, Rule 2. 

A lavo fit laviy lautum, lotum, atque lavatum. 

Poto potatum vel potum flecte : juvoo^e 

Dat juvi ; at sobolesjulum prope sola reservat. 

* The Perfect Participle potus, is used both in a Passive sense, 
tftat has been drunk, and in an active sense, having drunk. The 
compounds epotus and perpotus are used only in the Passive sense. 

4 Jutus, the Perfect Participle from jutum, is found; but the 



Cubo,* 

Domo, 

Sono, 6 

Tono, 7 

Veto, 8 

Crepo, 9 

Mico, 10 

Frico, 11 

Seco, 

Neco, 1 * 





APPENDIX. 


K 


cubui, 


ctibitum, 


to lie. 


domui, 


domitum, 


to subdue. 


sonui, 


son! turn,* 


to sound. 


tonui, 


tonitum, 


to thunder. 


vetui, 


vetitum, 


to forbid. 


crepui, 


crepitum, 


to make a noise. 


micui, 




to glitter. 




fricui, 


frictum, 


to rub. 


secui, 


sectum, 


to cut. 


necavi, or 


necatum, 


to kill* 


necui, 







Future Participle is juvaturus. Adjuvo, to help, has adjuturus, the 
other form being scarcely in use. 

Haec per UI per ITUMque, cubo, domo cum sono flectes, 

Et tono, junge veto, simul et crepo : discrepo normam 

Sed potius sequitur : mlco vult micuique, supini 

Impatiens: AVI tamen ATUM dimico praefert ; 

Quam tenuit legem replico cum supplico, et omne 

Quod plico componit verbum cum nomine junctum. 

Caetera sed soboles ritu variantur utroque. 

At frico vult fricui, frictum ; secui, seco, sectum; 

Interdumque neco, necui ; quod sasphis AVI 

Atque ATUM poscit. Labo, nexo, cum plico nil dant. 

* In the same manner those Compounds are conjugated which do 
not assume an m : as, accubo, to lie next to ; excubo, to watch ; in- 
cubo, to lie anywhere ; occubo, to he in a place ; procubo, to lie before ; 
recubo, to lie down; seciibo, to lie alone. The Compounds which 
assume an m belong to the Third Conjugation, and have ui and 
itum in the Perfect and Supine : as, incumbo, incubui, incuhltum, to 
lie upon. 

6 The Future Participle is sonaturus. 

7 Intono has intondtus in the Perfect Participle. 

8 Veto has sometimes vetdvi in the Perfect. 

9 Discrepo, to differ, and increpo, to chide, have sometimes dvi and 
dtum, as well as ui and itum. Increpo has seldom the latter form. 

10 Emlco, to shine forth, has emicui, emiedtum ; and dimico, to 
fight, has dimicdvi, rarely dimicui, dimiedtum. 

11 Some of the Compounds of frico have the Participles formed 
from the regular Supine in dtum : as, confriedtus, infriedtus. 

12 Eneco, to kill, and interneco, to destroy, have more frequently 
ui and ectum ; the Participle of eneco is usually enectus. 



* The Supine sonitum ha3 been retained in deference to general 
usage; but there does not appear to be any authority for it except the 
verbal substantive sonitus ; while sonaturus* which is used by Horace 
Sat. 1. 4.44. and the adjective sonabilis, which is found in Ovid, Art. 
Am. I. 106., seem to prove that the Supine ought to be sondium* 



110 RUDIMENTS. 

Labo, — to fall , or fainU 

Nexo, ■ — — to bind, 

Plico, 13 to/old. 



SECOND CONJUGATION. 

Rule.— Verbs of the Second Conjugation have ui in the Perfect, 
and itum in the Supine : as, 

Moneo, monui, monitum, to advise, 

Habeo, 1 habui, habitum, to have, 

EXCEPTIONS. 

Neuter Verbs which have ui in the Perfect, want the Supine : as, 
splendeo, splendid, to shine ; madeo, madui, to be wet. 

The following Neuter Verbs have ui and Xtum, according to the 
general rule : 

Caleo, to be hot, Liceo, to be valued, 

Careo, to want, Mgreo, to deserve, 

Coaleo, to grow together, Noceo, to hurt, 

Doleo, to grieve, Pareo, to appear, 

Jaceo, to lie, Placeo, to please, 9 

Lateo, 2 to lie hid, Valeo, to be in health. 

Quod dat UI neutrum, timeo, sileoque supina 
Nulla dabunt. Valeo, placeo, caret, et licet aufer, 
Paret, item jaceo, caleo, noceo, doleoque ; 
Queis coalet, latet, atque meret sociabis, oletqae, 

Doceo, docui, doctum, to teach, 

13 Duplico, to double, multipUco 9 to multiply ; repttco, to unfold ; 
and supplico, to entreat humbly, have avi and dtum. The other 
Compounds of pUco have either ui and Xtum, or avi and dtum : as, 
applico, to apply, applicui, appUcitum, or applicdvi, applicdtum. Ex- 
plico, in the sense of explain, has avi and dtum ; in the sense of 
unfold, it has ui and Xtum, 

1 The Compounds of h&beo change a into i : as, adhXbeo, adhibui, 
adhibitum, to admit ; prohibeo, prohibui, prohibitum, to forbid. See 
p. 107, Rule 3. 

8 The Compounds of lateo want the Supine : as, defiteo, delitui, to 
lurk ; perlateo, perlatui, to lie hid. 

8 Pl&ceo, when compounded with per, retains a ; when compounded 
with dis, it changes a into i : as, dispUceo, displicui, displidtum, to 
displease. Complaceo, to please, has complacui, and complacltus sum 
\n the Perfect. See p. 1 07, Rule 3. 

Dat doceo doctum ; a teneo deducito tentum : 
Mistwm vel mixtum dat misceo ; censeo, censum ; 
Torreoqxxe et tostum capient; et sorbeo, sorptum. 







APPENDIX. 


111 


Teneo, 4 


tenui, 


tentum, 
Jmistum, or 


to hold. 


M isceo, 


miscui, 


\ mixturrij 


to mix. 


Censeo, 6 


censui, 


censum, 


to think, to judge 


Torreo, 


torrui, 


tostum, 


to roast. 


Sorbeo, 6 


sorbui, 


sorptum, 


to sup. 


Timeo, 
Sileo, 
Arceo, 7 
Taceo, 8 


timui, 
silui, 
arcui, 
tacui, 




to fear, 
to he silent. 






to drive away, 
to be silent. 


taciturn, 


Prandeo, 9 


prandi, 


pransum, 


to dine. 


Video, 


vidi, 


visum, 


to see. 


Sedeo, 10 


sedi, 


sessum, 


to sit. 


Strideo, 
Frendeo, 


stridi, 
frendi r 




to maJce a noise. 


fressum, 


to gnash the teeth. 


Mordeo, 11 


momordi, 


morsum, 


to bite. 


Pendeo, 


pependi, 


pensum, 


to hang. 


Spondeo, 


spopondi, 


sponsum, 


to promise. 



4 The Compounds of teneo change e into i: as, contlneo, continui, 
contentum, to hold together. Attineo, to hold ; pertlneo, to belong to, 
and abstineo, to abstain from, have no Supine. 

6 Censeo has also census sum in the Perfect, and censitum in the 
Supine. Accenseo, to reckon with, and percenseo, to recount, want 
the Supine ; and recenseo, to review, has recensum, and recensltum. 

Absorbeo, to sup up, and exsorbeo, to sup out, have sometimes 
obsorpsi, and exsorpsi in the Perfect. The latter, with resorbeo, to 
draw back, has no Supine. 

Arceo quod simplex nescit, dant nata supinum : 
Quod retinent taceo, lateo, sobolique recusant. 

7 The Compounds of arceo have itum in the Supine : as, exerceo, 
exercui, exercitum, to exercise. 

8 The Compounds of taceo want the Supine: as, conticeo, conticui, 
to keep silence ; reticeo, reticui, to remain silent, to conceal. 

Dant DI SUM prandet, videt et sedet ; at geminabit 
S sessum : stridet stridi facit absque supino. 

9 The Participle pransus is used in the Active sense of having 
dined. 

10 Dcsideo, to sit idle, dissidco, to disagree, persideo, to continue, 
prcesideo, to sit before, resideo^ to sit down, to rest, and subsideo, to 
subside, want the Supine. 

DI SUM prasterito geminato mordeo donat : 
Spondeo lege pari, pendet, tondetque jugantur. 

11 The Compounds of mordeo, pendeo, spondeo, and tondeo, do not 
double the first syllable of the Perfect. See p. 107, Rule 2. lm- 
pendeo, to overhang, has no Perfect or Supine. 



I1Z 




RUDIMENTS. 




Tondeo. 


totondi, 


tonsum, 


to clip. 


Mo veo, 18 


movi, 


motum, 


to move. 


Foveo, 


fovi, 


fotum, 


to cherish* 


Voveo, 


vovi, 


votum, 


to vow. 


Faveo, 


favi, 


fautum, 


to favour. 


Caveo, 


cavi, 


cautum, 


to beware of. 


Paveo, 


pavi, 





to be afraid. 


Ferveo, 13 


ferbui, 


, , 


to boil. 


Connlveo, 


connivi, or -ixi, 


to wink. 


Deleo, 


delevi, 


deletum, 


to destroy. 


Compleo, 14 


complevi, 


completum, 


to Jill. 


Fleo, 


flevi, 


fletum, 


to weep. 


Neo, 


nevi, 


ngtum, 


to spin. 


Vieo, 


vievi, 


vietum, 


to hoop a vessel. 


Cieo, 15 


(civi), 


citum, 


to stir up. 


Oleo, 16 


olui, 


(olitum), 


to smell. 


Sufideo, 


suasi, 


suasum, 


to advise. 


Rldeo, 


risi, 


risum, 


to laugh. 



Ex VEO fit VI, TUM : faveo sed dicito fautum, 
Et caveo, cautum. Mutilantur neutra supinis: 
Ferbuit at fervet ; VI, XI, conniveo donat. 

12 Verbs in veo undergo a contraction in the Supine. Neuter 
Verbs in veo want the Supine : as, paveo, pavi, to be afraid. 

13 Fervo, fervi, another form of this Verb belonging to the Third 
Conjugation, is used in a few persons, and in the Present Infinitive, 

Deleo, natfi pleo,fct, net, viet, EV1T et ETUM 
Accipiunt, cieoque citum : civi dato quartae. 
Nunc oleo per UI dat 1TUM : sic pignora patris 
Quae retinent sensum : EVI, ETUM vult caetera proles. 
Fert abolevit I TUM : sed die adolevit adultum. 

14 The other Compounds of the obsolete Verb pleo are conjugated 
in the same way : as, expleo, impleo, repleo, suppleo. 

16 Civi is the Perfect of cio of the Fourth Conjugation, having 
citum in the Supine. The Compounds, in the sense of calling, are 
generally conjugated according to this form : as, excio, excitum. See 
p. 107, Rule 4. See also p. 149, Note. 

16 The Compounds of oleo which retain the sense of the Simple 
Verb have ui and itum : as, obolco, obolui, oboUtum, to smell strongly. 
The Compounds which adopt a different signification have evi and 
etum : as, exoleo, exolevi, exoletum, to fade ; obsoleo, obsolevi, obsole- 
tum, to grow out of use ; inoleo, inolevi, inoletum, or inolitum, to 
come into use. Aboleo, to abolish, has abolevi, abolltum; and adoleo f 
to grow up, to burn, has adolevi, adultum. 

Dant Si SUM suadet, ridet, manet, hacret et ardet, 

Et terget, mulcet, mulget: sed et S geminato 

Vult jubeo, jussi, jussumque. Indulgeo SI TUM, 

Torqueo dat torsi tortum. Viduata supinis 

SI capiunt urgct, cum fulgct, target et alget. 







APPENDIX. 




Maneo, 


man si, 


mansum, 


to stay. 


Haereo, 


haesi, 


hagsum, 


to stick. 


Ardeo, 


arsi, 


arsum, 


to burn. 


Tergeo, 


tersi, 


tersum, 


to wipe. 


Mulceo, 


mulsi, 


mulsum, 


to stroke. 


Mulgeo, 


mulsi, 


f mulsum, or 
\ mulctum, 


to milk. 


Jubeo, 


jussi, 


jussum, 


to order. 


Indulgeo, 


indulsi, 


indultum, 


to indulge. 


Torqueo, 


torsi, 


tortum, 


to twist. 


Augeo, 


auxi, 


auctum, 


to increase. 


Urgeo, 


ursi, 





to press. 


Fulgeo, 


fulsi, 





to shine. 


Turgeo, 


tursi, 





to swell. 


Algeo, 


aisi, 





to be cold. 


Lugeo, 


luxi, 





to mourn. 


Liiceo, 


luxi, 





to shine. 


Frigeo, 


frixi, 





to be cold. 



113 



Lugeo XI solum, cum luceo, frigeo, poscit : 
Augeo sic auxi, comitabitur inde sed auctum. 

The following Verbs want both Perfect and Supine : 

Aveo, to desire. Liveo, to be black and blue. 

Denseo, to grow thick. Mcereo, to be sorrowful. 

Flaveo, to be yellow. Renideo, to shine. 

Glabreo, to be smooth. PoUeo, to be powerful. 

Hebeo, to be blunt. Scateo, to flow out. 
Lacteo, to grow milky. 

Nil formant lactet, livet, scateoque renidet, 
Mcerety avet, pollet, flavet, cum denseo glabret. 



THIRD CONJUGATION. 

Verbs of the Third Conjugation form the Perfect and Supine 
variously. 

10. 

Facio, 1 feci, factum, to do, to make. 



Datfocio, feci, factum: jacio qaoquejeci 
Accipit, etjactum; specio lacioque creata 
Dant XI CTUM : verum elicui die elicitumque. 

1 Facio, when compounded with a Preposition, changes a into i ; 
as, officio, affeci, affectum, to affect. In the other Compounds the a 
is retained. A few Compounds end in fico, and ficor, and belong to 
the First Conjugation : as, amplifico, to enlarge ; sacrifico, to sacri- 
fice : gratificor, to gratify ; and ludiftcor, to mock. See page 63. 



114 




RUDIMENTS. 




Jacio, 8 


jeci, 


j actum, 


to throw. 


Aspicio, 5 


aspexi, 


aspectum, 


to behold. 


Allicio, 


allexi, 


allectum, 


to allure. 


F5dio, 


fodi, 


fossum, 


to dig. 


Fugio, 


fugi, 


fugitum, 


to fly. 


Capio, 4 


cepi, 


captum, 


to take. 


Rapio, 


rapui, 


raptum, 


to seize. 


Sapio, 


sapui, 





to taste, to be wine. 


Cupio, 


cupivi, 


cupltum, 


to desire. 


Pano, 5 


peperi, 


f partum, or 
\ paritum, 


to bring fcrth. 


Quatio,* 


(quassi), 


quassum, 

uo. 


to shake. 


Acuo, 


acui, 


acutum, 


to sharpen. 


Arguo, 


argui, 


argutum, 


to show, to prove. 


Batuo, 


batui, 


batutum 7 


to beat. 


Exuo, 


exui, 


exutum, 


to put off clothes. 


lmbuo, 


imbui, 


imbutum, 


to moisten, to wet. 


Induo, 


indui. 


indutum, 


to put on clothes. 



2 The Compounds of j&cio change a into i : as, abjtcio, abject, 
abjeclum, to throw away. See p. 107, Rule 3. 

3 The Compounds of the obsolete Verbs specio, and l&cio, have exi f 
and ectum; except elicio, to draw out, which has elicui, and elicitum. 

Die fodio, fodi, fossu?n : fugio d&tofugi, 
J&tfugltum: capio, cepi, captumque requirit : 
At rapio, rapui, raptum : viduumque supino 
Dat sapio, sapui : cupio volet ivit et Hum, 

* The Compounds of c&pio, r&pio, and sapio, change a into i ; as, 
acclpio, accept, acceptum, to receive; abripio, abripui, abreptum, to 
carry off; consipio, consipui, to be in one's senses. See p. 107, Rule 3, 

Dat pario peperi, partum, vel ITUM : quatioque 
Quassum, vix quassi ; cussi at cussum bene proles. 

5 The Compounds of pario have perui and pertum, and belong to 
the Fourth Conjugation : as, aperio, aperui, apertum, aperire, to 
open. So operio, to shut, to cover. But comperio (which also has a 
Deponent form in the Present Indicative and Infinitive, comperior, 
comperiri,) to know a thing for certain, has comperi, compertuni ; and 
reperio, to find, has reperi, repertum, 

6 The Compounds of quatio take the form cutio, and have cussi 
and cussum : as, conditio, to shake violently, concussi, concussum, 

Queis UO dat finem, per UI labuntur, et UTUM. 
At Jluo vult jluxi, Jluxum ; struxi, struo, structum. 
Vultque ruo, ruitum ; dat UTUM proles tibi solum 
Nulla supina dabunt metuo, pluo, congruo, si cut 
Annuo, cum sociis ; quibus ingruo, respuo junges. 







APPENDIX. 


115 


Mmuo, 


minui, 


minutum, 


to lessen. 


Spuo, 7 


spui, 


sputum, 


to spit. 


Statuo, 8 


statui, 


statu turn, 


to set, to place. 


Sternuo, 


stern ui, 


stemutum, 


to sneeze. 


Suo, 


sui, 


sutum, 


to sew, to stitch. 


Tribuo, 


tribui, 


tributum, 


to give, to divide* 


Fluo, 


fluxi, 


fluxum, 


to flow. 


Struo, 


struxi, 


structum, 


to build. 


Luo, 9 


lui, 


luitum, 


to pay, to wash. 


Ruo, 10 


rui, 


ruitum, 


to rush, to fall. 


Metuo, 


metui, 





to fear. 


Pluo, 


plui, 





to rain. 


Congruo, 


congrui, 





to agree. 


Ingruo, 


ingrui, 





to assail. 


Annuo, 11 


annui, 


BO. 


to assent. 


BTbo, 


bibi, 


bibitum, 


to drink. 


Scabo, 


scabi, 





to scratch. 


Lambo, 


Iambi, 





to lick. 


Scribo, 


scripsi, 


scriptum, 


' to write. [ried. 


Nubo, 19 


nupsi, 


nuptum, 


to veil, to be mar-. 


Glubo, 


■ 


CO. 


to strip, to flay. 


Dico, 


dixi, 


dictum, 


to say. 


Duco, 


duxi, 


ductum, 


to lead, 


Vinco, 


vlci, 


victum, 


to overcome. 



7 Respuo, to spit out, to reject, has no Supine. 

8 The compounds of statuo change a into i : as, constituo, constitui, 
constitutum, to place. See p. 107, Rule 3. 

9 The Compounds of luo have utum in the Supine : as, abluo, 
ablui, ablutum, to wash away, to purify. 

10 The Compounds of ruo have utum in the Supine : as, diruo, 
dirui, dirutum, to overthrow. Corruo, to fall together, and irruo, to 
rush in furiously, have no Supine. 

11 The other Compounds of the obsolete nuo, as abnuo, to refuse ; 
innuo, to nod with the head : and renuo, to deny, likewise want the 
Supine. Abnuiturus, the Fut. Participle from abnuo, is found. 

BI BO BITUMque facit. Scabo, lambo carento supinis : 

Orta cubo, ternum quibus M dedit indita flexum, 

Dant cubui, cubitum. Vult scribo, nuboque PSI, PTUM. 

19 Nupta sum, another form of the Perfect, is sometimes used in- 
stead of nupsi. 

Dant XI, CTUM dico, duco simul : Nque remota 
Vult vinco, vici, victum; geminato peperci 
A parco, parsum adjiciens; quod SI dat ITUMque 
Rariiis. Ico sibi formavit et icit et ictum. 



110 




RUDIMENTS. 




Parco, 18 


f peperci, 
( parsi, 


or Jparsum, or 
( parcitum, 


to spare. 


I CO, 


Ici, 


ictum, 
SCO. 


to strike. 


Cresco, 


crevi, 


ere turn, 


to grow. 


Nosco, 14 


novi, 


notum, 


to know. 


Quiesco, 


quievi, 


qui e turn, 


to rest. 


Scisco, 


scivi, 


scltum, 


to ordain. 


Suesco, 


suevi, 


suetum, 


to be accustomed. 


Pasco 16 


pavi, 


pastum, 


to feed. 


Disco, 16 


didici, 





to learn. 


Posco, 16 


poposci, 





to demand. 


Glisco, 17 







to glitter ,to grow. 










DO. 




Accendo, 


accendi, 


accensum, 


to kindle. 


Cudo, 


cudi, 


cusum, 


to forge. 


Defendo,' 


defendi, 


defensum, 


to defend. 


Edo, 18 


edi, 


esum, 


to eat. 



13 The form parsi and parcitum is seldom used. 

Vertitui in VI, TUM, SCO. Pasco dat tibi pastum : 
Agnosco sed I TUM capiet cognoscoque. Disco 
Vult didici prim am geminans : sic posco, poposci ; 
Dispescit, compescit UI dant: cuncta supinis 
Orba. Nihil glisco, nihil Inceptiva crearunt. 

14 The Fut Part, is nosciturus from noscitum, the old form of the 
Supine. Agnosco, to own, has agnovi, agnitum ; and cognosco, to 
know, has cognovi, cognitum. 

15 Compesco, to feed together, to restrain ; and dispesco, to separate, 
have compescui, and dispescui, without the Supine, 

16 See p. 107, Rule 2. 

17 Fatisco, to be weary, likewise wants both Perfect and Supine ; 
and also all Inceptive Verbs, unless when they adopt the Tenses of 
their Primitives : as, ardesco, to grow hot, arsi, arsum. See page 51. 

DO finita petunt DI, SUM. Sed divido, rado, 
Dant SI, SUM, claudo, plaudo, cum ludere, trudo, 
Et Icedo, rodo, compostaque vado (quod ipsum 
Prseteritum vix dat), geminans ac S quoque cedo. 
At pando, pandi, passum pansumque : comedi 
Estum saepe capit ; N peidens fundoque fudi, 
Et fusum : sic scindo, scidi, sic fn do fdique ; 
At scissum, fssum, duplicans S, redde supinis. 

18 All the Compounds of edo are conjugated in the same manner, 
except come'do, to eat up, which has comesum, or comestum, in the 
Supine. See page 63. 







APPENDIX. 


117 


Mando, 


mandi, 


mansum, 


to chew. 


Prehendo, 


prehendi, 


prehensum, 


to take hold of. 


Scan do, 


scandi, 


scansum, 


to climb. 


DivTdo, 


divisi, 


divisum, 


to divide. 


Rado, 


rasi, 


rSsum, 


to shave. 


Claudo, 12 


clausi, 


clausum, 


to close. 


Plaudo, 20 


plausi, 


plausum, 


to applaud. 


Ludo, 


lusi, 


lusum, / 


to play. 


Trudo, 


trusi, 


trusum, 


to thrust. 


Laado, 21 


laesi, 


lassum, 


to hurt. 


Rodo, 


rosi, 


rosum, 


to gnaw. 


Vado, 22 


— 


_ 


to go. 


Cedo, 


cessi, 


cessum, 


to yield. 


Pan do, 


pandi, 


fpassum, or 
\ pansum, 


to open. 


Fun do, 


fudi, 


fusum, 


to pour forth. 


Scindo, 


scidi, 


scissum, 


to cut* 


Findo, 


fidi, 


fissum, 


to cleave. 


Tundo, 23 


tutudi, 


f tunsum, or 


to beat. 






\ tusum, 




Cado, 24 


cecidi, 


casum, 


to fall. 



19 The Compounds of claudo change au into u : as, concludo, con- 
clusi, conclusum, to conclude. Circumclaudo is found in Caesar. 

20 The Compounds of plaudo, except ap. and circum-plaudo^ 
change au into o : as, explodo, e.vplosi, explosum, to reject. 

21 The Compounds of Icedo change ce into i : as, allido, allisi, alli- 
sum, to dash against. 

22 The Compounds of vado have the Perfect and Supine : as, 
evddo, evdsi, evdsuin, to escape. 

Tundo facit tutudi tunsum, compostaque tusum, 
Et cado vult cecidi casum : sed nata supinum 
(Incido si demas, recido, simul occido) spernunt. 
Ccedo cecidit habet cccsum : sic tendo, tetendi, 
Tensum vel tentum ; mage tentum sed dato proli : 
Vultque pepedit, ITUM, pedo : pensumque pependi, 
Pendo capit: DIDIT atque DITUM cum vendcre, credo, 
Et prope cuncta sibi quae DO cum praeposituris 
Gignit : at abscondo potius DIT quam DIDIT effert. 
Prasterito DI strido, rudo dant, absque supinis, 
Sidoque, sed soboli sedeo dat mutuo sedi, 

23 The Compounds of tundo have tudi, and tusum : as, contundo, 
to bruise, contudi, contusum. See Rule 2, page 107. Some of the 
Compounds have also a Perfect Participle formed from tunsum : as, 
obtunsus, and retunsus, from obtundo, and retundo. 

24 The Compounds of cado want the Supine: as, accido, acctd'%, to 
happen; except incido, incidi, incdsum, to fall in; occido, occidi, oc- 
cdsum, to fall down ; and recido, recidi, recdsum, to fall back. 



118 



RUDIMENTS. 



Ca?do, 2 

Tendo, 23 

Pendo, 

Credo, 27 

Vendo, 

Abscondo, 

Strido, 

Rudo, 

Sido, 28 



Cingo, 

Fllgo, 29 

J vaigo, 

Lingo, 

IVlungo, 

Plango, 

Rego, 30 



cecidi, 

tetendi, 

pependi, 

credidi, 

vendidi, 

abscondi, 

strldi, 

rudi, 

sldi, 



cmxi, 

flixi, 

junxi, 

linxi, 

munxi, 

planxi, 

rexi, 



caesum, 
r tensum, or 
^tentum, 
pensum, 
creditum, 
vendltum, 
abscondi turn, 



GO. 

cinctum, 

flictum, 

junctum, 

linctum, 

munctum, 

planctum, 



to cut, to kill, 

to stretch, 

to hang. 

to believe. 

to sell. 

to hide. 

to creak. 

to bray as an as$* 

to sink down. 



to surround. 

to dash. 

to join. 

to lick. 

to wipe the nose. 

to beat. 

to rule. 



25 The Compounds of caedo change ce into i .• as, accldo, accidi, ac 
ctsum, to cut about ; decido, decidi, decisum, to cut off. Percido, to 
cut in pieces, has percidi, and per cecidi, in the Perfect. 

26 The Compounds of tendo have generally tentum in the Supine, 
except extendo, to stretch out, and ostendo, to show, which have also 
tensum ; the latter, almost always. 

87 The other Compounds of do which belong to the Third Conju- 
gation have also dXdi and ditum : as, condo, condidi, conditum, to 
build. Abscondo has sometimes abscondidi. See page 108, note 1. 

28 The Compounds of sido adopt the Perfect and Supine of sedeo ; 
as, consido, consedi, consessum, to sit down. 

GO vel GUO, XI, CTUMque facit. Cum surgere, pergo 
Accipit at REXI, RECTUM. Sed et ista supinis 
N tria deperdunt, Jingo, cum pingere, stringo. 
Dat frango, fregi, fr actum ; sicut eglt et actum 
Vult ago ; sed soboles, satago, cum prodigo, dego, 
Nulla supina dabunt ; caret ambigo praeteri toque. 
Tango facit tetigi, tactum : legi, lego, tectum : 
Negl'igo sed poscunt^ intelligo, diligo, XI, CTUM. 
Pungo capit pupugi, punctum, sed pignora punxi ; 
Prasteritum sed utrumque petit sibi rite repungo. 
Vult pango, panxi, pactum ; pepigique vetustum 
Dat pago, quod pegi genitis de pango reservat. 

89 The Compounds of Jligo are conjugated in the same way, except 
projfigo, to dash down, which is a regular Verb of the First Conjuga- 
tion. 

30 The Compounds of rego change £ into i : as, dingo, direxi, di' 
rectum, to direct ; corrigo, cor rexi, cor rectum, to correct. 







APPENDIX. 


ljy 


Stinguo, 81 
Stigo, 


stinxi, 
suxi, 


stinctum, 
suctum, 


to dash out. 
to suck. 


Tego, 


texi, 


tectum, 


to cover. 


Tinguo, 


tinxi, 


tinctum, 


to dip. 


Unguo, 


unxi, 


unctum, 


to anoint. 


Surgo, 


surrexi, 


surrectum, 


to rise. 


Pergo, 


perrexi, 


perrectum, 


to go forward. 


Stringo, 


strinxi, 


strictum, 


to bind. 


Fingo, 


finxi, 


fictum, 


to feign. 


Pingo, 


pinxi, 


pictum, 


to paint. 


Frango, 8 * 


fregi, 


fractum, 


to break. 


Ago, 33 


egi, 


actum, 


to do, to drive. 


Tango, 


tetigi, 


tactum, 


to toucK 


Lego, 3 * 


legi, 


lectum, 


to gather, to read. 


Pungo, 35 


pupiigi, 


punctum, 


to prick. 


Pango, 3 * 


panxi, 


pactum, 


to drive in. 


Spargo, 37 


sparsi, 


spars um, 


to spread. 


Mergo, 


mersi, 


mersum, 


to dip, to plunge. 


Tergo, 


tersi, 


tersum, 


to wipe. 


Figo, 


fixi, 


fixum, 


to fix. 



31 Stinguo, tinguo, and unguo, are also written stingo, tingo, ungo. 

RS The Compounds of frango and tango change a into i ; as, con- 
f ringo, confregi, confr actum, to break to pieces ; attingo, attigi, at- 
tactum, to touch gently. 

33 Circumago, to drive round ; perago, to finish ; and coago (con- 
tracted cogo), to collect, retain the a ; the other Compounds change a 
into i ; as, abigo, abegi, dbactum, to drive away. Dego (for deago), to 
live, to dwell : prodigo, to lavish or squander ; and satdgo, to be busy, 
want the Supine. Ambigo, to doubt, has neither Perfect nor Supine. 

34 Lego, when compounded with ad, per, proe, re, and sub, retains 
the e : as, allego, to choose. The other Compounds change e into i ; 
as, colttgo, to collect. Diligo, to love; intelligo, to understand, and 
negtigo, to neglect, have exi, and ectum. Negltgo has sometimes 
neglegi in the Perfect. 

35 The Compounds of pungo have punxi in the Perfect : as, com- 
pungo, to sting, compunxi, compunctum. 

36 Pango, in the sense of to bargain, has pepigi ; the Present is 
rarely used in this meaning ; but instead of it paciscor is commonly 
employed. The Compounds which change a into i have pegi, and 
pactum : as, compingo, to fasten together, compegi, compactum. Op- 
pango, to fasten to, has also pegi and pactum. Of the other Com- 
pounds which retain a, the Perfect and Supine are not found. 

Dant ST, SUM spargo, mergo, tergoque. Requirit 
At XI, XUMj^o cum frigere : nee malefrictum 
Invenies quandoque datum. Nil vergo capessit. 
XI clango, ningo dat et ango, supinaque nulla. 

87 The Compounds of spargo change a into e : as, aspergo, aspersi, 
aspersum, to besprinkle. 



120 



RUDIMENTS. 



Frigo, 

Vergo, 
Clango, 
Ningo, 
Ango, 



Traho, 
Veho, 

Mejo, 38 



Colo," 
Consulo. 

Alo, 

Molo, 

Antecello, 40 

Pello, 

Fallo, 41 

Velio, 43 

SaUo, 

Psallo, 



frixi, 

clanxi, 
ninxi, 
anxi, 



traxi, 
vexi, 
minxi, 



{frixum, or 
frictum, 



colui, 
consului, 

alui, 

molui, 

antecellui, 

pepuli, 

fefelli, 

velli, or vulsi, 

salli, 

psalli, 



HO. 

tractum, 
vectum, 
mictum, 

LO. 

cultum, 

consultum, 
falitum, or 
\ altum, 

molitum, 

pulsum, 
falsum, 
vulsum, 
salsum, 



to fry. 

to lie toward, 
to sound a trum. 
to snow. \_pet* 
to vex. 



to draw, 
to carry, 
to make water. 



to till, to inhabit, 
to consult. 

to nourish. 

to grind. 

to excel. 

to drive away. 

to deceive. 

to pull. 

to salt, [strument. 

to play on an in- 



Postulat HO, XI, CTUM. Minxi, mictum cape mejo. 

38 Mingo is also used as the Present of mi?ixi. . 

LO, LUIT efformat : colo, consulit, occulit, ULTUM. 
Ast alo die altum, vel ITUM : molitum molo donat. 
Nulla supina manent genitis de cello : sed unum 
Excipe percello, quod perculit optat et ULSUM. 
Pello facit pepuli, pulsum ; falloque fefelli, 
Et falsum. Velli vel vulsi, vello reposcit, 
Inde petens vulsum : sallo, salli, quoque salsum. 
At psallo, psalli, tantum : pariterque supinis 
Deficiunt malo, volo, nolo, junge refello. 
More sed insolito dat tollo sustulit, atque 
Sublatum ; attollo proles sed nil sibi quaerit. 

39 Colo, when compounded with ob, changes o into u : as, occulo, 
to hide. Accolo, to dwell near, and circumcdlo, to dwell round, have 
no Supine. 

40 The other Compounds of the obsolete cello likewise want the Su- 
pine ; except percello, perculi, perculsum, to strike, to astonish. Re- 
cello likewise wants the Perfect. 

41 Refello, refelli, to confute, wants the Supine. 

** Velio, when compounded with de, di, or per, has usually velli in 
the Perfect. The other Compounds take either form indifferently. 







APPENDIX. 


121 


Tollo, 43 


sustuli, 


sublatum, 
MO. 


to lift up. 


Fremo, 


fremui, 


fremitum, 


to rage, to roar. 


Gemo, 


gemui, 


gemitum, 


to groan. 


Vomo, 


vomui, 


vomitum, 


to vomit. 


Tremo. 


tremui, 





to tremble. 


Demo, 44 


dempsi, 


demptum, 


to take azcay. 


Promo, 


prompsi, 


promptum, 


to bring out. 


Sumo, 


sumpsi, 


sumptum, 


to take. 


Como, 


compsi, 


comptum, 


to deck, to dress. 


Emo, 44 


emi, 


emptum, 


to buy. 


Premo, 45 


pressi, 


pressum, 
NO. 


to press. 


Pono, 


posui, 


positum, 


to place. 


Gigno, 


genui, 


genitura, 


to beget. 


Cano, 48 


cecini, 


cantum, 


to sing. 


Temno, 47 








to despise. 


Sperno, 


sprevi, 


spretum, 


to disdai?u 


Sterno, 48 


stravi, 


stratum, 


to lay flat. 


Smo, 


sivi, or sii 


, situm, 


to permit. 



43 Attullo and extollo, to raise up, have no Perfect or Supine of 
their own ; but those of affe'ro and efflro, which agree with them in 
meaning, are sometimes assigned to them. 

MO per UI dat ITUM. Tremo flectitur absque supino. 
Dant PSI, PTUM, demo, promo, cum sumere, como; 
Emi, emptum sed emo capiet, pressi, premo, pressum. 

44 Demo, promo, and sumo, are Compounds of emo. The other 
Compounds change e into i, and are conjugated like the Simple Verb : 
as, adimo, ademi, ademptum, to take away. 

45 The Compounds of premo change e into i .• as, comprimo, com. 
pressi, compressum, to press together. 

Pono facit posui, positum : genui, genitumque 

Gigno creat : cecini, cantum, cano poscit ; habeto 

Sed CINUI, CENTUM proles. Prope nil sibi servans, 

Temno dedit nato PSI, PTUM. Vult sperno<\ue sprevi, 

Et spretum ; sterno, stravi, stratum : sino, sivi, 

Atque situm; livi^ levive, litum, lino; cerno 

Dat crevi, cretiunque, magis qua? nata trequentant. 

40 The Compounds of cano have cinui, and centum : as, concino, 
concinui, concentum, to sing in concert. Of acctno, to sing to, and 
intercino, to sing between, or during, no Perfect or Supine is found. 

47 Contemno, to despise, has contempsi, contemptum. 

48 Consterno and externo, when they signify to alarm, are regular 
Verbs of the First Conjugation. The other Compounds are conju- 
gated like sterno ; as, instcrno, instrdvi, instratum, to spread upon. 



122 




RUDIMENTS. 




Lmo, 


livi, or levi, litum, 


to anoint. 


Cerno/ 9 


crevi, 


cretum, 
PO, QUO. 


to see, to decree* 


Carpo, 50 


carpsi, 


carptum, 


to pluck. 


Clepo, 


clepsi, 


cleptum, 


to steal. 


Repo, 


repsi, 


reptum, 


to creep. 


Scalpo, 


scalpsi, 


scalptum, 


to engrave. 


Sculpo, 


sculpsi, 


sculptum, 


to carve. 


Serpo, 


serpsi, 


serptum, 


to creep. 


Strepo, 


strepui, 


strepitum, 


to make a noise. 


Rumpo, 


rupi, 


ruptum, 


to break. 


Coquo, 


coxi, 


coctum, 


to boil. 


Linquo, 51 


liqui, 


RO. 


to leave. 


Quaero, 68 


quaeslvi, 


quaesitum, 


to seek. 


Tero, 


trlvi, 


trltum, 


to wear. 


Verro, 


verri, 


versum, 


to sweep. 


Uro, 


ussi, 


ustum, 


to burn. 


Curro, 63 


cicurri, 


cursum, 


to run. 


Gero, 


gessi, 


gestum, 


to carry. 


FGro, 54 


mmmm ■— ~ 


_____ 


to be mad. 



49 The Perfect crevi is used in the sense of to declare one's self 
heir, oe enter on an inheritance. In the sense of seeing, cerno has 
properly neither Perfect nor Supine. 

PO, PS I, PTUMque facit, Strepo vult strepui, slrepitumque : 
At rumpo, rupi, ruptum, Coquo flectito XI, CTUM. 
Linquo tenet liqui tantum, compostaque lictum, 

50 The Compounds of carpo change a into e : as, discerpo, dis- 
cerpsi, discerptum, to tear in pieces. 

61 The Compounds of linquo have lictum in the Supine: as, rclin- 
quo, reliqui, relictum, to forsake ; so delinquo, to fail. 

Queer o, quoesivi, quaesitum dat : tero, trivi, 
Et tritum : verro, verri, verszemque requirit : 
Uro, ussi ac ustum: cursum vult curro, cucurri : 
Flecte gero, gessi, gestum ; latumqae tulique 
Dat fero : praeteritum nullum furo, suffer o norunt : 
A sero fit sevique saium: sic E VIT, lTUMque 
Dant composta quibus plantandi significatus 
Inditur; at SERUI, SERTUM vult caetera proles. 

62 The Compounds of qucero change ae into i : as, acquiro, acquis 
sivi, acquisitum, to acquire. 

53 Curro, when compounded with circum, re, sub, and trans, sel- 
dom takes the reduplication. The other Compounds sometimes take 
the reduplication, and sometimes not. See p. 107, Rule 2. 

64 See page G6. 





APPENDIX. 


J2;j 


Sero, M 


sgvi, 


satum, 
SO. 


to sow. 


Arcesso, 


arcesslvi, 


arcessitum, 


to call, or send for. 


Capesso, 


capessivi, 


capessitum, 


to take. 


Facesso, 


facessivi, 


facessltum, 


to do, to go away. 


Lacesso, 


lacesslvi, 


lacessitum, 


to provoke. 


Viso, 


visi, 




to go to visit. 


Incesso, 


incessi, 


. 


to attack. 


Depso, 


depsui, 


depstum, 
C pinsum, 


to knead. 


Pinso, 


J pinsui, 
J or pinsi, 


} pistum, or 
(^ pinsitum, 

TO. 


to bake. 


Flecto, 


flexi, 


flexum, 


to lend. 


Plecto, 


plexi & plexui 


, plexum, 


to plait. 


Necto, 


nexi & nexui, 


nexum, 


to tie, or knit. 


Pecto, 


pexi & pexui, 


pexum, 


to dress, or comb. 


Meto, 


messui, 


messum, 


to reap. 


Peto, 


petivi, 


petltum, 


to seek. 


Mitto, 


misi, 


missum, 


to send. 


Verto, 66 


verti, 


versum, 


to turn. 


Sterto, 


stertui, 


, 


to snore. 


Sisto, 57 


stiti, 


statum, 


to stop. 



65 The Compounds of sero which retain the sense of planting and 
sowing, have sevi and situm : as, consero, consevi, consitum, to plant 
together. Those which adopt a different signification have serui and 
sertum: as, assero, asserui, assert urn, to claim. The latter class of 
Compounds properly belongs to the old verb sZro, to knit, to plait. 

SO, SIVI, SITUMque capit : sed trunca supinis 
SI viso, incesso retinent : at depso reposcit 
Depsuit et depstum. Pinso dat pinsuit atque 
Pinsit, et hinc pinsum, pistum formabit ITUMque. 

Flecto XI, XUM vult: sic plecto, nectoque, pecto : 

Quae XUIT et pariter formant. Meto sed geminans S 

Messuit et messum: peto suscipit IVIT, et ITUM : 

At mitto, misty missum dat : vertoque verti, 

Et versum: sterto vult stertuit, absque supino. 

Sisto, stitiqne, statum dat agens : neutrale sequetur 

Sto verbum, unde STITI, atque STITUM composta tulerunt. 

c The Compounds of verto are conjugated in the same manner 
except revertor, to return, which is often used as a Deponent Verb 
and divertor, to turn aside, and prcevertor, to outrun, which are like 
wise Deponent, but want the Perfect Participle. 

67 Sisto, to stand still (a neuter verb), has neither Perfect nor Su- 
pine. The Compounds have sUti, and stitiim: as, assisto, astiti> 
astitum, to stand by. But these are seldom found in the Supine. 



124 




RUDIMENTS. 








VO, XO. 




Vivo, 


vixi, 


victum, 


to live. 


Solvo, 


solvi, 


solQtum, 


to loose. 


Volvo 


volvi, 


volutum, 


to roll. 


Texo, 


texui, 


textum, 


to weave. 



Dat vivo XI, CTUM : solvo VI format et UTUM, 
Ut volvo. Texo vult texuit, indeque textum. 



Rule. — ' 

and itum in 

Audio, 
Munio, 

Singultio, 

Sepelio, 

Venio, 

Veneo, 1 

Salio, 2 

Amicio, 

Vincio, 

Sancio, 

Cambio, 



FOURTH CONJUGATION. 

Verbs of the Fourth Conjugation have %vi in the Perfect, 
the Supine : as, 



audlvi, 


auditum, 


to hear. 


munivi, 


muni turn, 


to fortify. 


EXCEPTIONS. 




singultivi, 


singultum, 


to sob. 


sepelivi, 


sepultum, 


to bury. 


veni, 


ventum, 


to come. 


venii, 


_ 


to be sold. 


salui, or salii, 


saltum, 


to leap. 


f amicui, or 


amictum, 


to clothe. 


\amixi, 






vinxi, 


vinctum, 


to tie. 


f sanxi, or 
\sanclvi, 


f sanctum, or 
(^sancltum, 


to ratify. 


campsi, 


campsum, 


to change money 



Singultit vult singultum, sepelilque sepultum ; 
Dat venio, veni, ventum : sed veneo solum 
Veniit efficiet : salio, salui, saliique, 
Extulit, et saltum ; capiunt at pignora sultum. 

1 For the Conjugation of veneo, see page 59. 

8 The Compounds of salio have generally silui, sometimes silii, or 
silivi, in the Perfect, and sultum in the Supine : as, transilio, transi- 
lui, transilii, or transilivi, transultum, to leap over. Absultum, cir* 
cumsultum, and prosultum, are scarcely used. See p. 107? Rule 3. 

Vult amicit vel UI, vel XI, CTUM : vincio XI, CTUM. 
Sancio jungatur, quod et IVI format, et ITUM. 

Cambio vult PSI, PSUM : sed sepsi, sepio, septum : 
Ilaurio SI, STUM dat ; SUM rarius effer. Habebit 
Sentio sed sensi, sensum : sic raucio, rausi, 
Et rausum • sarcit, farcit, cum fulcio, SI, TUM. 
At PERUI, PERTUMque sibi composta jugarunt 
Kx pario ternae : RI comperit et reperit vult. 





APPENDIX. 


125 


sepsi, 
hausi, 


septum, 
(haustum, or 
"^hausum, 


to enclose, 
to draw ouU 


sensi, 
rausi, 


sensum, 
rausum, 


to feel, 

to be hoarse. 


sarsi, 
farsi, 


sartum, 
fartum, 


to mend, or repair* 
to cram. 


fulsi, 


fultum, 


to prop, 
to strike. 



Sepio, 

Haurio, 

Sentio, 

Raucio, 

Sarcio, 

Farcio, 8 

Fulcio, 

Ferio, 

The following Verbs have the Perfect formed regularly, but want 
the Supine : 

Caecutio, to be dim-sighted* Gestio, to show one's joy by the 

Dementio, to be maa\ gestures of the body, 

Ferocio, to be fierce, Glocio, to cluck as a hen, 

Ineptio, to play the fool, 

Co?cutit, gestit, glocit, et dementit, ineptit, 
Nulla supina dabunfr, cum prosilit atque fer ocit. 

For Desiderative Verbs which belong to this Conjugation, See 
page 51. 

For the Compounds of pario, which belong to this Conjugation, 
See page 114, Note 5. 

DEPONENT AND COMMON VERBS. 

Rule. — Deponent and Common Verbs form the Perfect Partici- 
ple in the same manner as if the Active Voice existed. See pages 51 
and 52. 

Note. — All Deponent Verbs seem to have been originally Passives. 
Hence there are many Verbs which, though found in the Active 
Voice, are used deponently in the Passive ; others, under the name 
of Common Verbs, have become obsolete in the Active, and, in the 
Passive, are employed either as Deponents or Passives ; and many 
which have laid aside their Passive signification in the other Tenses, 
still retain it in the Perfect Participle. 

Exceptions in the Second Conjugation. 

Reor, ratus, reri, to think, 

Misereor, 1 misertus, misereri, to pity, 

Fateor, 2 fassus, fateri, to confess, 

Medeor, mederi, to heal. 



8 The Compounds of farcio change a into e : as, refercio, refer si, 
refertum> to fill up. 

Nam ratus a reor est ; misereri vuitque misertus ; 
Et fateor, fassus: FESSUS sed reddito proli. 

1 Misereor has also miserttus in the Perfect Participle. 
e The Compounds of fateor change a into i } and have fessus ; as, 

F2 



IW 


RUDIMENTS. 






Exceptions in 


the Third Conjugation. 


Labor, 


lapsus, 


labi, 


to slide. 


Ulciscor, 


ultus, 


ulcisci, 


to revenge. 


Utor, 


usus, 


uti, 


to use. 


Loquor, 3 


loquutus, 


loqui, 


to speak. 


Sequor, 


sequutus, 


sequi, 


to follow. 


Queror, 


questus, 


queri, 


to complain. 


Nitor, 4 


nlsus, or nixus, niti, 


to strive. 


Paciscor, 


pactus, 


pacisci, 


to bargain. 


Giadior, 


gressus, 


gradi, 


to go. 


Proficiscor, 


profectus, 


proficisci, 


to go a journey* 


Nanciscor, 


nactus, 


nancisci, 


to obtain. 


Patior, 


passus, 


pati, 


to suffer. 


Apiscor, 6 


aptus, 


apisci, 


to get. 


Comminiscor, 


commentus, 


comminisci, 


to devise. 


Fruor, 


fruitus,orfructus, frui, 


to enjoy. 


Obliviscor, 


oblltus, 


oblivisci, 


to forget. 


Expergiscor, 


experrectus, 


expergisci, 


to awake. 


Morior, 6 


mortuus, 


mori, 


to die. 


Nascor, 7 


natus, 


nasci, 


to be born. 


Orior, 8 


ortus, 


oriri, 


to rise. 



conftteor, confessus, to confess. Diffiteor, to deny, wants the Perf. 
Participle. 

Insuper a labor lapsus sibi tertia format : 

Ultus ab ulciscor manat : venit usus ab utor ; 

Vult UTUS loquor atque sequor : queror accipe questus, 

Nisus vel nixus nitor, pact usque paciscor ; 

Dat gradior gressus ; proficiscor funde prefect us ; 

Nanciscor nactus, patior passusque requirit ; 

Aptus apiscor habet ; commentus comqueminiscor 

Accipit : atfructus jyaritei fruit usque jugari 

Vult fruor : oblitus sed et obliviscor adoptat ; 

Ast expergiscor cupit experrectus habere. 

Mortuus aque mori est, natus nasci, ortus or iri : 

Queis tribus extremis per ITUHUS fiecte Futurum. 
8 Loquor and sequor have likewise locutus and secutus in the Per- 
fect Participle* 

4 Nitor, when compounded with con, in, ob, re, sub, has nixus often er 
than nisus. Adnitor, to lean to, has either indifferently. Enitor, 
in the sense of to bring forth, generally takes enixa in the Participle. 

5 Adipiscor and indipiscor, to obtain, have adepius and indeptus. 

6 Morior seems to have originally belonged to the Fourth Conju- 
gation. The Infinitive moriri occurs in Plautus and Ovid; and 
morimur, with the penult long, is also found. The Imperative is 
viorere. This verb, with nascor and orior, has iturus in the Fut. 
Part. : as, moriturus, nascfturus, oriturus. 

7 Nascor is Passive in signification, but has no Active Voice. 

* Orior has orlre, and always oriretur in the Imperfect Subjunc- 



APPENDIX. 127 

The following Verbs want the Perfect Participle; 

Defetiscor, -i, to be weary. Reminiscor, -i, to remember. 

Irascor, -i, to be angry. Ringor, -i, to grin like a dog. 

Liquor, -i, to melt. Vescor, -i, to feed. 

Nil formant vescor, liquor, medeor, reminiscor, 
Irascor, ringor, proevertor, dijfiteorque : 
Queis demum adjungas divertor, dequefetiscor* 

Exceptions in the Fourth Conjugation. 



Metior, 


mensus, 


metlri, 


to measure. 


Ordior, 


orsus, 


ordlri, 


to begin. 


Experior, 


expertus, 


expenri, 


to try. 


Opperior, 


oppertus, 


opperlri, 


to wait for. 



Metior in quarta mensus dabit, ordior orsus ; 
Experior PERTUS, simul opperiorque tenebunt. 

IMPERSONAL VERBS— &* page 6G. 

1. There are only ten real Impersonal Verbs, and these are all of 
the Second Conjugation. Six of them have a double Perfect, one 
Active, and the other Passive : as, 

LTbet, it pleases, libuit, or libitum est. 

Licet, it is lawful, licuit, or licitum est. 

Miseret, it pities, miseruit, or misertum est. 

Piget, it irks, piguit? or pigitum est. 

Pudet, it shames, puduit, or puditum est. 

Tadet, it wearies, taeduit, or pertaDSum est. 

The others form the Perfect regularly : as, decet, it becomes ; 
oportet, it behoves ; pcenitet, it repents ; and liquet, it appears, which is 
scarcely used in the Perfect. 

2. There are besides a great many Verbs of all the Conjugations, 
both Active and Passive, which are used Impersonally in the Third 
Pers. Sing., sometimes with a slight change of signification : as, 

First Conj. Special, vacat, stat, constat ; datur, pugnatur, statur. 
Second Conj. Appdret, pertinet, debet, dolet, nocet ; placet, displi- 
cctjfavctur, nocetur. 

Third Conj. Contingit, inctpit, conducit, desviit, curritur. 
Fourth Conj. Convenit, evZnit, expedit, venitur, ilur. 
Also Irregular Verbs : as, est, obest,ft, praeUrii, nequit. 

3. Those Verbs which denote the operations and appearances of 
nature are also Impersonals : as, fulgurat, fulminat, tonat, p/uit. 



tive, according to the Fourth Conjugation. Likewise in the Com. 
pounds adorirStur, exorirelur ; and not adoreretur, exoreretur. The 
Present fellows the Third, though orlris and oritur^ with the penult 
long, are also found. 



128 RUDIMENTS, 

REDUNDANT VERBS. 

Redundant Verbs are those which have different forms to express 
the same sense: as, assentio and assenlior, to agree; fabrico and fa* 
bricor, to frame ; mereo and mereor, to deserve. The Passive form 
of these Verbs is also used in a Passive sense. 

1. Some Verbs are usually of the First Conjugation and 
rarely of the Third : as, 

Lavo, lavas, lavare, and lavo, lavis, lavere, to wash, 
Sono, sonas, sonare, and sono, sonis, sonere, to sound, 

2. Some are usually of the Second and rarely of the Third : 
as, 

Ferveo, ferves, fervere, and fervo, fervis, fervere, to boil, 
Fulgeo, fulges, fulgere, and fulgo, fulgis, fulgere, to shine, 
Strideo, strides, stridere, and strido, stridis, stridere, to creak, 
Tergeo, terges, tergere, and tergo, tergis, tergere, to wipe, 
Tueor, tueris, tueri, and tuor, tueris, tui, to defend, 

3. Some are usually of the Third and rarely of the Fourth : 
as, 

Arcesso, arcessis, arcessere, and arcessio, arcessire, to send for, 
Fodio, fodis, fodere, and fodio, fodis, fodlre, to dig, 
Sallo, sallis, sallere, and sallio, sallis, salllre, to salt, 
Mori or, moreris, mori, and morior, moriris, moriri, to die, 
Orior, oreris, and orior, oriris, oriri, to rise. 
Potior, poteris, and potior, potiris, potlri, to obtain. 

Note, — Orior and potior are always of the Fourth Conjugation in 
the Infinitive. 

There is also one Verb which is usually of the Second and 
more rarely of the Fourth : cieo, cies, ciBre, and cio, cis, clre, to 
stir up. — See page 112, Note 15. 



FIGURES OF SPEECH. 
The Figures of Speech are included in the following lines : 
Prosthesis apponit capiti 9 scd AphjEREsis auferU 
Sykcopa de medio tollit, sed Epenthesis addit, 
Abstrahit Apocope fni, sed dat Paragoge. 
Consfringit Crasis, distracta Diuresis effert. 
Liter a si legitur transposta, Metathesis exit. 
Antithesis dices, tibi litera si varietur, 

FIGURATIVE SYNTAX. 

Figurative Syntax comprehends those forms of expression 
which cannot be reduced to any of the general rules. 

i. ellipsis. 
Ellipsis is the omission of one or mo: e words necessary to com- 



APPENDIX. 129 

plete the regular Syntax : as, Aberant bidui, sup. iter ; Expleri men- 
tern nequit, sup. secundum, or quod ad ; Et genus, et virtus, nisi cum 
re vilior alga est, sup. vilius ; Caper tibi salvus, et hcedi, sup. salvi. 

II. PLEONASM. 

Pleonasm is the redundance of one or more words not necessary to 
complete the sense : as, Oculis vidi ; Sic ore locutus est ; Pateris li- 
bamus et auro, for aureis pateris ; Vrbs Troja, for Troja. 

III. ENALLAGE. 

Enall&ge is the change or substitution of one number, case, tense, 
&c. for another : as, Vestra indicatio est, for vestrum indicare ; Po- 
pulum late regem, for regnantem ; Scelus, for scelestus ; Romanus, for 
Romani ; Expediti militum, for milites ; Dare classibus austros, for 
classes austris. 

IV. HYPERBATON. 

Hyperbaton Is the violation of the common arrangement of words 
in a sentence : as, Italiam contra^ for contra Italiam ; Valet atque 
vivit, for vivit atque valet ; Saxa vocant Itali mediis quae injluctibus 
AraSj for quae saxa in mediis Jluctibus Itali vocant Aras ; Adeo super 
unus eram, for supereram. 



RULES FROM RUDDIMAN'S GRAMMAR. 



I. RULES FOR THE GENDER OF NOUNS. 

I. GENERAL RULES. 

1. Qvm maribus solum tribuuntur, mascula sunto. 

Names of Males, and Nouns referring to the Male Sex, are 
Masculine : as, Honierus, Homer ; pater, a father ; Tros, a 
Trojan ; fur, a. thief; Mars, the god of war ; equus, a horse. 

2. Esto femineum, quod femina sola reposcit. 

Names of Females, and Nouns referring to the Female Sex, are 
Feminine : as, Helena, Helen ; mater, a mother ; Troas, a 
Trojan woman ; Venus, the goddess of love ; equa, a mare. 

3. Sit commune dmim, sexum quod signat utrumque. 

Nouns denoting either the Male or Female Sex are of the Com- 
mon Gender : as, parens, a parent ; canis, z. dog, or bitch. 

The following lines comprehend nearly all the Nouns of the Corn- 
lion Gender : 

Conjux atque parens, infans, patruelis et haeres, 
Affinis, vindex, judex, dux, miles et hostis, 
Augur et antistes, juvenis, conviva, sacerdos. 
Munigweceps, vates, adolescens, civis et auctor. 
Custos, nemo, comes, testis, sus, hosque, canisgwe, 
Interpresg-we, cliens, princeps, praes, martyr et obses, 
Atque index, hospes, quels adde satelles et exsul. 

Conjux, a husband, or wife ; parens, a parent ; infans, an in- 
fant ; patruelis, a cousin by the father's side : hceres, an heir, 
or heiress ; affinis, a relation by marriage ; vindex, an aven- 
ger ; judex, a judge ; dux, a leader ; miles, a soldier ; hostis, 
an enemy; augur, a soothsayer; antistes, a high -priest ; ju- 
venis, a young man, or woman ; conviva, a guest ; sacerdos, 
a priest, or priestess ; municeps, a burgess ; vates, a prophet ; 
adolescens, a young man, or woman ; civis, a citizen ; auctor, 
an author ; custos, a keeper ; nemo, nobody ; comes, a com- 
panion ; testis, a witness ; sus, a swine ; bos, an ox, or cow ; 
canis, a dog, or bitch ; interpres, an interpreter ; cliens, a 
client ; princeps, a prince, or princess ; praes, a surety ; mar-, 
tyr, a martyr; obses, a hostage; index, an informer; hospes 
a stranger ; satelles, a life-guardsman ; exsul, an exile. 



APPENDIX. 131 

4. Multa, quibus sexus promiscuus, unaque vox est, 
Nomina sunt, quorum genus est a fine petendum. 

Some Nouns, referring to both Sexes, have their Gender regu- 
lated by their terminations : as, passer, a sparrow, Masc. be- 
cause Nouns in er are Masculine ; aqidla, an eagle, Fern, be- 
cause Nouns in a of the First Declension are Feminine. 
This class of Nouns includes many names of wild beasts, and 
the names of most birds, fishes, and insects. Difference of 
sex is indicated by the words mas and femina ; as, mas 
passer; femina passer. 

Such Nouns are said to be of the Epicoene Gender. 

5. Menses cum Ventis generi conjunge virili. 

Names of Months and Winds are Masculine : as, Aprllis, 
April ; Aquilo, the north- wind ; Eur us, the east-wind. 

6. Masculeum Fluvii nomen Montisque repone : 
Ssepe tamen norma est finalis syllaba utrique. 

Names of Rivers and Mountains are Masculine : as, Tiberis, 
the Tiber; Othrys,a hill in Thessaly. Many of these, how- 
ever, particularly those ending in a, e, and urn, adopt the 
Gender of their terminations : as, Matrona, f. the Marne in 
France ; JEtna, f. a mountain in Sicily ; Soracte, n. a hill in 
Italy ; because Nouns in e of the Third Declension are Neu- 
ter. — See Rules 16 and 18. 

7. As partesque dabis maribus : sit at uncia dempta. 

As, a pound, or any thing that maybe divided into twelve parts,* 
is Masculine. The various component parts of as are also 
Masculine, except uncia, an ounce, which is Feminine. 

8. Jungito femineis nomen Regionis et Urbis ; 
Prsecipue quod in n ternee fit, us osve secundae. 

Est Tuder atque Argos neutrum, quibus adjice Gadir. 
s Rarius hic Marathon capit, et Pharsalus, Abydos. 
Mascula in us ternae, Pontus, Sasonque, Canopus, 
Atque Times, Tecmon. Hie, at hoc vult ssepius 

Anxur. 
Caetera turba suos fines plerumque sequuntur. 

Names of Countries and Cities are Feminine, especially those in 
n of the Third Declension, and in us or os of the Second : as, 
Britannia, Britain ; Persis, Persia ; Roma, Rome ; Cartha- 
go, Carthage. This, as a general rule, refers chiefly to those 
Nouns which have a Masculine termination : as, JEgyptus, 

* The Component parts of as are, uncia, an ounce, Fern. ; sextans^ 
2 ounces ; quadrans, 3; triens, 4; quincunx, 5; semis, 6; septuna. 
7; bes, 8; dodrans, 9; dcxtans, or dccunx, 10; dcunx, 11 ounces. 



132 RUDIMENTS. 

Egypt ; Samos, the island of Samos ; Corinthus, Corinth ; 
Lacedcemon, Lacedemon. 

The following names of cities and towns do not follow the gene- 
ral rule. Tuder, Argos, and Gadir, are Neut. Marathon, 
Pharsdlus and Abydos, are generally Fern, but sometimes 
Masc. Those in us of the Third Declension are Masc. : as, 
Pessinus ; and also Pontus, when used as the name of a 
country ; Sason, a small island ; Canopus, Tunes, Tecmon, 
names of towns. Anxur is sometimes Masc. but more fre- 
quently Neuter. 

But many names of Countries and Cities adopt the Gender ot 
their terminations : as, Sulmo, m. Ilium, n. Prceneste, n. names 
of cities. Some of the exceptions are also found Feminine in 
reference to the general word urbs : as, gclida Prccneste. Juv. 

9. Arbor femineis dabitur : sed mas oleaster, 

Et rhamnus : petit hic potius cytzsusque rubusque : 
Hie quandoque larix, lotus volet, atque cupressus : 
Hoc quod in um, suberque, siler, dant robur acerque. 

Names of trees are Feminine : as, abies, the silver-fir ; pomus, 
an apple-tree ; pirus, a pear-tree ; quercus, an oak. 

Oleaster, the wild olive-tree ; and rhamnus, the white bramble, 
are Masc. Cytisus, the shrub trefoil ; and rubus, the bram- 
ble-bush, are generally Masculine. Larix, the larch-tree ; 
lotus, the lote-tree; cupressus, the cypress, are sometimes 
Masculine. Those in um are Neut; as, buxum, the box- 
tree ; also suber, the cork-tree ; siler, the osier ; robur, oak 
of the hardest kind ; and acer, the maple-tree. 

Note. — Sentis, a brier, is also Masculine. 

10. Femineum Naves genus atque Poemata quaerunt. 

Names of Ships and Poems are Feminine : as, Argo, the ship 
Argo ; Mnzis, the jEneid ; Ilias, the Iliad. 

Proper Names, when applied to Ships or Poems, retain their 
Gender : as, Python, m. Triton, m. ; and names of Poems 
which want the Singular take the Gender of their termina- 
tion : as, Adelphi, m. Georgica, n. 

11. Adjicito neutris quodcunque inflexile nomen. 

Indeclinable Nouns are Neuter : as, gummi, gum ; fas, right. 

12. Liter® amant neutrum : sic pars pro nomine sumpta ; 
Et verbum quodvis pro nuda voce repostum. 

Names of letters are generally Neuter : as, a parvum ; i longum : 
also Verbs and other parts of speech used as Nouns : as, 
Scire tuum ; Cras istud ; likewise any word used objectively 
without reference to its meaning : as, lux est monosyllabum* 

13. Saepe genus vocum trahit ad se vox generalis : 
Sic volucrem sequitur bubo % sic flumen Iader* 



APPENDIX. 133 

The general word frequently regulates the gender of the various 
words included under it : thus Bubo, an owl, is sometimes 
Fem. taking the gender of avis, or volucris ; and Iader is 
Neut. because flumen, the general word to which it refers, is 
Neuter. 

14 Adjectiva trium generum sunt cuncta z sed unum 
Quaedam, multa duos, capiunt tres plurima fines. 

Adjectives have three Genders ; some under one, some under 
two, and some under three terminations. 

15. Pro fixo positum, genus op tat mobile fixi. 

An Adjective, when used for a Substantive, takes the Gender of 
the Substantive which it represents. 

II. SPECIAL RULES. 
A. 

1G. FLec dat A quod primse est: sed neutrum Pascha 
requirit. 
Hadria mas sequor, pariterque cometa, plane/a : 
Mascula et interdum talpam damamque videbis. 

Nouns in A of the First Declension are Feminine : as, mcnsa, a 
table ; ripa, a bank ; unda, a wave. 

Pascha, the passover, is Neut. Hadria, the Hadriatic Sea ; co- 
meta, a comet ; and planeta, a planet, are Masculine ; like- 
wise all Nouns applied to males : as, poeta, a poet ; nauta, a 
sailor. Talpa, a mole ; and dama, a doe, are sometimes Mas- 
culine. 

Note, — Hadria, the town Hadria, is Feminine. 

17. Sit neutri generis per A quicquid tertia flectit. 

Nouns in A of the Third Declension are Neuter : as, polma, a 
poem ; diadema, a crown. 

E. 

1 8. Haec petit E primae ; neutrum deposcit E ternae. 

Nouns in E of the First Declension are Feminine : as, epitome, 
an abridgment ; grammatice, grammar. Nouns in E of the 
Third are Neuter : as, mare, the sea ; rete, a net. 

I. U. Y. 

19. Dant quibus 1 fines, Y, vel U, sunt omnia neutra. 

Nouns in I, Y, and U, are Neuter : as, sinapi, mustard ; mzsy, 
vitriol ; comu, a horn ; genu, the knee. 

o. 

20. Hie dat O : femineis halo cum caro dantur et echo ; 
QiiDoque in 10, seu sint verbo, seu nomine nata, 



134 RUDIMENTS. 

Rem (numeris demptis) aliquam sine corpore sig- 
nant. 

Nouns in O are Masculine : as, sermo, speech ; carlo, a coal. 

Halo, a circle round the sun or moon ; caro, flesh ; and echo, an 
echo, are Fern. ; also Nouns in IO denoting any thing incor- 
poreal, whether derived from verbs or nouns : as, legio, a le- 
gion ; or at \o, a speech; rebellio, rebellion. 

Nouns in 10 denoting any bodily substance, with Names of 
Number, are Masc. according to the general rule : as, scipio, 
a staff; ternio, the number three. 

21. Adjice femineis, DO, GO : sed mascula cudo, 
Harpago, sic ordo, simul udo, tendo, ligoque. 
Rarius hjec margo vati est, hic ssepe cupido. 
Arrhabo cum cardo muliebria vix imitanda. 

Nouns in DO, and GO, are Feminine : as, arundo, a reed ; 
formido, fear ; imago, an image ; orlgo, an origin. 

Cudo, a leather cap; harpago, a drag; ordo, order; udo, a kind 
of shoe ; tendo, a tendon ; and ligo, a spade, are Masc. Mar- 
go, the brink of a river, is generally Masculine. Cupido, de- 
sire, is often Masc. with the poets, but always Fem. in prose 
writers. Arrhabo, an earnest ; and cardo, a hinge, are seldom 
Feminine. 

C. L. M. T. 

22. Quod fit in L, vel T, C, vel M, neutralibus adde : 
Mascula sol, mvgil, ceu sal, quod rarius hoc vult. 

Nouns in L, T, C, and M, are Neuter : as, animal, an animal ; 

toral, a bed-cover ; caput, the head ; lac, milk ; regnum, a 

kingdom ; donum, a gift. 
Sol, the sun, and mugil, a mullet-fish, are Masc Sal, salt, is 

Masc. sometimes Neuter; Sales, Plural, is always Masculine. 

N. 

23. Masculeum capit N. Finita in men dato neutris, 
Quseque secunda creat, cum gluten et ingnen et un- 

guen : 
Addideris pollen. Sindon petit hjec, et aedon ; 
Alcyonem junges, data postea queis comes icon. 

Nouns in N are Masculine : as, pecten, a comb ; canon, a rule. 
Nouns in MEN are Neuter: as, carmen, a song ; lumen, light; 

also Greek Nouns in ON of the Second Declension : as, sym- 

lolon, a symbol ; likewise gluten, glue ; inguen, the groin ; 

unguen, ointment ; po 7 len, fine flour. Sindon, fine linen ; 

aedon, a nightingale ; Alcyon, the kingsfisher, and icon, an 

image, are Feminine, 



APPENDIX. J 35 

AR. 

24. Postulat AR neutrum : sed masculeum salar optat. 

Nouns in AR are Neuter : as, calcar, a spur ; jubar, the sun- 
beam. Salar, a trout, is Masculine. 

ER. 

25. ER capit hic. Neutrum plantae fructusve requir- 

unt ; 
At tuber hic fructus; tuber quemcunque tumorem 
Significaus neutrale petit ; cumque ubere spinther, 
Verque, cadaver, iter. Dabit hic aut h-sec tibi linter. 

Nouns in ER are Masculine : as, liber, a book ; atr, the air. 

Names of Plants and Fruits are Neuter : as, papaver, a poppy ; 
piper, pepper. Tuber, when it signifies the fruit of the tuber- 
tree, is Masc. : but tuber, denoting any kind of swelling, is 
Neuter ; also uber, a pap ; spinther, a clasp ; ver, the spring ; 
cadaver, a carcass ; and iter, a journey. Linter, a boat, is 
Masc. or Feminine. 

OR. 

26. Hie dat OR. Usec arbor : cor, adorque, hoc mar- 

mor, et cequor. 

Nouns in OR are Masculine : as, color, a colour ; honor, honour. 
Arbor, a tree, is Feminine. Cor, the heart ; ad or, wheat ; mar* 
mor, marble ; and aequor, the sea, are Neuter. 

2J. Hoc dat UR. Hic furfur capiet, cum vulture turtur. 

Nouns in UR are Neuter : as, murmur, a noise ; guttur, the 

throat ; fulgur, lightning. 
Furfur, bran ; vultur, a vulture ; and turtur, a turtle-dove, are 

Masculine. 

AS. 
28. AS petit h^c. Neutrum est vas vasts, queisque 
Pelasgi 
Daiit atis iu patrio : quibus antis, mascula sunto ; 
Adjicito quotquot format tibi flexio prima. 

Nouns in AS are Feminine : as, cetas, an age ; pittas, piety. 

Vas, vasis, a vessel, and Greek nouns having atis in the Geni- 
tive, are Neuter: as, artocreas, artocreatis, a pie. Greek 
Nouns having antis in the Gen. are Masc. : as, adamas, -an- 
tis, an adamant; gigas, -antis, a giant ; also Nouns in as of 
the First Declension : as, tiaras, a turban. 

ES. 

29. Hmc dabit ES. Capient ales hic H^Ecve, palumbes, 
Atque dies ; sed ma? proles: mas poples et ames, 



136 



RUDIMENTS. 



FomeSy pes, paries, palmes cum limite stipes, 
Queis addes frames, termes, cum gurgite cespes ; 
Et quae fonte fluunt Graio : sed neutra capessunt 
Hippo?nanes, panaces, nepenthes, sic cacoethes. 

Nouns in ES are Feminine : as, rupes, a rock ; res, a thing. 

Ales, a bird ; palumbes, a ring-dove ; and dies, a day, are Masc 
or Feminine. The following Nouns are Masculine : meridies, 
the mid-day ; poples, the ham of the leg ; ames, a fowler's 
staff; forties, fuel ; pes, the foot ; paries, a wall; palmes, a 
vine-branch ; limes, a limit ; stipes, the stock of a tree ; 
frames, a path ; termes, an olive-bough ; gurges, a whirl- 
pool ; cespes, a turf; also all Greek Nouns, either of the 
First or Third Declension : as, cometes, a comet ; acinaces, a 
Persian sword. The following Greek Nouns are Neuter, 
hippomanes, a kind of poison ; panaces, all-heal ; nepenthes, 
kill-grief; cacoethes, a bad custom. 

Note, — Dies is always Masculine in the Plural. 

IS. 

30. IS dabo femineis. Sunt mascula piscis et axis, 
GMs, callis, vermis, vectis, mensis, cucumisque, 
Mugilis et postis, cum sanguine, fascis, et or bis, 
Fustis item, collis, caulisqae, etfollis, et ensis, 
Serpen temque notans cenchris, cum vomer e torris 
In NIS finitum Latium, lapis, unguis, aqualis. 

Nouns in IS are Feminine : as, classis, a fleet ; turris, a tower. 

The following are Masculine : piscis, a fish ; axis, an axle-tree ; 
glis, a rat ; callis , a beaten path ; vermis, a worm ; vectis, a 
lever ; mensis, a month ; cucumis, a cucumber ; mugilis, a 
mullet-fish ; postis, a post ; sanguis, blood ; fascis, a bundle ; 
orbis, a circle, the world ; fustis, a staff; collis, a hill ; caulis, 
the stalk of an herb ; follis, a pair of bellows ; ensis, a sword ; 
cenchris, Gen. cenchris, a serpent ; vomis, a ploughshare ; 
torris, a firebrand ; lapis, a stone ; unguis, a nail ; aqualis, a 
water-pot; also Nouns of Latin origin in NIS: as, panis, 
bread. But Greek Nouns in nis are Feminine, according to 
the general rule ; as, tyrannis, tyranny. 

Note. — Cenchris, -idis, a kind of hawk, is Feminine. 

31. Hie aut HjEC finis, clunis, cum torque canalis, 

Dant, scrobis, ac anguis: cordis muliebre prseoptat: 
Masculeo potius gaudent pulvis, cinis, amnis. 

Finis, the end ; clunis, a buttock ; torquis, a chain ; canalis, 
a water-pipe ; scrobis, a ditch ; anguis, a serpent, are Masc. 
or Fern., but more frequently Masculine. Corbis, a twig- 
basket, is usually Feminine. Pulvis, dust ; cinis, ashes ; 



APPENDIX. 137 

amnis, a river, are more commonly Masc. sometimes also 
Feminine. 
Note. — Fines, when it signifies the borders or territories of a 
country, is always Masculine. 

OS. 

32. OS maribus detur. Sunt neutra chaos, melos, os, os : 
Postulat HiEC arbos, cos, dos, et origine Graeca 
Orta eos, arctos, perimetros cum diametro. 

Nouns in OS are Masculine ; as,Jlos, a flower ; ros, dew. 

Chaos, a confused mass; melos, a song; os, oris, the mouth; 
os, ossis, a bone, are Neuter. Arbos, a tree ; cos, a whet- 
stone ; dos, a dowry, are Feminine ; also the following Nouns 
of Greek origin ; eos, the morning ; arctos, the constellation 
of the Bear ; perimetros, the circumference ; and diametros, 
the diameter of a circle. 

US of the Second and Fourth Declension. 

33. Nomen in US mas est, seu quartae sive secundae. 

Nouns in US of the Second and Fourth Declensions are Mascu- 
line : as, annus, a year ; vultus, the countenance. 

34. Hjec domus et vannus, pro fructujicus, et alvus, 
Sic humus ztque manu&> poscunt: acus addito quartae, 
Porticus atque tribus. Capit hoc virus, pelaguscpic. 

The following Nouns of the Second Declension are Feminine : 
vannus, a sieve ; alvus, the belly ; humus, the ground : also 
manus, the hand ; acus, a needle ; porticus, a gallery ; tribus, 
a tribe, which are of the Fourth. Likewise domus, a house, 
which is partly of the Second, and partly of the Fourth ; and 
jicus, a fig, which is declined according to both. Virus, poi- 
son ; and pelagus, the sea, of the Second, are Neuter. 

35. Nomen in OS Graecum, quod in US mutare Latin i 
Saepe solent, normam sequitur plerumque virilem : 
Femineum sed multa petunt : ut, abyssus, eremus, 
Antidotusque, pharus, dialectus, carbasus : adde 
Ex odos et phlhongos genitum, quaeque a generali 
Voce genus plantae et gemmae capiunt muliebre. 

Greek Nouns in OS which the Latins change into US, are ge- 
nerally Masculine : as, cyathus, a cup ; gyrus, a circle. 
Many, however, are Feminine : as, abyssus, a bottomless pit ; 
eremus, a desert; antidotus, an antidote; pharus, a watch, 
tower ; dialectus, a dialect ; carbasus, a sail ; the Compounds 
of odos and phthongos : as, periodus, a period ; diphthongus, a 
diphthong ; also some names of plants and gems following the 
Gender of the general words planta and gemma : as, papyrus, 
an Egyptian plant ; amethystus, the amethyst. 



138 RUDIMENTS. 

US of the Third Declension. 

36. Postulat US neutrum, quoties id tertia flectit. 

Nouns in US of the Third Declension are Neuter : as, pectus, 
the breast ; littus, a shore ; nemus, a grove. 

37. Femineum voluere palus, subscusque, salusque, 
Quaeque sen ex, juvenis, cum servio, nomina formant, 
Et virtus, incus. At mascula sunt lepus et mus, 
Et pus corapositum : petit at muliebre lagopus. 

The following Nouns are Feminine : pal us, a fen ; subscus, a 
dovetail ; salus, health, safety ; senectus, old age ; juventus f 
youth ; and servitus, slavery (from senex, juvenis and servio) ; 
virtus, virtue ; incus., an anvil. Lepus, a hare ; mus, a 
mouse ; and the Compounds of pus • as, tripus, a tripod, are 
Masculine. Lagopus, hare's foot, is Feminine. 

US doubtful. 

38. Hie aut hjec donant balanus, specus, atque phaselus, 
Barbitus, atque penus, grossus : sedgrus,atomusque 
Femineum potius cupiunt ; colus adde, viriJe 
Quod rard invenies : muliebre at contra camelus 
Est ubi nonnunquam videas. Vult hic dare vulgus, 
Sed magis hoc. Teniae specuset penus addito lieu? 

tris. 

The following Nouns in US are sometimes Masculine, and some, 
times Feminine ; balanus, the fruit of the palm-tree ; specus, 
-us, a den : phaselus, a yacht ; barbitus, a harp ; penus, -i, 
or -us, all kinds of provisions ; grossus, a green fig. Grus, a 
crane ; and atomus, an atom ; are generally Feminine, seldom 
Masculine. Colus. a distaff, is seldom Masculine. Camelus. 
a camel, is sometimes Feminine ; but more commonly Mas* 
culine. Vulgus, the rabble^ is sometimes Masculine, but 
more often Neuter. Specus and penus, of the Third Declen- 
sion, are Neuter. 

YS. ' 

39. Nomen in YS Graecum est, genus et sibi femineum 

vult. 

Greek Nouns in YS are Feminine : as, chelys, a harp ; chlamys, 
a soldier's cloak. 

S preceded by a diphthong. 

10. Ms neutrale petit : lau$,f rates, muliebria sunto. 

Ms, brass, or money, is Neuter: laus, praise ; andfraus, fraud, 
are Feminine. 



APPENDIX. 139 

S preceded by a consonant, 

41. S dato femineis, si consona ponitur ante. 

Mascula scd pons,fons, mons, seps, dum denotat an- 

guem ; 
Et queis P praeit S polysyllaba,/0ra/?g dempto, 
Denscpie, chalybs, cum gryphe, rudens, quod rarius 

HiEC vult. 
Hie aut HiEC serpens dat, scrobs, stirps truncus, 

adepsqne. 
Dans animans genus omne, tamen muliebre praeoptat. 
Nouns in S preceded by a consonant are Feminine : as, mors, 

death ; pars, a part ; trabs, a beam. 
The following are Masculine : pons, a bridge ; fon's, a fountain ; 
mons, a mountain ; seps, a kind of serpent ; nouns of mors 
than one syllable in PS : as, hydrops, a dropsy ; (except for- 
ceps, a pair of tongs, f.) ; dens, a tooth ; chalybs, steel ; gryps, 
a griffon ; and rudens, a cable, which last is sometimes Femi- 
nine. Serpens, a serpent ; scrobs, a ditch ; stirps, the trunk 
of a tree ; and adeps, fatness, are Masculine or Feminine. 
Animans, an animal, is of all Genders, but most commonly or 
the Feminine. 
Note, — Seps, a hedge, and stirps, offspring, kindred, are Femi- 
nine only. 

X. 

42. Hjec petit X. Ax, ex maribus polysyllaba junge : 
Die tamen H2EC fornax, smilax, car ex, velut halex, 
Et cum prole panax, et for/ex atque supellex. 

Nouns in X are Feminine : as, pax, peace ; vox, a voice. 

Polysyllables in AX and EX are Masculine : as, thorax, the 
breast ; frutex, a shrub. Of these, however, the following 
are Feminine : fornax, a furnace ; smilax, bindweed ; carex, 
a sedge ; halex, a herring ; panax, all-heal ; op o panax, the 
juice of the herb all-heal ; forfex, a pair of scissors ; supcl- 
lex, furniture. 

43. Mascula sunto caliz, phoenix, pro vermeque bombyx, 
Et coccyx, fornix, et onyx vas, aut lapis unde 

Vas fit; oryx, tradux, grex his adjunge casque. 
Femineo interdum data tradux cum grege cernes. 

The following Nouns in X are Masculine : calix, a cup ; phoe- 
nix, a bird called a phenix ; bombyx. a silk-worm; coccyx, a 
cuckoo ; fornix, a vault ; onyx, alabaster, or an alabaster 
box ; oryx, a wild goat ; tradux, a graft of a vine , grex, a 
flock ; calyx, the bud of a flower. Tradux and grex are 
sometimes Feminine. 

Note, — Bombyx, when it signifies a silk garment ; and onyx, a 
gem, are Feminine. 



140 RUDIMENTS. 

44. Haec modd femineis, maribus modd juncta videbis ; 
Calx pro parte pedis metave laboris, et hystrix, 
Imbrex; sardonychem j u ngas, rumicem, silicemque : 
Hie mage vult cortex, et obex, cum pumice varix ; 
JLec potius lymax, lynx, et cum sandice perdix : 
Atriplici neutrum melius dabo quam muliebre. 

The following Nouns are sometimes Masculine and sometimes 
Feminine : calx, the heel, or the end of any thing, the goal ; 
hystrix, a porcupine ; imbrex, a gutter-tile ; sardonyx, a pre- 
cious stone ; rumex, the herb sorrel ; silex, a flint ; and also 
cortex, the bark of a tree ; obex, a bar ; pumex, a pumice- 
stone ; varix, a swollen vein, which are seldom Feminine. 
Limax, a snail ; lynx, an ounce ; sandix, a sort of purple ; 
perdix, a partridge ; are more commonly Feminine. AtrU 
plex, the herb orach, is generally Neuter. 

Note. — Calx, when it signifies limestone, is always Feminine. 

I, M, A, and E Plural. 

45. I maribus plurale dabis : muliebre sed M vult : 
Ast A, et E Grsecum, cupiunt neutralibus addi. 

Plural Nouns in I are Masculine : as, Hberi, children ; those in 
M are Feminine : as, cuncs, a cradle ; those in A are Neuter : 
as, arma, arms. 

Plural Nouns in E from the Greek are also Neuter : as, mele, 
songs ; cete y whales. See page 97. 

Defective Nouns. 

46. In reliquis primo numero primive carentum 
Recto, animo, qualem vocum natura reposcat, 
Concipito talem : sic a prece prex tibi forma. 

Hie dat casse tamen, dat et impete ; verbere vult 

hoc; 
Hie veprem, pecudis c,2crAt nmc ; hje postulat Idus. 

In Nouns of other Terminations which are defective in the No- 
minative, or in the whole of the Singular, the Gender is regu- 
lated by the termination of the Nominative from which they 
are supposed to have come : Thus preci (Dat.), a prayer, is 
Feminine, because it comes from the old Nominative prex, 
which is Feminine, by Rule 42. Feminis, (Gen.) the thigh, 
is Neuter, because the supposed Nominative fern en is Neuter, 
by Rule 23. 

The following are Exceptions : casse, a net ; impetis, force, and 
vepres, & brier, Masculine : verberis, a scourge, Neuter : pe~ 
cudis, a beast, and Idus, the Ides of a month, Feminine, See 
Defective Nonns, pages 97 and 98. 



APPENDIX. 141 

EXERCISES ON THE RULES FOR THE GENDER 
OF NOUNS. 

Rule 1. Jupiter, Mars, Homerus, Virgilius, Tros, pater, 
consul, flamen, aedilis, optio, fur, equus. 2. Juno, Diana, 
Troas, Helena, Venus, Siren, mater, uxor, anus, nurus, socrus, 
equa. 3. Conjux, parens, &c. 4. Passer, aquila, liberi, homo, 
elephantus, hirundo, vulpes, salmo, balaena. 

5. Januarius, Aprilis, September — Aquilo, Eurus, Notus, 
Iapyx. 6. Tiberis, Rhodanus, Tagus, Eurotas, Euphrates, 
Ganges, Tigris — Othrys, Olympus — Allia, Matrona, Lethe, 
JEtna, Styx, Soracte, Alpes. 8. Italia, Britannia, iEgYptus, 
Samos, Roma, Carthago, Lacedaemon, Persis, Pylos., — Tuder, 
Argos, Gadir — Marathon, Pharsalus, Abydos — Pessinus, Hy- 
drus, Opus, Pontus, Sason, Canopus, Tunes, Tecmon, — Anxur 
— SulmOy Acragas, Londinum, Zeugma, Reate, Prxneste, 
Cirre \ Albion, I lion, Tibur, Veil, Athena, Gades, Susa, Hie- 
rosolyma. 

7. As, sextans, semis, quincunx, bes — uncia. 9. Quercus, 
abies, pinus, taxus, pirus, fraxinus — oleaster, rhamnus — cytisus, 
rubus — larix, lotus, cupressus — buxum, ligustrum, suber, siler, 
robur, acer — sentis. 10. Argo, Centaurus, Chimaera, Tigris, 
Spes, Victoria, iEneis, Ilias. 11. Gummi, fas, nefas, pondo, 
miile, caepe. 

16. Ala, litera, turba, mensa, hedera, invidia, rana — Hadria, 
cometa, planeta — talpa, dama — Pascha. 17. Dogma, poema, 
diadema, epigramma, stemma. 18. Epitome, rhetorice, gram- 
matice — ancile, cubile, mare, ovile, praesepe. 19. Sinapi, gummi 
— cornu, genu, tonitru — moly, misy. 

20. Sermo, bufo, carbo, pulmo, mucro — halo, caro, echo — 
oratio, opinio, rebellio, communio, legio, seditio — scipio, scorpio, 
papilio, pugio, unio, ternio, quaternio, senio. 21. Arundo, 
imago, grando, caligo, testudo, origo — cudo, harpago, ordo, udo, 
tendo, ligo — margo — cupido — cardo, arrhabo. 

22. Animal, puteal, vectigal — lac, halec — caput, sinciput, oc- 
ciput— bellum, regnum, donum, praelium, armentum — sol, mu- 
gil — sal. 23. Canon, delphm, ren, paean, pecten — flumen, agmen, 
carmen, cognomen, cacumen — symbolon, symposion, barbiton — 
gluten, inguen, unguen, pollen — sindon, a'edon, alcyon, icon. 

24. Calcar, nectar, jubar, far, lacunar— salar. 25. Liber, 
imber, aer, ager, career, anser, agger, culter — papaver, cicer, 
piper — tuber (a swelling), uber, spinther, ver, cadaver, iter — 
linter. 26. Dolor, color, honor, timor, sopor — arbor — cor, ador, 
marmor, cequor. 27. Guttur, murmur, robur, sulphur — furfur, 
vultur, turtur. 

28. JEtas, pietas, voluptas, lam pas, anas — vas (a vessel) — 
artocreas, erysipelas — adamas, elephas — tiaras, pareas. 29. 
jEdes, fames, sedes, res, facies, soboles, proles, spes, vulpes, 
merces. quies, seges — ales* valumbes, dies — meridies — poples, 

G 



142 RUDIMENTS. 

ames, fomes, pes, paries, palmes, limes, stipes, trames, termes, 
gurges, cespes — cometes, achates, lebes, magnes, acinaces — hip- 
pomanes, panaces, nepenthes, caeoethes. 

30. Avis, vallis, ovis,classis, naris, lis, pestis, apis, pellis, cen- 
chris (a kind of hawk) — piscis, axis, glis, callis, vermis, vectis, 
mensis, cucumis, mugilis, postis, sanguis, fascis, orbis, fustis, 
collis, caulis, follis, ensis, cenchris (a kind of serpent), vomis, 
torris, lapis, unguis, aqualis — panis, crinis, ignis, funis, — ty- 
rannis, coronis. 31. Finis, clunis, torquis, canalis, scrobis, 
anguis — corbis — pulvis, cinis, amnis. 

32. Flos, ros, honos, mos — chaos, melos, os (a bone), os 
(the mouth) — arbos, cos, dos, eos, arctos, perimetros, diametros, 
33. Annus,, oculus, ventus, terminus, vultus, gradus, currus, 
impetus. 34. Domus, vannus, ficus, alvus, humus, manus, 
acus (a needle), portions, tribus — virus, pelagus. 35. Cyathus, 
gyrus, dialogus, bolus — abyssus, eremus, antidotus, pharus, 
dialectus, carbasus — periodus, methodus, synodus, diphthongus, 
— amethystus, chrysolithus, crystallus, sapphirus, &c. — papy- 
rus, nardus, byssus, hyssopus, costus, crocus, &c. 

36. Corpus, onus, littus, nemus, pignus, thus. 37. Palus, 
suvscus, salus, senectus, juventus, servitus, virtus, incus — 
lepus, mus — tripus — lagopus. 3§. Balanus, specus (4th decl.), 
phaselus, barbitus, penus (2d and 4th), grossus — grus, atomus 
— colus — camelus — vulgus. 39. Chlamys, chelys. 40. Ms — 
laus, fraus. 

41. Mors, pars, gens, juglans, hyems, mens, trabs, stirps (an 
offspring), seps (a hedge) — pons, fons, mons, seps (a kind of 
serpent), dens, chalybs, gryps — rudens — hydrops, merops, epops 
—forceps — serpens, scrobs, stirps (the stock of a tree), adeps — 
animans. 

42. Pax, lex, vox, calx (limestone), falx, arx, onyx (a gem), 
cervix, comix, radix, bombyx (a silk garment) — thorax, corax, 
murex, vertex, vortex, frutex— fornax, smilax, carex, halex, 
panax, opopanax, forfex, supellex. 43. Calix, phamix, bom- 
byx (a silkworm), coccyx, fornix, onyx (alabaster, or an ala- 
baster-box), oryx, tradux, grex, calyx — tradux, grex. 44. 
Calx (the heel, a goal), hystrix, imbrex, sardonyx, rumex, silex, 
— cortex, obex, pumex, varix — Umax, lynx, sandyx, perdix — 
atriplex. 

45. Liberi, fasti, posteri — divitise, cunae, induciae, nuptise, 
tenebrae — arma, castra, comitia, mcenia, rostra — mele, cete, 
Tempe. 46. Spontis, preci, grates, ditionis, vicis, necis — casse, 
impete, veprem — verbere—pecudis, Idus. 



APPENDIX. 143 

II. RULES FOR THE QUANTITY OF SYLLABLES. 

That part of Grammar which treats of the quantity of 
Syllables, and the Construction of Verse, is called Pro- 
sody. 

By the Quantity of a Syllable is meant, the time occu- 
pied in pronouncing it. 

Syllables are either long or short. A long syllable occupies, in 
pronouncing, double the time which is assigned to a short syllable. 
Long syllables are marked thus, " : as, Dido ; short syllables are 
marked thus, v : as, pater. 

I. GENERAL RULES. 

• 1. Vocalem breviant alia subeunte Latini. 

A vowel before another vowel or a diphthong, in words of Latin 
origin, is short : as, deus,puer, dece ; or before h and a vowel : 
as, traho, mild, nihil; because h, in verse, is considered 
merely as a breathing. 

- 2. Ki capit r,fio produc: et nomina quintae 
E servant longum, si praesit i, ceu specieu 
Anceps ius erit patrio : sed protrahe alius, 
Alterlus brevia tantum : commune sit ohe. 
Pompei Cat produc, conformia jungens. 
Diana??i varia : longa aer> dius et ekeu, 
Et patrius primae cum sese solvit in au 

Exc. The i is long mflo when not followed by r ; &s,flebam ; 
in the other Tenses it is short : as, fierem. The e in the 
penult of the Gen. and Dat. of Nouns of the -Fifth Declen- 
sion, when preceded by i, is long : as, speciti* Genitives in 
ius have the i long in prose, but commont in verse : as, 
unius : but alius is always long, and alterius is always short. 
Proper names in e'ius y and a'ius ; as, Pompeius, Cains, with 
Vocatives of the same kind, are long ; also the old form of 
the Genitive of the First Declension : as, terrai ; likewise 
tier, dius, and eheu.. 

Ohe, Diana and Io (a Proper Name) have the first syllable com- 
mon ; but io (the interjection) follows the general ruk. 

3. Hie Grseci variant, nee certa lege tenentur. 

The Quantity of a Vowel before another vowel or a diphthong, 

* All Nouns of the Fifth Declension have the e long in the penult 
of the Genitive Singular, except Jides and res, in which it is common, 
and spes, in which it is always short 

t The quantity of a syllable is said to be common, or doubtful. 
when it is found sometimes long, and sometimes short. 



144 RUDIMENTS. 

in words derived from the Greek, cannot be reduced to any 
precise Rule. It is short in some words : as, Danae, idga ; 
and long in others : as, Lycaoii, Cytherea. 

4. Si postponatur vocal i consona bina, 

Aut duplex, longa est positu : sin utraque vocem 
Incipiat, raro praeeunti est ultima longa. 

A Vowel before two Consonants, either in the same, or in con- 
secutive words, or before a double Consonant, is long : as, 
bclluniy discorSj axis ; and in this case the vowel is said to 
be long by Position. The Double Consonants are X> Z, and 
«/, except in Compound words : as, Ujugus, quadrijugus. 

The Latin poets after the time of Lucretius, seldom, if ever, al- 
lowed a vowel in the end of a word to remain short, when 
followed by a word beginning with sc y sp 9 sq, st, though from 
the few examples which occur, they appear to have carefully 
avoided such a collocation. The quantity of a vowel in the 
end of a word is not affected by any other combination of con- 
sonants, or by a double consonant in the beginning of the 
following word. 

5. Si mutae liquida est subjuncta in syllaba eadem, 
Quae brevis antevenit vocalis, redditur anceps. 
Hanc tamen in prosa semper breviare memento. 
Sunt I, r, liquidae, queis raro jungimus m, n. 

A Vowel naturally short, when followed by a Mute* and eithei 
of the Liquids, /, r, in the same syllable, is common in verse, 
but always short in prose : as, agris, pharetra, volucris. In 
a few words taken immediately from the Greek, a vowel is 
allowed to remain short before a Mute, and either of the two 
other Liquids, m, n : as, cycnus, Procne. 

If the Liquid stand before the Mute, or belong to a different 
syllable, the preceding vowel is necessarily long : as, arte, 
ab-luo, ob-ruOy quamob-rem. 

A Vowel naturally long is never made short before a Mute and 
a Liquid : as, matris, salubris, from mater, saluber. 

6. Vocalem efficiet semper Contractio longam. 

Contracted Syllables are long : as, cogo, for coago ; alius, for 
aliius ; m, for si vis ; tiblcen, for tibiicen, or tibiacen. 

7. Diphthongum produc in Grsecis atque Latinis : 
In Grascis semper: at vrje composta sequente 
Vocali brevia : veluti praeit atque praeustus. 



* There are ten Mutes : b, c, d, f, j, k, p, q, t, v ; and four Li- 
quids : 1, r, m, n, of which the first two only come within the limits 
of this rule, exceDt in Greek words. 



APPENDIX. 145 

Diphthongs are long in Latin and Greek words : as, Ccesar. au* 

rum,foenus ; Euboea, JEneas, Harpyia. 
Exc. The Preposition prce, when prefixed to a word beginning 

with a Vowel, is short : as, praeeo, praeustus. 

II. SPECIAL RULES. 

First and Middle Syllables. 

8. Derivata tenent mensuram primigenorum : 
Orta tamen brevibus, susplcio, rcgula, sedes, 
Secius, humaniiSy penuria, mobilis, humor, 

J Tnnentum, forties , primam producere gaudent. 
Corripiunt sed arista, vddum, sopor atque lucerna, 
Dux<\\\z ducis, stab ilisque, fides, d it toque, qua" stilus, 
Nata licet longis ; quae pluraque suggeret usus. 

Derivative words usually retain the quantity of the words from 
which they are formed : as, amicus, pavidus, from amo, pa- 
veo ; mdternus, ndtivus, from mater, ndtus ; legam, legeram, 
from lego, legi ; virgineus, sanguineus, from virginis and 
sanguinis, 

Exc. 1. The following Derivatives are long, although the corre 
sponding syllables in their Primitives are short : susplcio 
from suspicor, regula from rcgo i sedes from sedeo, secius from 
secus, humanus from homo, penuria from penus, mobilis from 
moveo, humor from humus, jumentum from juvo, fomes from 
foveo. 

Exc. 2. The following are short, from Primitives which have 
the corresponding syllables long : arista from dreo, vadum 
from vddo, sopor from sopio, lucerna from luceo, ducis from 
dtico^ stabilis from stdtum, fides from fido, dttio from ditis, 
quasillus from qudlus. 

Note 1. — Mobilis, jumentum, and fomes are necessarily long, being 
derived from the Supines, motum, jutum, and fotum ; these Supines 
being probably lengthened by contraction. 

Note 2. The following Derivative words, which are of frequent 
occurrence, also differ in quantity from their Primitives : jugerum 
from jugum, laterna from lateo, mdcero from macer, molestus from 
moles, nota and noto from ndtus, perfidus from fidus, tegula from 
ttgo, voco from vox, vocis. 

9. Simplicium servant legem composta suorum, 
Quamvis diphthongus vel vocalis varietur. 

At breviant nihilum, cum pejero, dejero, nee non 
Veridicus, sociis junctis, et semisopitus. 
Cogmtus his addes, velut agnitus, innubus* atque 
Vronubus : at longis ambitus mobile junges, 
Imbecillus item: sed connubium variabis. 



J 46 RUDIMENTS. 

Compounds usually retain the quantity of the Simple words of 
which they are composed: as, per lego, invidco, from lego, vi- 
deo ; pcrlegi, invidi, from legi, vidi ; improbus, perjUrus, 
from probus, juris. 

The quantity of the simple word is not altered by the change of 
a vowel or diphthong in the Compound : as^ conctdo, irritus, 
from eudo, rat us ; concido, iniquus, from ccedo, cequus, 

Exc, The following Compounds differ in quantity from the 
Simple words : nihilum from ne and Ifilum, pejero and dejtro 
from juro, rcridtcus and other Adjectives in diciis from d'ico, 
semisflpitus from sopitus, cogmtus and agmtus from notus, innu~ 
bus and pronubus from nubo, imbccillus from bacillus, ambitus 
from itum, Connubium from nubo has the second syllable 
common. 

10. Quam disjuncta dabat mensuram praepositura, 
Juncta tenet : subiens illam nisi litera mutet. 

Prepositions, when compounded with other words, retain their 
original quantity : as, amitto, dtduco ; aboleo, perimo, because 
a and de are long, and ab and per short. Trans frequently 
drops the last two letters in composition, but retains its pro- 
per quantity : as, traduco, for transduco. 

Prepositions ending in a Vowel become short, when prefixed to 
words which begin with a vowel : as, deosculor, prohibeo. Ob 
sometimes drops the b before a Consonant, in which case the 
o remains short : as, timitto, for obmitfo. The Prepositions 
which end in a Consonant become long by Position, when 
placed before another Consonant : as, ddmiito. 

11. Est PRO breve in Grfecis, PRO longum rite Latinis. 
At rape qvae fundus, fugio, neptisque, neposque, 
^tfestum,fari,fateor,fanu7nq\\e crearunt. 

Hisce prqfecto addes, pariterque procella, protervus, 
A tque propago genus; propago protralie vitis. 
Propino varia, verbum propago, prof undo : 
Cum pello, euro genitis, Proserpina junge. 

The Preposition pro is short in Greek words : as, Prometheus, 
prologus, propheta ;* it is generally long in Latin words : as, 
prodo, promitto, proveho. 

Exc. 1. In the following Latin words pro is short; profundus, 
prbfugio, profugus, proneptis, pronepos, prof est us, prbfari, 
prbfteor, prbfanus, profano, prbfecto, proficiscor, prbfectus, 
procella, protervus, and propago when it signifies a race of 
lineage; but when it signifies a vine-stock, the first syllable 
is long. 

* Pro, in words transferred from the Greek, represents the Greek 
Preposition <r^, in which the vowel is short. 



APPENDIX* 147 

Etc. 2. In the following words pro is common : propino, pro- 
pago (a Verb), pro/undo, propcllo, propulso, procuro, and Pro- 
serpina, though not a Compound. 

Note, — The rule here given for the quantity of pro in prof undo, 
propcllo, and procuro, is not supported by sufficient authority : in the 
first, pro is always found short in the best writers ; and in the other 
two, it is always long. The first syllable of propago is common both 
in the noun and verb. The distinction mentioned above is not ob- 
served by the best writers. 

12. SE produc et DI, praeter dirimo, atque disertus. 
Est RE breve : at viduum personis protrahe refert. 

The Inseparable Prepositions se and di are long in Compound 
words : as, scparo, divello : except in dirimo and disertus. 

Re is short : as, remitto ; also in verbs beginning with a vowel, 
where d is inserted f )r the sake of euphony : as, redamo. Re 
in the Impersonal Verb refert, is long ; but is here to be con- 
sidered not as the inseparable Preposition, but as the dative 
or ablative of res. 

Re, though naturally short, is made long in the following Com- 
pound words : recido, rtduco, religio, rtligiosus, reliquice, 
rtlatum, remotum ; it is always long in the three Preterites, 
reperit, repulit, and retulit. 

The prefix ve, signifying small, is long in composition, and ne 
(negative) and si, winch are long as monosyllables, are 
short : as, vesanus, nefas, slquidem. 

J 3. Pars si componens fini prior i vel donat, 

Sit breve : vaticinor monstraverit ArctdphyZaxque. 

I and in the end of the first component part of a word are 
generally short : as, omnipotens } hodie. The exceptions are 
contained in the following rule : 

14. / quibus est flexu mutabile, jungito longis, 
Quaeque queunt sensu salvo divellier, addens 
De quibus aut Crasis aliquid vel Syncopa tollit. 
Idem masculeum produc, et ubique, et ibidem ; 
Huic dein agglomerans turbae composta diet. 
His intra, retro, controque, et quando creata 
(Quaadjquidem excepto,) bene junxeris, atque alioquin. 
Quaeque per magnum scribuntur nomina Graiis. 

The following words have i and long in the end of the first 
component part : 

1. Those in which i is the Termination of a case : as, quldam, 
tant'idem, reipublicae, qualicunque. 

2. Those in which the component parts may be separated with- 
out injuring the sense: as, lud'imagister, lucrifacio, siquis 5 
which are also written, ludi magister, lucri facio, si quiz. 



148 RUDIMENTS. 

3. Those in which a syllable has been dropped by Oasis or 
Syncope : as, tiblcen for tibiacen, blgce for bijugce, scilicet foi 
scirclicet. 

4. Idem has i long in the Nom. and Voc. Singular Masc, but 
short in the Neuter. / is long in ublque and ibidem, but 
short in ubivis, and doubtful in ubicunque. 

5. The compounds of dies ; as, blduum, merldies. But quotidie 
and quotidianus have the second syllable sometimes short. 

6. Latin words compounded with intro, retro, contro and 
quando ; as, introduco, retroduco, controversia, quandoque-; 
likewise alioquin, cceteroquin, utrobique. 

7. Words transplanted from the Greek in which c represents u : 
as, geometra, Minotaurus, lagopus. 

Note. — The two preceding rules would have been more simple had 
the principle stated in Rule 9 been kept in view, that words when 
joined in composition retain their natural quantity, unless they are 
modified by contraction or otherwise. Thus the i in quldam, tantl- 
dem, ludlmagister, slquis, S[C is long, because it is long in qui, tanti, 
ludi, si, Qc. In blduum, Idem, scilicet, the first syllable is long by 
contraction. The same principle applies to some words which have o 
long in the end of the first component part : as, alioquin, cceteroquin, 
utrobique, because it is long in alio, ccetero and utro. So likewise in 
quare, quapropter, Qc, the a is long because it is long in qua. In om- 
nipotens, semruir, Qc, the s of omnis and semis is dropped before the 
consonants, and the i consequently remains short. 

The following facts concerning the Compounds offacio are taken 
from Professor Ramsay's excellent work on Latin Prosody : In cale- 
jfacio, calefacto, labefacio, labefacto, madefac'io, pavefacio, rubcfacio, 
stupefacio, tremefacio, tumefacio, the e is uniformly short. Patefacio 
has the second syllable generally short ; it is lengthened by Lucretius 
in two passages, of .which the one is a disputed reading. Tepefacio y 
with one exception, has the e always short ; in liquefacio it is gene- 
rally short. Putrefacio, which is an unusual word, appears to have the 
e common. Expergefacta and confervefacit, are found with the e long, 
but not in poets of the Augustan age. 

Perfects and Supines of Verbs. 

15. Praeterita assumunt primam dissyllaba longam. 
Tolle blbit, scidit, etfidit, ac tulit, ortaque do, sto. 

Preterites of two syllables and the Tenses formed from them, 
have the first syllable long : as, vlni, mdi, vlci, tot ; veue- 
ram, <Jc. 

Exc. Btbi, scidi from scindo, fidi from findo, tuli, dedi, and 
steti, or sttti, have the first syllable short. 

16. Praeteritum geminans primam, breviabit utraraque, 
Ut pario peperi ; vetet id nisi consona bina. 

At quod credo creat tardat, ceu pedo secundana. 



APPENDIX. 149 

Preterites which double the first syllable have the first two sylla- 
bles short : as, peperi, tetigi, cecidi ; except cecidi from 
ca*do, pepedi, and those in which the middle syllable is made 
long by Position : as, fefelli. 

1 7« Cuncta Supina tenent primam dissyllaba longam : 
Praeter nata sero, cieo, lino, cum sino, sisto, 
Quae breviant ; eo, ofoque, ruo, queo junge, reorque. 

Supines of two syllables, and the parts of the Verb formed from 
them, have the first syllable long : as, visum, cdsum, mdtum ; 
visit S, <J"f. 

Etc. Saturn from sero, citum* from cieo (See page 112, Note 15), 
Htum from lino, situm from sino, statum from sisto, itum from 
eo, datum from do, rutum in the compounds of ruo, quitum 
from queo, ratum from reor, have the first syllable short. 

13. Caetera praesentis mensuram verba reservant. 
Excipe sed posui, positum, g&nui, genitumque, 
Et pdtui; quae dant quoque solvo et volvo supina, 

All Preterites and Supines, except those included in the preced- 
ing Rules, retain, in the first syllable, the quantity of the first 
syllable of the Present : as, voco, vocavi, vocatum ; cldmo, 
cldmavi, cldmatum ; moneo, monui, monitum. 

Exc. Pijsui, positum, from pono ; genui, genitum, from giyno : 
solntum, and volutum, from solvo, and volvo, have the first 
syllable short, though the corresponding syllable in the Pre- 
sent is long. 

19. Prae turn vocalem polysyllaba cuncta supina 
Producunt, a turn, qui bus etum finis, et utum : 
Ivi praeterito veniens sociabis et Itum. 
Caetera corripies in itum quaecunque residunt. 

Supines of more than two syllables in dtum, etum, and utum, 
have the penult long : as, amdtum, deletum, minutum. So 
also Supines in itum from Preterites in Ivi : as cupivi, cupi- 
tum, (except eo and its compounds, See page 59) ; but all 
other Supines in Hum have the penult short: as, monui, 
monitum ; abolevi, abolitum. Recenseo, has recensltum. 

20. In rus Participi semper penultima longa est. 
Participles in rus have the penult always long : as, amaturus. 



* The Compounds which are found in the Perfect Participle with 
the penult short are concitus, excitus, incitus, and percitus ; concitus 
is also supported by authority, and excitus and excitus are used indif- 
ferently. These appear to be the only Compounds which are found in 
the poets. 

G 2 



150 RUDIMENTS. 



INCREASE OR CREMENT OF NOUNS. 

Nouns are said to increase when they have more sylla- 
bles in the oblique cases than in the Nominative : as, 
sermo, sermonis ; car do, cardinis. 

21. Vocalis numero coeat nisi bina pridre, 
Casibus obliquis non crescunt nomina primae, 
Nee qua* quarta dedit, dedit aut inflexio quinta. 

22. Quae sequitur primara tantum producit Iberi. 

23. Semper A curtat atls ternae : sit dogmatis index. 

24. O breviabit inis : sed pomgit enis et onis. 
Mensuram variant at in his gentilia quasdam. 

25. I breve mittit itis. Sed ab EC producitur ecis, 

26. In D crementum breve nomina pauca tulerunt. 

27. AL mas curtat alts : sed neutrum protrahit alts. 
Elis cum Solis produc; reliquis breviatis. 

28. ON nimis incertum est : EN hiis rape : caetera produc 

29. Arts ab AR neutro produc : sed demito bacchar, 
Par cum compositis, jubar his cum nectare jungens. 
Protrahe J\ r ar Naris, furis, veris, Recimeris, 
Byzer, Ser, et Iber, in ter Graecum, cethere dempto. 
Oris ab OR longum est : cum neutris corripe Graeca. 
Arboris et memoris brevies, indictaque cuncta. 

30. Atis ab AS tardant, avails nisi, quaeque Latina. 
Caetera, sed vasts dempto, correpta dabuntur. 

31. ES patrium breviat : demas loatplesque, quiesque, 
Et mansues, heeres, merces, et Graeca per etis. 

32. Corripit TS crescens patrium : sed porrige gliris, 
Et quod Romuleum Genitivum format in itis, 

Et Psophis, Crenis, Nests, Graecumque quod in dat. 

33. OS patrii crementa dedit producta : sed aufer 
Quae tria correptis gaudent, bos, compos, et impos, 

34. US crementa rapit : sed in iiris, et utis, et udts, 

Quod praeit u longum est : Ligus hinc at tolle, peevsque, 
Intercusque. Gradus medius producit US oris. 

35. YS celerabit ydos ; sed tarde proferet ynis, 

36. Consona cum praeit S, patrii penultima curta est. 

Hinc Cyclops, seps, gryps, Cercops, plebs, aufer et hydrops. 

37. T breve crementum patrii per itis sibi poscit. 

38. Prae gis vocalem rapit X. Producito lex, rex, 
EX icis abbreviat, vibex nisi. Caetera produc 
Praeter abax y smilax, atrax, cum dropace, et anthrax % 



APPENDIX. 151 

Fax, et Atax, chmaxqne, panaxque, sty?-axque, colaxqwe ; 
Quaeque phylaxque, coraxque creant, et cum nece, recti* 
Orba suis, vicis atque preci ; cum appendicc, fornix, 
Coxend'ix, chcemxqxxQ, Cilix, natrixque, calixque, 
Pix, et onyx, illix, histrix, cum mastiche, varix, 
Queis Ercpcis,filicis, salicis, /<mmque, nivisque, 
Cappadocis, calych, cum Naryce, prcecdce nectes : 
Adde ducis, pariterque cruris, nu.ee cum truce junctis. 
At patrio variato Syphox, cam Bebryce, sandix, 

39. Pluralis casus, si crescit, protrahit A, E, 

Et simul O. Bubus dempto, sed corripit I, U. 



INCREASE OR CREMENT OF VERBS. 

A Verb is said to increase when any part of it exceeds 
the Second Person Singular of the Present of the Indica- 
tive Active,, by one or more syllables : as, rogas, rogamus 
rogabatis, rogabammi. 

40. A verbum crescens auctu producit in omni. 
Excipe crementum dare primum quod breve poscit. 

41. E quoque producunt verba increscentia : verum 
Prima E corripiunt ante r duo tempora ternae. 
Rere sit et reris longum, btris at here curtum. 
Semper E corripitur prae ram, rim, roque locatum. 
Curtat et interdum steierunt, dederuntque poeta. 

Note. — Besides strterunt and dederunt, various other verbs are 
shortened by the poets in the penult of the Third Person Plural of the 
Perfect Indicative. Virgil uses tulerunt : Horace, annuerunt, verte- 
runt : Ovid, contigerunt, defuerunt, fiierunt, horruerunt, proebue- 
runt, <Jt. 

42. Corripit I crescens verbum : sed deme vetimus, 
Notlmus, simus, qua?que his sata caetera ; jungens 
Ivi praeteritum, prima incrementaque quartae. 
PraHerito curtabis imus tamen undique : vates 
Exacto variant rimus, ritisque futuro. 

43. O produc verbis crescentibus ; U breve profer. 



FINAL SYLLABLES. 
A. 



44. Casibus A flexum brevia. Sed protrahe sextum, 
Et quintum, Graeco quando hie de nomine in AS fit, 
Casibus baud flexum produc. ltd, cum quid, et ejd, 
Et puta non verbum subduxeris, hallei\uehijd. 



152 RUDIMENTS. 

A in the end of words declined by cases, i. e. in Nouns, and 
Adjectives, is short : as, musa, lampada, Tydea, bon&, eh.. 

Exc. The Ablative of Nouns and Adjectives of the First De- 
clension, and the Vocative of Greek Nouns in as of the First 
and Third Declensions are long : as, Musa, jEned, Atld. 

Note. — Vocatives in a of Greek Nouns in tes are short : as, AZeta, 
Oresta. Those from Nominatives in es are sometimes, though rarely, 
found long: as, Anchisd, JEacidd. But these more commonly follow 
the general Rule. 

A in the end of words not declined by cases, i. e. in Verbs, 
and indeclinable words, is long : as, amd, frustrd, proettrea, 
ergd, intra, a. 
Exc. Ita, quia', eja, putcL put adverbially, and halleluja, are 
short, 
Note. — AlphU, Beta, the names of letters, have the a short. 

E. 

45. E brevia. Primae produc, et nomina quintae 
Cum natis. Addes pluralia cuncta : secundae 
Induperativum socians. Monosyllaba, demptis 
EncHticis ac syllabicis, quoque longa repohes. 
Adde a mobilibus flexus quaecunque secundi 
Manarunt, summique gradus adverbia quaevis. 
Sed bene* cum male corripies, tnferne, superne'. 
Productis/tf/7/ze atque/ere jungantur, et ohe. 

E in the end of a word is short : as, nati:, cubile, pat re, currZ. 

Exc. 1. The following words have e long. Nouns of the First 
and Fifth Declension : as, Calliope* Anchise ; re and die, 
with their Compounds, qua-re, hod'ie, §c. • Plural Greek 
Nouns : as, ce/e, Tempe ; and the Second Per. Sing, of the 
Imperative of the Second Conjugation : as, doce, mane. 

Note. — The Doric Vocatives of Greek Nouns are long : as, 
Ulysse, Achille ; contracted cases : as, Diomcde for Diomedea ( the 
contracted Genitive and Dative of the Fifth Declension : as, die, fide • 
likewise jfome, which originally belonged to the Fifth. The Impera- 
tive cave has the last syllable common. This license is usually ex- 
tended to vale, vide, and responde, but not on good authority ; in the 
best writers, where the reading is undisputed, they are always long. 

Exc. 2. Monosyllables are long : as, e, me, te ; except the en- 
clitic particles, que, v2, ne (interrogative), and the syllabic 
adjections^/e, ce, te: as, suapte, hujusce, tide. 

Exc. 3. Adverbs derived from Adjectives of the Second Declen- 



Final c is always long when it represents the Greek »?. 



APPENDIX. 153 

ston are long : as, placide, pulchre, docthslme ; except ben?, 
male, inferne, and su/>ern$ 9 which are short. Fermi, fere, 
and ohe are also long. • 

I. 

46 I longum pono. Vocitantem corripe Graecis. 
His tamen at ternus dabitur crescentibus anceps. 
Sic variato mihi, tibi, cum sibi ; sed mage curtis. 
Vult ibi, vultque cui, nisi, mox ubi,mm quasi, jungi. 
Siciiti sed breviant, cum necubi, sicubl vates. 

I in the end of a word is long : as, domini, patri, amavi, i. 

Exc. 1. The Vocatives of Greek Nouns have the i short : as, 
Alexi, AmarylCL 

Xote. — The Vocatives of Greek Nouns having entcs in the Geni- 
tive are long : as, Simois, -entos, Simol. 

Exc. 2. Of the Datives of Greek Nouns which increase in the 
Genitive, some are short : as, Palladi, Minoidi ; and others 
are long : as, Thetidi, Paridi, Tyndaridi. The Datives and 
Ablatives Plural in si : as, heroisi, are short. Mild, tibi, 
sibi, i6i, ubi, and cut (a dissyllable), are common ; nisi and 
quad are always short. 

Note. — The Compounds of ibi, ubi, and uti are peculiar. Ibi and 
ubi have the i common ; but in alibi it is always long, and in necubi 
and sicubi, it is always short. The i is always long in uti and velutl, 
but is always found short in sicuti. 

o. 

47. O commune loces. Dabis at monosyllaba longis, 
Graecaque ceu Dido, ternum oextumque secundae, 
Et patrium Graecum, atque adverbia nomine nata, 
Qtw jungens et eo. Variant at denuo, sero, 
Mutuo, postremo, vero : modo sed breve pones. 
Saepius arnbo, duo, scio corripe, et illico et imo, 
Et cedo da signans, ego, queis homo, cum cito, junge. 
Sunt aliis variata Gerundia, longa Maroni. 
Ergo pro causa produc ; secus editur anceps. 
O in the end of a word is common : as, Ico, virgo, amo. 

Note. — The poets of the Augustan age very rarely shortened final 
in Verbs, or in Nouns of the Third Declension. Scio and nescio are 
often found short, and credo, puto, rogo, void, when used parentheti- 
cally or in colloquial discourse. Instances of being shortened in 
other verbs are very rare. Homo is found short in Catullus, nemo 
and led in Ovid, and mentid in the Satires of Horace. The later 
poets appear to have considered common, and accordingly in their 
works it is very often found short. 



154 RUDIMENTS. 

Exc. 1. — Monosyllables are long : as, o, do, sto ; Greek Nouns 1 
as, Dido,* Sappho, Atho (Gen.) ; the Datives and Ablatives 
of the Second Declension : as, domino, bono • Adverbs de- 
rived from Adjectives : as, certo, crebro, falso, and ergo, on 
account of; likewise quo and eb~, with the Compounds, quo- 
vis, quocunque. 

Exc. 2. — Denuo, sero, mutuo, postremo, vera, are generally long, 
but sometimes short. Ambo, duo, scio, iUico, imo, cedo (De- 
fective Verb), ego, homo, and cito, are commonly short. Modu, 
and its Compounds, quomodo, dummodo, cfc. are short. 

Note. — There appears to be a want of precision in the latter part 
of the preceding rule. The result of Professor Ramsay's minute exa- 
mination is as follows : Final o in ambo, ergo, ideo, imo, porro, 
postremo, quando, sero, vero, is perhaps never found short except in 
writers posterior to the Augustan age. It is always short in the fol- 
lowing words, in good writers : cito, duo, ego, octo, modo the Adverb, 
and its Compounds, dummodo, postmodo, quomodd, tantummodo. There 
does not appear to be any good authority for the distinction which is 
made in the rule between ergo, signifying on account of, and ergo, sig- 
nifying therefore. 

Exc. 3. The Gerund in do is always long in Virgil, but is some- 
times found short in the later poets. 

U and Y. 

48. U semper longis, sed Y raptis jungere oportet. 

U in the end of a word is long : as, vultu, cornu, dictu. 
Y in the end of a word is short : as, moly, Tiphij. 

B. 

49. Corripe B Latium: peregrinum at tendere rnalim. 

B in the end of a word is short : as, ab, ob, sub. Words adopted 
from a foreign language are long : as, Job, Jacob. 

c. 

50. C produc, praeter nee, done'e : sed variabis 
Hie bene pronomen : fac verbum jungimus isti. 

C in the end of a word is long : as, ac, sic, illuc, due. 
Exc. Nee and donee are short. The Pronoun hie, and the Verb 
fac, are common. 

Note Hie, the Adverb is always long; hie, the Pronoun is twice 

found short in Virgil, but is generally long ; hoc, which is also said 
to be common, is always found long, except in the comic writers. Fac 
appears to be always short. 



• Final o is always long when it represents the Greek v. 



APPENDIX. 155 

D. 

6]. D breve ponatur. Variare at Barbara possis. 

D in the end of a word is short : as, ad, apud, quid. Foreign 
words are common : as, David, Bogud. 

L. 

52. L breve sit. Cum sol, sal, nil, tolluntur Hebraea. 

L in the end of a word is short : as, animal, vigil, consul. 

Exc. Sol, sal, nil, with words adopted from the Hebrew, are 
long: as, Daniel, Nabul. 
Note. — Nil is long, because it is a contraction for nihil. 

M. 

53. M nunc vocalis perimit : rapuere vetusti. 

M in the end of a word is cut off before a vowel ; the earlier 
writers often preserved it, and made the syllable short. 

N. 

54. N produc. Demas en mis dans, quseque priore 
Grseca per on casus numero tenuere secuudae ; 
Et quartum casum, si sit brevis ultima recti. 
Sin quoque pluralis ternae conjunge Pelasgum : 
Forsitdn, in,forsdn, tamen, an, v-tclcn' insuper addens. 

N in the end of a word is long : as, in, spltn, quin, Titan. 

Exc. 1. Nouns in en, having inis in the Genitive, are short : as, 
carmtn, pecten ; the Singular Cases of Greek Nouns in on : 
as, Won ;* the Ace. Sing, of Greek Nouns which have the last 
syllable of the Nom. short : as, Maian, Orpheon ; and sin, 
the Greek termination of the Dat. Plural : as, Arcasm, 
Troasin. 

Exc. 2. The following words are also short: forsit an, In, for- 
san, tamen, an, viden J , satin? . 

R. 

55. R brevies. Produc cujus dat patrius eris : 
Addito Iber, aer, cether. Sit Celtiber anceps. 

At par, far, lar, Ndr, quoque cur, fur, ad j ice longis. 

R in the end of a word is short : as, imher, pater, Hector, suph. 

Exc. Nouns in er having eris in the Genitive are long : as, 
crater, ve"r ; also, Iber, aer, cether, par, with its compounds, 
compdr, <5fc, far, lar, Ndr, cur, fur. Celtiber has the last 
syllable common. 

• Nouns in on which, in Greek, are written with *, are short 
those having to are long. 



J 56' RUDIMENTS. 

AS. 

56. AS produc. Patrio sed adis quod flectit, dnasque 
Sit breve : plurales teniae quibus addito quartos. 

AS in the end of a word is long : as, pietas, me?isds, amds. 

Exc. Greek Nouns having adis or ados, in the Genitive are 
short: as, Areas, lampas * also anas ; and the Ace Plural 
of Greek Nouns of the Third Declension: as, crater&s, 
Troas. 
Note. — Latin Nouns in as, formed after the manner of Greek pa- 
tronymics, are short: as, Appias, Adrias. Greek Nouns in as, which 
have antls in the Genitive, are long: as, Pallas, -antis. 

ES. 

57. Ponitur ES longum. Pluralia corripe Gneca 

Quae crescunt; velut es de sum : pe?i$s addltur ill i ; 
Cum neutris ; et queis patrii penultima curta est 
Ternse. Tolle Ceres, paries, aries, abies, pes. 

ES in the end of a word is long: as, quies, ames, res, Circes. 

Exc. 1. Greek Neuter Nouns, and those which increase in the 
Genitive, are short: as, hippomanes, Arcade's, dclphines : also 
es from sum, with its Compounds ales, ades ; and the Pre- 
position penes. 

Note. — Latin Nouns in es, in which es represents the Greek us, are 
long : as, Alcides, Palamedes ; and the Nominative and Vocative 
Plural in es of Greek Nouns, which form the Genitive Singular in 
eos : as, haereses, crises ; because in such words the e represents the 
Greek diphthong. E is always short in those words which, in Greek, 
are written with 1 : as, in the Vocatives, Demosthenes, Socrates. 

Exc. 2. Nouns of the Third Declension which have the penult 
of the Genitive short : as, ales, aUtxs, dives, divitis ; except 
Ceres, paries, aries, abies, pes, with its Compounds bipes, 
tripes, fyc, which follow the general rule. 

IS. 

58. IS brevio. Verum plurales protraho casus ; 
ISque quod in patrio mutatur in itis, et inis, 

Aut entis ; gratisque forts, glls, vis quoque, nomen 

Seu verbum fuerit : sic et persona secunda 

Protraliit IS, quoties itis plurale reponit. 

In subjunctivi ris est commune futuro. 

IS in the end of a word is short : as, turns, magis, bis, is, Jovis. 

Exc. 1. Plural Cases are long : as, penrils, nobis, omnis for om. 
nets ; also Nouns in is which have itis, inis, or entis, in the 
Genitive : as, lis, Samnis, Salamis, SimoTs ; likewise gratis, 
/oris, glls, and vis, whether it be a Noun or a Verb. 



APPENDIX. 157 

Exc. 2. Is in the Second Per. Sing, is long, when the Second 
Per. Plur. is in itis : as, audls, poss'is. Ris in the Second 
Per. Sing, of the Future Perfect Indicative, and Perfect Sub- 
junctive, is common. 

OS. 

59. OS produc. Patrius brevis est, et compos, et impos, 
Osque ossis praebens. Rectos breviato secundse 

(0 nisi det patrius) : neutra his dein addito Graium. 
OS in the end of a word is long: sls,JIos 9 bonds, vos, Minos. 
Exc. 1. Greek Genitives are short: as, Arcados, Tethyds ; also 

compos, impds, and os (a bone), with its Compound exos. 
Exc. 2. Greek Neuter Nouns are short : as, chaos, melds ; also 

Greek Nouns of the Second Declension : as, Clards* Tene- 

dos ; except those which have in the Genitive: as, Andi-o- 

gcos, Athos. 

US. 

60. US correpta datur. Monosyllaba cum genitivis 
Ternae vel quartae produc: uumerique secuudi 

In quarta primum, quartum, quintumque ; et in uris, 

Dumve vtis patrius, vel in udis, et untis, odisve est ; 

Aut quintus fit in u; longus turn rectus habetur. 

Ergo produces venerabile nomen Jesus. 

US in the end of a word is short: as, annus, temp as, amamus. 

Exc. 1. Monosyllables and Genitives of the Third Declension 
are long: as, grus, sus, Ciitus,f Sapphus ; also the Gen. 
Singular, and the Norn. Ace and Voc. Plural of the Fourth 
Declension : as, fruetus ; and Nouns of the Third, which 
have uris, utls, udis (the penult long), untis, or ddis, in the 
Genitive : as, tellus, virtus, incus, Amathus, tripus. 

Exc. 2. Nouns in us, which have u in the Vocative, are long : 
as, Panthus (Voc. Panthii) ; also Jesus. 

YS. 

6\. YS junges brevibus. Tethys reperitur at anceps. 
Longaque sunt, rectis aliter quae casibus YN dant. 
YS in the end of a word is short : as, Capys, chelys, chlamys. 
Exc. Nouns in ys, which have likewise yn in the Nom. are 
long : as, Gortys. Tethys is sometimes found long. 

T. 

62. T brere semper erit : nisi quondam Syncopa tardet. 

* OS is always short in those words which, in Greek, are written 
with a, and long in those in which os represents the Greek us . 
t U in these and similar words represents the Greek diphthong. 



158 RUDIMENTS. 

T in the end of a word is short : as, caput, amat ; unless when 
the preceding Vowel is lengthened by a Syncope : as, ahit foi 
abiit> amarat for amaverat. 

63. Ultima cujusque est communis Syllaba versus. 

The last syllable of every line may be made long or short, ac- 
cording to the pleasure of the poet. 



EXERCISES ON THE RULES FOR THE QUANTITY 
OF SYLLABLES. 

1. Dens, puer, moneo, faciam, eo, ea, meus, tineae, traho, mihi, 
l hil, reprehendo, ahenus, cohaereo, dehisco, audiit. 

2. Fio, fiunt, fiebam — fieri, fierem — diei, speciei, aciei — rei, 
fidei, spei — unius, illius, totius — alius — alterius — ohe, Diana, 
To — aer, dius, eheu — aula!, terral — Pompeius, Caius, Veius. 

3. Greek — Simois, Deucalion, Danae, Hyades — Arion, Ixion, 
Briseis, Menelaus, ./Eneas, Peneus, Darius, Medea, Iphigenia. 
Troes, heroes — Chorea, platea, Malea, Nereides. 

4. Bellum, mortem, amant, est, arcessere — pax, exul, thorax 
— Amazon, gaza, horizon — major, pejor, hujus, cujus, rejicio 
— bijugus, quadrijugus — ariete, abiete, abiegnae, parietibus, 
tenuis, genua, princlpium, consilium, fluviorum. 

5. Agri, peragro, patres, patrius, barathrum, pharetra, illece- 
bra, cathedra, integrum, funebris, muliebris, libri, migro, demi- 
gro, nigrum, impigra, ludibriiun, reciprocus, mediocris, coch- 
lear, Patroclus, volucris — matres, fratres, acris, atrum, aratrum, 
theatrum, simulacrum, spectatrix, crebra, tetra, delubrum, 
salubres, adjutrix — gubernaclum, spectaclmn — abluo, ablatus, 
obruo, oblitus, subrideo, quamobrem. Greek — cycnus, Atlas, 
daphne, Tecmessa. 

6. Nil, mi, it, petit, Juli, cogo, cogito, debeo, nolo, malo, 
alius, tibicen, sodes, bigae, scilicet, junior, jucundus, jumentum, 
motum, fotum, momentum, fomentum, fomes, ala, mala, palus, 
velum, seni, deni — Phaethon, deero, cui, iidem, deinde. 

7. Aurum, musae, mcenia, Caesar, Graia, plebeiae — praeit, 
praeustus, praealtus. 

8. Amicitia, natura, virgineus, augurium, custodio, oratio, 
sudacia, felicitas, utilitas, largitio, relatio, ratio, irritus, proditio, 
superstitio, competitor, onerare, praecipitare, saluber, probabilis, 
monimentum, munimentum, initium, involucrum, volumen, 
moveam, rnoverem, moveram, movissem, legam, legerim, legens, 
niveus, ferrugineus, regius, ambiguus, plurimus, divinitus, con- 
vivium. For the exceptions, see the Rule. 

9. Perlego, perlegi, invidet, invidit, perjurus, excido, excldo, 
apparo, appareo, consolor, depeculor, despero, enodo, erudio, 
investigo, eradico, indico, indlco, desolo, enato, consideo, con- 
sido, permaneo, permano, suffoco, sufFoco, irrlto. See Rule. 



APPENDIX. 159 

11. Prometheus, prologus, propheta, Propontis — prodo, pro- 
mi t to, proveho, promulgo, provincia. See Rule. 

12. Separo, semoveo, securus, secretus — diligo, dimitto, di- 
mico — dirimOj disertus ; remitto, redamo, refer t ; vesanus. 

13. Laniger, thurifer, opifer, semiviri, omnipotens, armipo- 
tens, tubicen, cornicen, sacrifico, significo, causidicus, magnifl- 
cus, multiplex, biceps, bidens, bipatens, triceps, triplex, Trivia, 
siquidem, Agricola— duodecim, duodeni, sacrosanctus, Argonau- 
ta, Philomela, philosophus, metropolis, bibliotheca, Cleopatra, 
hodie. 

14. Lucrifacio, agricultura, ludimagister — tibicen, bigae — 
biduum, triduum, meridies, pridie, postridie, quotidie — georne- 
tra, minotaurus, lagopus. See Rule and Note. 

15. Veni, vidi, vici, feci, crevi, ivi, movi, fodi — bibi, scidi, 
fidi (findo), tuli, dedi, steti. 16. Peperi, cecini, tetigi, pepuli, 
memini, pupugi — cecidi, pepedi — cucurri, tetendi, momordi, 
spopondi, pependi, poposci. 17. Visum, motum, potum, fle- 
tum, stratum, cretum, cusum — satum, citum, litum, situm, 
statum (sisto), itum, datum, rutum (from ruo: as, dirutum, 
obrutum, S)C.), quitum, ratus — insitus, illitus, circumdatus, 
concitus, eoccitus, incitus, percitus. 18. Voco, vocavi, vocatum ; 
clamo, clamavi, clamatum ; moneo, monui, monitum — pono, 
posui, positum ; gigno, genui,genitum ; solvo, solutum ; volvo, 
volutum. 19. Mutatum, aratum, deletum, oletum, minutum, 
exutum, auditum, cupitum, recensitum> monitum, territum, 
placitum. 20. Amaturus, docturus, lecturus, politurus. 

44. Penna, galea, regna, bella, sedilia, cornua, bona, meliora, 
tria, ea, siqua, aliqua — musa, penna, galea, ea, siqua, aliqua — 
a, da, ama, voca, frustra, praeterea, interea, erga, extr i, intra — 
ita, quia, eja, puta, halleluja — triginta, sexaginta, contra, ultra. 

Greek — Aenea, Palla, Atla — Anchisa, iEacida — Oresta, Poly- 
decta, Thyesta. 

45. Domine, nate, cubile, sedile, fermone, rupe, ille, iste, 
curre, lege, legere, regere, canere, audire, esse, unde, saepe, 
dulce, facile, sublime, suave, impune, ante, sine, atque — re, 
die, rabie, quare, hodie, pridie, quotidie, (die, fide Gen.), fame — 
doce, mone, habe, gaude — cave — me, te, se, e, de, ne — pen- 
naque, aliusve, tantane, suapte, hujusce, tute — placide, pulchre, 
valde, minime, maxime — bene, male, in/erne, super ne—fer me* 
fere, ohe. 

Greek — Penelope, Anchise, Tydide — cete, mele, pelage, 
Tempe — Ulysse, Achille, Diomede (for Diomedea). 

46. Domini, classi, audiri, fieri, amavi, fregi, i, viginti, fili, 
geni, Juli, Ovidi, Virgili — mihi, tibi, sibi, ibi, ubi, cui — nisi, 
quasi — sicuti, necubi, sicubi — alibi, veluti. 

Greek — Alexi, Amarylli, Pari, Daphni, Theti — Simoi — PaL 
ladi, Minoidi, Tethyi. 

47. Leo, sermo, virgo, amo, peto, esto, ero, volo, octo — scio, 
nescio, credo, puto, rogo, volo, homo, nemo, leo, mentio — o, do, 



160 



R UD 1 31 E NTS. 



sto, pro, proh — domino, genero, vento, bono, pulchro — crebro, 
falso, certo, raro, merito — quo, eo, quocunque, qaovis, eodem — 
denuo, sero, mutuo, postremo, vero, adeo, idco — modo, ambo, 
duo, scio, nescio, illico, imo, cedo (give thou), ego, homo, cito — 
quomodo, dummodo, postmodo — vigilando, cunctando— ergo. 
Greek — Dido, Atho, Clio, Alecto, Sappho. 

48. Cornu, fructu, manu, dictu, lectu, tu, Panthu — moly, 
chely, Tiphy. 49. Ab, ob, sub— Job, Jacob. 50. Ac, sic, illuc, 
hie (here), lac, hue, due — nee, donee, fac— hie (this), hoc. 51. 
Ad, apud, illud, quid, id, David. 52. Animal, vigil, consul, 
Hannibal, mel, fel, nihil, procul — sol, sal, nil — Daniel, Israel, 
Nabul. 

54. Non, en, Siren, Hymen, Pan, Titan, quin, Orion, iKnean 
— carmen, pecten, nomen, agmen, tibiceii— for sit an, forsan, in, 
an, tamen, viden\ satin. Greek — Ilhodon, Cerberon, Pelion, 
Ilion — Maian, Parin, Thetin, Ityn — Athon, Androgeon, Demo- 
leon — Arcasin, Troasin, heroism. 

55. Calcar, imber, vir, cor, honor, vultur, amor, sequor, ter, 
per, prseter — crater, ver, stater, Ser — aer, cether, Iber — Celtiber 
— pur, far, lar, Nar, cur, fur. 

56. Mensas, JEneas, pietas, amas, nefas, Arpinas, Antias, 
Pallas (a man's name) — Pallas (a goddess), lampas, Areas, Ap- 
pias, Adrias, anas — heroas, delphinas, Tampadas. 

57. Rupes, patres, quies, res, dies, ames, doces, esses, to ties, 
quoties — es, ades, potes — penes — miles, limes, eques, dives — 
Ceres, paries, aries, abies, pes, sonipes, quadrupes. Greek — 
Anchises, Atrides, Penelopes, Circes — Tritones, Troes, Amaz- 
ones, daemones, Socrates (Voc.) — cacoethes, hippomanes — here- 
ses, phrases. 

58. Classis, patris, is, quis, amabis, legis, legitis, ais, bis, 
magis, fortassis — pennis, viris, regnis, nobis, vobis, illis, quis for 
quibus, omnis for omnes, humilis for humiles — Quiris, Samnis, 
lis, Salamis, Simois — gratis, ingratis, foris, glis, vis, vis, quam- 
vis — audis, venis, fls, sis, adsis, possis, velis, nolis, malis — dede- 
ris, fueris, dixeris, placaris. 

59. Flos, dominos, custos, bonos, vos, heros — compos, impos, 
os (a bone), eros. Greek — Minos, Androgeos, Athos — Claros, 
Tenedos, Ilios — chaos, melos, Argos — Arcados, Pallados, Or- 
pheos, Prometheos. 

60. Annus, tempus, montibus, rebus, fructus (Norn. 8c Voc. 
Sing.), legimus, sumus, paritus, tenus — jus, rus, grus, plus, sus 
— fructus, luctus, portus, lacus — tellus, salus, servitus, palus, 
Amathus, tripus, CEdipus. Greek — Clius, IMantus, Eratus, 
Sapphus — Panthus, Jesus. 

61. Capys, chelys, Erinnys — Phorcys, Trachys — Tethys. 

62. Et, at, ut, tot, quot, amat, docet, legat, audivit, abit. 



APPENDIX. 161 

SCANNING. 

Scanning is the division of a verse into the several Feet 
of which it is composed. 

A verse is a certain number of syllables disposed so as 
to form a line of poetry. 

A Verse, when it contains the exact number of syllables, is called 
Acaiakctic ; when it wants one syllable at the end to complete the 
measure, it is called Catalectic ; when it wants two syllables, it is 
called It r achy catalectic ; when it has a redundant syllable or foot, it 
is called Hyper -catalectic, or Hypermeter, 

A Foot is a portion of a Verse consisting of two or more 
syllables. 

The feet most commonly employed in Latin verse are the follow- 
ing :— 

1. A Spondee, which consists of two long syllables : as, rvpes. 

2. An Iambus — a short and a long syllable : as, doces, 

3. A Trochee — a long and short syllable : as, natus, 

4. A Pyrrhic — two short syllables : as, deiis. 

5. A Dactyl — a long and two short syllables : as, ponere. 

6. An Anapcest — two short and a long syllable : as, bdnltds. 

7. A Tribrach — three short syllables : as, legere. 

8. A Choriambus — a long, two short, and a long syllable : as, 

commemords. 

CAESURA. 

Caesura is the syllable which remains in the end of a word after the 
completion of a foot. 

The Caesura has received various names from the different positions 
which it occupies in the verse. When it comes after the first foot, or 
falls on the third half- foot, it is called Triemimeris, or the Triemi- 
meral Caesura ; when it falls on the fifth half-foot, it is called Pen- 
themimerls ; when it falls on the seventh half foot, it is called Heph- 
themimeris ; when it falls on the ninth half-foot, it is called Enneemu 
meris : as, 

Ille la.-tus nive-um mo\-li ful-/ws hya-cintho. — Virg. 

where tus, urn, li, tus, are examples of the Triemimeris, the Penthe- 
mimeris, the Hephthemimeris, and the Enneemimeris. 

The Caesura is commonly a long syllable ; but, when it falls on a 
syllable naturally short, it sometimes renders it long: as, 

Omnia vincit am-or, et nos cedamus amori. — Ovid* 

The lengthening of a short syllable in the caesura may probably 
be accounted for by the circumstance that the ancients in reciting their 
verses were in the habit of resting the voice emphatically on the 
caesural syllables, and longer time being thus assigned to them in 
pronunciation, they would be artificially lengthened, though naturally 
short. 



162 RUDIMENTS. 

FIGURES IN SCANNING. 

Figures in Scanning comprehend the various changes 
which are made upon words to adapt them to the Verse. 

SYXALCEPHA. 

Synalcepha is the elision of the final Vowel or Diphthong, when the 
following word begins with a vowel : as, 

Conticuere omnes intentique ora tenebant. — Virg, 

The Interjections o, heu, and ah, are not elided : as, 

O et de Latia, o et de gente Sabina. — Ovid. 

Other long Vowels and Diphthongs sometimes remain un-elided, 
and are then generally made short : as, 

Glauco, et Panopeae et Inoo Melicertae. — Virg, 

ECTHLIPSIS. 

EethUpsis is the elision of M with the preceding Vowel, when the 
following word begins with a vowel : as, 

O curas homim/m / o quantww est in rebus inane ! — Per*. 

Sometimes, however, the syllable is not elided : as, 

Et tantum venerata virwra, hunc sedula curet. — Tib. 

SYNTHESIS. 

Synceresis is the contraction of two Vowels, which naturally make 
separate syllables, into one : as, Phcethon, for Pha-cthon ; aurea, for 
aure-a. 

Inarime Jovis imperiis imposta Typhoeo. — Virg. 

Synaeresis is frequently employed in the following words : ' 

Antehac, anteit, alveo, eadem, eodem, cui, hide, deest, decrat, deerit, 
deliinc, dcin, deinceps, deinde, dii, diis, ii, iidem, iisdem, Sec. 

I and u are frequently changed intoj and v, and joined, in pro*- 
nunciation, with the following vowel: as, abjete, for abiete ; genv*' 
for genua. 

iEdificant, sectaque intexunt abjete costas. — Virg. 
Genua labant, gelido concrevit frigore sanguis.— Virg. 

DIAERESIS. 

Diaeresis is the division of a Diphthong into two syllables : as, au- 
lai for aidce ; suadent for suadenti 

Aulai in medio libabant pocula Bacchi. — Virg. 

J and v are sometimes changed into i and u, and form separate 
syllables ; as, sub'iecta, for subjecta ; siliice, for silwe. 

Si qua ferventi subVecta Cancro est. — Senec. 
Aurarum et siliup metu. — Hor. 



APPENDIX. 163 

DIFFERENT KINDS OF VERSE. 

I. HEXAMETER. 

Hexameter or Heroic verse consists of six feet, of which 
the fifth is a Dactyl, and the sixth a Spondee ; the other 
four may be either Dactyls or Spondees indiscriminately : 
' as, 

Tityre- tu patu- lae recu- bans sab- tegmme- fagi. — Virg. 
IntOn- si crl- nes long- ga cer- vice flu- ebat. — Tib. 

Sometimes a Spondee occurs in the fifth place ; whence verses so 
constructed are called Spondaic ; as, 

Cara de- um subo- les mag- num Jovls- Incre- mentum. — Virg. 

Spondaic verses are sometimes employed in solemn and mournful 
descriptions, to express dignity, gravity, &c, and generally end in a 
word of four syllables, with a Dactyl in the fourth foot. 

II. PENTAMETER. 

Pentameter verse consists of five feet. It is commonly 
divided into two parts; the former consisting of two feet, 
either Dactyls, or Spondees, and a Caesura ; the latter al- 
ways containing two Dactyls and a Caesura : as, 

Carmini- bus viv- es- tempus in- omne me- is. — Ovid. 

This verse is generally combined with Hexameter in alternate 
lines, and from this union is constituted, what is termed Elegiac 
verse. 

III. ASCLEPIADEAN. 

Asclepiadean verse consists of a Spondee, a Dactyl, a 
Caesura, and two Dactyls : as, 

MaGce- nas ata- vis- edite- regibus. — Hor. 

This species of verse, which is otherwise called Choriambic Trime- 
ter Acatalectic, may also be scanned by a Spondee, two Choriambi, 
and an Iambus. 

IV. GLYCONIAN. 

Glyconian Verse consists uf three feet ; a Spondee, and 
two Dactyls : as, 

Reddas- Incolii- mem precor. — Hor. 

This species of verse, is otherwise called Choriambic Dimeter Aca~ 
talectiCi and may be scanned by a Spondee, a Choriambus, and an 
Iambus. Glyconian verse is usually combined with Asclepiadean. 

v. sapphic and adonian. 
Sapphic verse consists of five feet; a Trochee, a Spon- 
dee, a Dactyl, and two Trochees : as, 

Jam sa- tls ter- ris mvis- atque- dlrae. — Hur. 



164 RUDIMENTS. 

Adonian verse, otherwise called Dactylic Dimeter Aca* 
talectic, consists of a Dactyl and a Spondee : as, 

Terruit- urbem Hor, 

Sapphic and Adonian verses are always combined by the lyric 
poets, in stanzas, consisting of three lines of the former, followed by 
one of the latter. 

VI. PHERECRATIAN. 

Pherecratian verse consists of three feet ; a Spondee, a 
Dactyl, and a Spondee : as, 

Quamvls- PontTca- piniis. — Hor, 

Pherecratian verse is otherwise called Choriambic Dimeter Catalec- 
tic, and may also be scanned by a Spondee, a Choriambus, and a Ca- 
talectic syllable. This verse is combined by Horace with Asclepia- 
dean and Glyconian. 

VII. PHALEUCIAN. 

Phaleucian verse consists of five -feet ; a Spondee, a Dac- 
tyl, and three Trochees : as, 

Summam- nee metii- as di- era nee- optes. — Mart, 
VIII. ALCAIC Or HORATIAN. 

The Alcaic or Horatian stanza consists of four lines, ot 
which the first two are Greater Dactylic Alcaic; the 
third, Archilochian Iambic ; and the fourth, Lesser Dac- 
tylic Alcaic, 

Greater Dactylic Alcaic consists of a Spondee (varied sometimes 
by an Iambus), an Iambus, a Caesura, and two Dactyls : as, 

Cedes- coem- tis- saltibus- et domo. — Hor, 
Vides- tit al- ta- stet nive- candidum. — Id, 

Archilochian Iambic has a Spondee in the first and third places, 
an Iambus in the second and fourth, with a Caesura in the end of the 
line. The first foot is sometimes an Iambus : as, 

Nee su- nrit aut- ponit- secu- res. — Hor, 
Stete- re cau- sae cur- perl- rent. — Id, 

Lesser Dactylic Alcaic consists of two Dactyls followed by two 
Trochees : as, 

Arbitri- o popu- laris- auras. — Hor, 

Alcaic verse is called Horatian from its being used by Horace 
more frequently than any other description of lyric metre. 

IX. IAMBIC. 

There are two kinds of Iambic verse, the one consisting 
of four feet, the other of six. The former is called Iambic 



APPENDIX. 



J 65 



Dimeter Catalectic ; the latter, Iambic Trimeter Acata- 
lectic. 

Iambic Verse originally admitted of no other foot but the Iambus : 

**' 

Inar- sit ae- stud- sms. — Hor. 

Suis- et Ip- sa Ro- ma vi- ribus- ruit. — Id. 
Afterwards, other feet, as the Spondee, the Dactyl, the Anapaest, 
and the Tribrach were admitted into the first, third, and fifth places, 
and sometimes, but very rarely, into the second and fourth. The 
last continued invariably an Iambus : as, 
Canidi- a ro- dens pol- licem — Hor. 
Vide- re prope- rantCs- domiim. — Id. 
Quoquo- sceles- ti rui- tis aut- cur dex- tens. — Id. 
PavidQm- que lepo- rum aut- ad- venam- laqueo- gruem. — Id. 
Aliti- bus at- que cam- bus homi- cidam Hec- torem. — Id. 
Comic writers sometimes use an Iambic verse consisting of eight 
feet, and therefore called Tetrameter, or Octonarius. 

Besides these, the following kinds of verse are employed 
in the lyric writings of Horace : 

1. Dactylic Trochaic Archilochian, consisting of seven feet, of 
which the first four are either Dactyls or Spondees, the remaining 
three are Trochees : as, 

Solvitiir- acris ht- ems gra- ta vice- veris- et Fa- voni. — Hor. 

This verse is used in alternate lines with the following, B. I. Od. 
IV. 

2. Iambic Trimeter Catalectic, consisting of five feet and a Caesura, 
and admitting of the same varieties as Iambic Trimeter. It must, 
however, have an Iambus in the fifth place, on account of the defi- 
ciency of a syllable in the sixth : as, 

Trahunt- que sic- cas ma- chinae- carl- nas. — Hor. 

This verse is used B. I. Od. IV. and is combined with the follow- 
ing in alternate lines, B. II. Od. XVIII. 

3. Trochaic Dimeter Catalectic, consisting of three Trochees, with 
a Caesura : as, 

Non e- bur ne- que aiire- iim. 

4. The eighth Ode of the First Book contains two kinds of verse; 
Choriambic Dimeter, consisting of a Dactyl and two Trochees ; and 
Greater Sapphic, consisting of a Trochee, a Spondee, a Dactyl, a 
Caesura, another Dactyl, and two Trochees : as, 

Lydia- die per- omnes 

Te de- os o- ro Syba- rim- cur prope- re's a- mando. 

5. Greater Asclepiadean or Choriambic Pentameter, consisting of 

II 



166 RUDIMENTS, 

a Spondee, a Dactyl, a Caesura, another Dactyl and Caesura, and two 
Dactyls : as, 

Tu ne- quaeste- ris- scire ne- fas- quern mihi- quem tibi. 

This verse is used, B. I. Odes XI. and XVIII. ; and B. IV. Od. 
X. It may also be measured by a Spondee, three Choriambi, and an 
Iambus. 

6. Dactylic Tetrameter Acatalectic, consisting of the last four feet 
of Hexameter s as, 

Aiit Ephe- sum bona- risve Co- rlnthi. 
O for- tes pe- joraque- passi. 

This verse is combined in alternate lines with Hexameter, in the 
7th and 28th Odes of the First Book, and in the 12th Epode. 

7. Ionic a minore, employed B. III. Od. XII. may be divided 
into eight feet, consisting of a Pyrrhic and a Spondee alternately : as, 

Mise- rarum est- neque a- mori- dare- liidum- neque- dulci. 

8. Dactylic Trimeter Catalectic, otherwise called the Lesser Archu 
lochian % consisting of two Dactyls and a Caesura : as, 

Arbori- busquS co- mae. 

This verse is combined with Hexameter in alternate lines, B. IV. 
Od. VII. 

9. The 1 1 th Epode consists of Iambic Trimeter in the first verse, 
and, in the second, of the latter part of Pentameter, followed by Iam- 
bic Dimeter, which is called Archilochian Elegiambic ; as, 

Scribere- versicu- los- am5- re per- cussum- gravi. 

10. The 13th Epode, in the second verse, consists of Iambic DU 
meter, followed by the latter half of Pentameter, and is called Iam- 
belegiac : as, 

NivSs- que de- ducunt- Jovem- nunc mare- nunc silu- ae. 



METRICAL TABLE 

or THE 

ODES OF HORACE. 



3 Ode. M. 




B. Ode. M. 


1 B. 


Ode. M. 


. 1. III. 




II. 1. VIII. 


III. 


19. IV, III. 


2. V. 




2. V. 




20. V. 


3. IV, III. 




3. VIII. 




21. VIII. 


4. 1, 2. 




4. V. 




22. V. 


5. Ill, VI, 


IV. 


5. VIII. 




23. VIII. 


C. III, IV. 




6. V. 




24. IV, III. 


7. I, 6. 




7. VIII. 




25. IV, III. 


8. 4. 




8. V. 




26. VIII. 


9. VIII. 




9. VIII. 




27. V. 


10. V. 




10. V. 




28. IV, III. 


11. 5. 




11. VIII. 




29. VIII. 


12. V. 




12. Ill, IV. 




30. III. 


13. IV, III. 




13. VIII. 


IV. 


1. IV, III. 


14. Ill, VI, 


IV. 


14. VIII. 




2. V. 


15. Ill, IV. 




15. VIII. 




3. IV, III. 


16. VIII. 




16. V. 




4. VIII. 


17. VIII. 




17. VIII. 




5. Ill, IV. 


18. 5. 




18. 3, 2. 




6. V. 


19. IV, III. 




19. VIII. 




7. I, 8. 


20. V. 




20. VIII. 




8. III. 


21. Ill, VI, 


IV. 


III. 1. VIII. 




9. VIII. 


22. V. 




2. VIII. 




10. 5. 


23. Ill, VI, 


IV. 


3. VIII. 




11. V. 


24. Ill, IV. 




4. VIII. 




12. Ill, IV. 


25. V. 




5. VIII. 




13. Ill, VI, IV, 


26. VIII. 




6. VIII. 




14. VIII. 


27. VIII. 




7. Ill, VI, IV. 




15. VIII. 


28. I, 6. 




8. V. 


Ep. 1- 


-10. IX. 


29. VIII. 




9. IV, III. 




11. IX, 9. 


30. V. 




10. Ill, IV. 




12. I, 6. 


31. VIII. 




11. V. 




13. I, 10. 


32. V. 




12. 7. 




14. I, IX. 


33. Ill, IV. 




13. Ill, VI, IV. 




15. I, IX. 


34. VIII. 




14. V. 




16. I, IX. 


35. VIII. 




15. IV, III. 




17. IX. 


36. IV, III. 




16. Ill, IV. 


Secular 




37. VIII. 




17. VIII. 


Hymn. 


V. 


38. V. 




18. V. 







INDEX 



TO THE IRREGULAR AND DEFECTIVE NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES 
CONTAINED IN THE APPENDIX. 



The Numbers refer to the Sections of the Appendix, from page 93 to 107. 


A 




Apis 


15 


Bilbilis 


8 


A ccitu 


26 


Apium 


31 


Bilis 


33 


Accllvus 


48 


Aplustre 


39 


Bipennis 


13 


A chilli 


6 


Apollinares 


35 


Bonum 


40 


Acta 


38 


Aprllis 


13 


Bos 


16 


Admorritu 


26 


Aqualis 


9 


Braccae 


37 


Adolescens 


54 


Arbor 


39 1 Brevia 


38 


TEdes 


40 


Arcanus 


55 Bucolica 


35 


jfcdllis 


13 


Arduus 


56 


Buris 


7 


yEneadiim 


2 


Argilla 


33 






Squalls 


55 


Argos 


21 


C 




Aer 


10, 32 


Argutiae 


37 


Cacoethes 


28 


^Estiva 


38 


Anna 


38 


Caspe 


25 


jEther 10, 


32,39 


Artifex 


42,47 


Caster 


47 


Affabilis 


55 


Astu 


27 


Canalis 


13 


Affinis 


13 


Astus 


27 


Cancelli 


36 


Agathocli 


6 


Aulai 


1 


Cani 


36 


Album 


34 


Aurai 


1 


Cannabis 


7,11 


A lb us 


56 


Auris 


9 


Canorus 


56 


Ales 


42,47 


Aurum 


31 


Capus 


39 


Aliquis 


46 


Auxilium 


39, 40 


Carbasus 


20 


Aliquot 


43 


Avernus 


18 


Career 


40 


Alius 


46 


Avis 


9, 13 


Carnifex 


47 


Allobrogas 


17 






Caro 


15 


Almus 


56 


B 




Carthagme 


13 


Alvear 


39 


Baccar 


14 


Casse 


26 


Amabilis 


55 


Bacchanalia 


35 


Cassis 


39 


Amaracus 


39 


Bacillus 


39 


Castrum 


40 


Arabage 


26 


Bastis 


8, 11 


Celer 


42,47 


Amnis 


13 


Balneum 


23 


Celeres, 


36 


Amussis 


7 


Balteus 


39 


Cepa 


39 


Anceps 


42 


Barathrum 


34 


Cete 


28 


Anclle 


39 


Batillus 


39 


Chaos 


29 


Angiportus 


39 


Bellaria 


38 


Charites 


37 


Anguis 


13 


BenefTcus 


51 


Cholera 


33 


Anterior 


55 


Benevolus 


51 


Cibaria 


ZS 


Antes 


36 


Bicorpor 


47 


Citer 


50 


Anubis 


8 


Bigae 


37 


Civilis 


55 


Aphractus 


39 


Bijugis 


48 


Civis 


13 



INDEX. 



169 



Classis 


13 


Dispar 


42 


Feriae 


37 


Clavis, 


9, 12 


Ditionis 


29 


Fili 


3 


Clitellae 


37 


Diu 


26 


Fimus 


32 


Clypeus 


39 


Diuturnus 


54 


Finis 


13, 40 


Codicilli 


36 


Dives 42, 


47,50 


Flabra 


38 


Coelebs 


41 


Divitiae 


37 


Flebilis 


55 


Ccelicolum 


2 


Dos 


15 


Flexanimus 


48 


Ccelum 


21 






Famum 


34 


Cohors 


15 


E 




Fori 


36 


Colluvies 


39 


Ebur 


34 


Fortuna 


40 


Comis 


47 


Effrenus 


48 


Fraga 


38 


Comitium 


40 


Egenus 


56 


Frenum 


22 


Compages 


39 


Elegi 


39 


Frugalis 


55 


Compar 


42 


Elephantus 


39 


Frux 


29 


Compedis 


27 


Elisabet 


25 


Fugitivus 


56 


Compos 


41,47 


Elysium 


21 


Fustis 


13 


Concolor 


41,47 


Epos 


28 






Conger 


39 


Ep iilum 


23 


G 




Consors 


42 


Ergo 


26 


Gausapa 


39 


Copia 


40 


Esseda 


39 


Gelu 


34,39 


Cor 


15 


Euphrates 


10 


Gerrse 


37 


Cos 


15 


Eventus 


39 


Gibbus 


39 


Crepundia 


38 


Ex animus 


48 


Gloria 


33 


Crocus 


39 


Excubias 


37 


GlutTnum 


39 


Cubitus 


39 


Exos 


47 


Gracilis 


49 


Cucumis 


7 


Exsequiae 


37 


Grates 


28 


Cunabula 


38 


Exsomnis 


48 


Gratia 


40 


Cunae 


37 


Exspes 


44 


Grus 


39 


Cupedia 


40 


Exta 


38 


Gryps 


15 


Cutis 


9, 12, 33 


Exter 
Exuviae 


50 
37 


Gummis 


7 


D 








H 




Daphnis 


6 


F 




Habilis 


55 


Daps 


29 


Facetiae 


37 


Hebes 


47 


Declivis 


48, 55 


Facilis 


49 


Heros 


10 


Degener 


42, 47, 56 


Facultas 


40 


Hesperus 


32 


Delirium 


23 


Faex 


30 


Hiems 


28 


Delie 


4 


Fama 


33 


Hierosolyma 


35 


Delphin 


10 


Fames 


33 


Hilaris 


48 


Deses 


47 


Familiaris 


13 


Hilum 


34 


Deterior 


52 


Far 


14,28 


Hortus 


40 


Dexter 


50 


Fas 


28 


Hospes 


41 


Dica 


28 


Fascis 


40 


Hospitftlis 


55 


Dicis 


26 


Fasti 


36 


Humilis 


49 


Dido 


6 


Fauce 


15,26 


Humus 


33 


Dilucalum 


34 


Fax 


30 


Hyberna 


38 


Diluvium 


39 


Febris 


9 






Dindymus 


18 


Februa 


38 


I 




Dirae 


37 


Femmis 


28 


Idus 


37 



I7U 






INDEX, 








Ignis 




13 


K 


' Manes 


36 


Ignobilis 




55 


Kalendae 


37 Manubias 


37 


Ilia 




38 




1 Massicus 


18 


Illlmis 




48 


L 


' Materia 


39 


Imbecillis 


48 


,49 


Labes 


30, 33 MatQrus 


50 


Imber 




13 


Lac 


31 


Matutlnus 


56 


Impar 




42 


Lacer 


56 


Mel 


28 


Jmpetis 




27 


Lactes 


37 


Melos 


28 


Impos 


41 


,47 


Lamenta 


38 


Memor 42, 


47,56 


Impubis 


41 


,47 


Lapicidinae 


37 


Menda 


39 


InanTmis 




48 


Lapithum 


2 


Mephitis 


7 


Incita 




26 


Lar 


15 


Meridies 


32 


Inclytus 




53 


Lardum 


34 


Meritus 


53 


Indoles 




33 


Laurus 


39 


Metus 


28 


Induciae 




37 


Lautia 


38 


Mille 


25 


Induviae 




37 


Legitlmus 


56 


Milliare 


39 


Ineptias 




37 


Lemures 


36 


Minae 


37 


Inermis 




48 


Lens 


9 


Minores 


36 


Inferi 




36 


Lethum 


34 


Mirabllis 


55 


Inferiae 




27 


Levisomnus 


48 


Mirificus 


51 


Inferus 




50 


Liberalis 


55 


Mirus 


56 


Inficias 




26 


Liberi 


36 


Mobilis 


55 


Ingeni 




3 


Limus 


32 


Mcenia 


38 


Ingens 




54 


Linter 


15 


MonTtum 


39 


Ingratiis 




26 


Litera 


40 


Mugil 


13 


Injugis 




48 


Locuples 


42,47 


Mundus 


32 


Injussu 




26 


Locus 


19 


Munia 


28 


Inops 


42 


,47 


Longinquus 


55 


Muria 


39 


Inquies 




26 


Lues 


28 


Mus 


15 


Insidiae 




37 


Lustrum 


40 


Muscus 


32 


Insomnis 




48 


Lutum 


34 


MusTca 


31 


Insons 




47 


Lux 


30 


Mutabilis 


55 


Instar 




27 


Luxus 


31 






Intercus 




47 


Lynx 


15 


N 




Interdiu 




26 






Nasus 


39 


Interus 




50 


M 




Natalis 


13, 40 


Invictus 




53 


Macedonas 


17 


Natu 


26 


Ismarus 




18 


Maceria 


39 


Nauci 


26 








Macies 


31 


Navis 


9 


J 






Mactus 


45 


Necesse 


44 


Jerusalem 




25 


Masnalus 


18 


Nectar 


14, 34 


Jocus 




19 


JMagalia 


38 


Nefas 


28 


Jubar 


14 


,34 


Magnammus 


48 


Nemo 


30 


Jugeris 


24 


,27 


Magniloquus 


51 


Nequam 


43, 55 


Jugerum 




24 


Magnitudo 


31 


Neuter 


46 


Justa 




38 


Majores 


36 


Nex 


29 


Justitia 




31 


Majusculus 


56 


Nihil 


28 


Justitium 




alCUS 


51 


Nil 


28 


Juvenis 








28 


Nix 


16 







INDEX. 






1/1 


NobTlis 


55 


Pestifer 


56 


Quantus 


46 


Noctu 


26 


Phalerae 


37 


Quicunque 


46 


Nonae 


37 


Pistrina 


39 


Quidam 


46 


Novus 


53 


Pitulta 


33 


Quies 


33 


Nox 


15 


Pius 


4, 53 


QuiHbet 


46 


Nugae 


37 


Pix 


33 


Quiris 


15 


Nullus 


46 


Plaga 


40 


Quisque 


46 


Nummum 


5 


Plebs 


33,39 


Quot 


43 


Nundinae 


37 


Plerlque 


45 


Quotcunque 


43 


Nuperus 


53 


Plus 


45 


Quotquot 


43 


Nuptiar 


37 


Poema 
Pondo 


16 
25 


Quotus 


46 


O 




Pontus 


32 


R 




Obsidio 


39 


Posteri 


36 


Rapum 


39 


Occiput 


13 


Posterus 


50 


Rastrum 


22 


Ocior 


52 


Postis 


13 


Ravis 


7 


Olympia 


35 


Potis 


44 


Redux 


47 


Opera 


40 


Praeceps 


42 


Regalis 


55 


Opimus 


54 


Praecordia 


38 


Reliquiae 


37 


Opis 15, 


28,40 


Praepes 


47 


Repetundarum 


27 


Opus 


25 


Praestigiaa 


37 


Reses 


47 


Orbis 


13 


Praetextus 


39 


Restis 


9, 12 


Orestes 


10 Preci 


28 


Rivalis 


13 


Orgia 


38 


Precox 


56 


Ros 


30 


Os 


15,30 


Primitise 


37 


Rostrum 


40 


Osiris 


8 


Primoris 


45 


Rudis 


13 


Ostrea 


39 


Principium 


40 1 Ruma 


39 






Prior 


52 Rus 


13, 28 


P 




Proceres 


36, Ruscum 


39 


Pan 


10 


Procllvis 


48 J 




Pangasus 


18 


Proles 


30, 33 1 S 




Par U, 


42, 53 


Promptu 


26 Sacer 


53 


Parental! a 


38 


Pronus 


54 


Sal 14, 


34, 40 


Parietinae 


37 


Propinquus 


55 


Salebrae 


37 


Pars 


13, 40 


Propior 


52 


Salinae 


37 


Particeps 


42 


Puber 


47 


Salum 


30 


Pater-familias 


1 


Pubes 


33 


Salus 


33 


Pauci 


45 


Pubis 


41,47 


Salutaris 


55 


Pauper 


41,47 


Pugil 


13 


Samnis 


15 


Pax 


33 


Pugillares 


36 


Sanguis 


32 


Peciidis 


29 


Pulvis 


32 


j Satias 


30 


Pelagus 


34 


Puppis 


9 


Satur 


54 


Pelvis 


9 


Pus 


34 


Scalae 


37 


Penates 


36 


Pusillanimis 


48 


Scopae 


37 


Penum 


34 


Pylades 


10 


Securis 


9, 12 


Penus 


32, 39 






Segmen 


39 


Peplus 


39 


Q 




Sementis 


9, 12 


Pergamus 


20 


Quadriga? 


37 SemianTmis 


48 


Persuasus 


53 


.Qualis 


46 


Seminecis 


45 



J72 




INDEX. 








Semis 


25 | Superus 


50 ! Tros 


10 


Semisomnus 


48 J Suppetiae 


27 Tulli 


3 


Senectus 


31 i Supplex 


42, 47jTurris 


9 


Senex 


41, 54|Sus 


16 ' Tussis 


7 


Separ 


42 j SyracQsae 


35! 




Sepes 


39iSyrtis 


s\ U 




September 


13 




•Uber 


42,47 


Septunx 


15 


T 


■ Ulterior 


52 


Sequior 


55 


Tabes 


28 ! Ultrix 


47 


Sera pis 


8 


Tabum 


28 


Unguis 


13 


Sestertium 


5 


Taenarus 


18 


Utensilia 


38 


Sextans 


15 


Talaria 


38 


Uter 


15 


Sibil us 


30 


Tantundem 


44 


Uter 


46 


Similis 


49 


Tartarus 


18 






Sinapis 


7,11 


Taygetus 


18 


V 




Sinister 


50 


Tellus 


33 


Valvae 


37 


Sinus 


39 


Tempe 


28 


Vas 


24 


Sitis 7, 


11, 33 


Tenebrae 


37 


Vectis 


13 


Situs 


30 


Tenellus 


56 


Venia 


33 


Soboles 


30, 33 


Teres 


47 


Vepres 


£8 


Sodalis 


13 


Tesqua 


38 


Ver 


34 


Sol 


30 


Thermae 


37 


Verbe'ris 


27 


Sons 


47 


Thermopylae 


35 


Versic51or 


56 


Sopor 


32 Thus 


28 


Vesper 


27 


Sordis 


29 Tiberis 


8 


Vespera 


33 


Sors 


13 Tignus 


39 


V r eternus 


32,39 


Sospes 4 1 


47, 56 Tigris 


11 


Vetus 


41, 50 


Sphinx 


15 l Tonitrus 


39 


Vicis 


29 


Sponsalia 


38 ' Toral 


39 


Victrix 


47 


Spontis 


27 


Torcular 


39 


Vigil 


42, 47 


Stabllis 


55 


Tot 


43 Vindicias 


37 


Statlva 


38 


Totidem 


43 Virus 


34 


Stramen 


39 


Transtra 


38 


Vis 


7 


Strigilis 


9, 12 


Tricae 


37 


Viscum 


31, 39 


Subllmis 


48 


Tricorpor 


41 


Vitrum 


34 


Suffimen 


39 


Tricuspis 


41 


Vocalis 


55 


Supellex 


13, 33 


Trigae 


37 Volucris 


13, 42 


Superi 


36 


Tripes 


41 Voliipe 


44 


Superstes 


41,47 


Triticum 


31 


Vulgus 


34,39 



THE END. 



FEINTED BY OLIVEB AND BOYD, 
TWEEDDALE COUBT, HIGH STBEET, EDINBURGH. 



EDUCATIONAL WOKKS published by OLIVEE and BOYD, 
Edinburgh ; Simpkin, Marshall, and Co., London. 



A Medal was awarded by Her Majesty's Commissioners of the Inter- 
national Exhibition to Messrs Oliver and Boyd for their Educational 
Works , in which are now included the greater part of the Educational 
Publications of Mr James Gordon, to whom a Medal was also awarded. 

ENGLISH BEADING, GRAMMAR, Etc. *• d. 

Armstrong's English Composition, Part I. Is. 6d. — Part II 2 

Both Parts in one, 3s. — Key to ditto 2 

English Etymology 2 

English Etymology for Junior Classes 4 

Connon's System of English Grammar 2 6 

First Spelling Book 6 

Cowper's Poems, with Life by M'Diarmid 2 

Dalgleish's Outlines of English Grammar and Analysis, with 

Exercises. Just published. [Key, nearly ready] . 8 

Progressive English Grammar [Key, 2s. 6d.] 2 

Grammatical Analysis, with Exercises [Key, 2s.]... 9 

English Composition in Prose & Yerse [Key, 2s. 6d.] 2 6 

Demaus' Selections from Paradise Lost, with Notes 1 6 

Analysis of Sentences 3 

Ewing's Principles of Elocution, improved by Calvert 3 6 

Fisher's Assembly's Shorter Catechism Explained 2 

Fulton's Edition of Johnson's Dictionary 1 6 

Lennie's Child's A, B, C, Part I. l}d.— Part II. 3d.— Ladder.... 10 

Principles of English Grammar [The Key, 3s. 6d.] 1 6 

Lessons from Dr M'Culloch's First Reading-Book, large type, for 

hanging on the wall, 10 sheets, Is.; or mounted on Roller 1 8 

M'Culloch's First Reading-Book, l}d.— Second Reading-Book.. 3 

Third Reading-Book 10 

Fourth Reading-Book and Synopsis of Spelling 1 6 

Series of Lessons in Prose and Verse 2 

Course of Reading in Science and Literature 3 

Manual of English Grammar 1 6 

* Prefixes and Affixes of the English Language 2 

M'Dowall's Rhetorical Readings for Schools 2 6 

Millen's Initiatory English Grammar 1 

Milton's Poems, with Life and Notes. Oliver and Boyd's Edition 2 

Morell's Poetical Reading-Book 2 6 

Rae's First Lessons in English Grammar 6 

Reid's Rudiments of English Grammar 6 

Rudiments of English Composition [The Key, 2s. 6d.] 2 

Pronouncing English Dictionary, Reduced to 5 



2 OLIVEE AND BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOEKS. 

English Reading, etc., continued. s. d.\ 

Robinson's (Canon) Shakspeare's King Richard II. ; with His- 
torical and Critical Introductions ; Grammatical, Philological, 

and Miscellaneous Notes. Just published 2 o| 

Robinson's (Canon) Wordsworth's Excursion. The Wanderer. 

With Notes to aid in Analysis and Paraphrasing 8 I 

Sessional School Etymological Guide 2 6 

Old Testament Biography 6 

New Testament Biography 6 

Spalding's (Professor) History of English Literature 3 6 

White's System of English Grammar 1 6 I 



OBJECT LESSONS. 
Object Lesson Cards on the Vegetahle Kingdom. Set of 20 in a Box 21 
Ross's How to Train Young Eyes and Ears, a Manual of Object 
Lessons for Parents and Teachers 1 6 



WRITING, ARITHMETIC, AND BOOK-KEEPING. 

Gray's Introduction to Arithmetic [The Key, 2s.] 10 

Hutton's Arithmetic & Book-keeping, by S. & D. Entry, by Trotter 2 6 

Book-keeping, by S. & D. Entry, by Trotter, separately 2 

Two Ruled Writing Books for Ditto : Single Entry 1 6 

Double Entry 1 6 

Ingram's Principles of Arithmetic, Improved Edition [Key, 2s.] ... 1 

Maclaren's Arithmetic for Junior Classes, with Answers annexed 6 

System of Practical Book-keeping 1 6 

A Set of Ruled Writing Books adapted for the Work 1 6 

Melrose's Arithmetic, by Trotter, Improved Edition [Key, 2s. 6d.] 1 6 

Scott's First Lessons in Arithmetic [Answers, 6d.] 6 

Mental Calculation Text-Book, Pupil's Copy 6 

Teacher's Copy 6 

Writing Copy-Books, withEngraved Headings, in a progres- 
sive Series of 20 Numbers : Post Paper, 4d. ; MediumPaper , each 3 

Copy Lines, 30 Sorts each 4 

Smith's Practical Arithmetic for Junior Classes [Answers, 6d.]... 6 

Practical Arithmetic for Senior Classes [Answers, 6d.]... 2 

Key to Ditto 2 6 

Stewart's First Lessons in Arithmetic [Answers, 6d.] 6 

Practical Arithmetic, Improved Edition [The Key, 2s.] 1 6 

Trotter's Arithmetic for Junior Classes [Answers, 6d.] 6 

Arithmetic for Advanced Classes [Answers, 6d.] 6 

The abqye two Books bound together in leather.... 1 3 
CompleX^7 stem of Arithmetic [The Key, 4s. 6d.] 3 

_ /L . . 



OLIVER AND BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOEKS. 3 

GEOGRAPHY AND ASTRONOMY. s. d. 

Clyde's (Dr) Elementary Geography 1 6 

School Geography 4 

Edinburgh Academy Modern Geography 2 6 

Ancient Geography 3 

Ewing's Geography, with Astronomy and Physical Geography... 4 6 

with 14 Maps 6 

General Atlas of Modern Geography, 29 Maps 7 6 

Lawson's Geography of the British Empire 3 

Mathematical and Physical Geography 1 3 

Murphy's Bible Atlas, 24 Maps, coloured, & Historical Descriptions 1 6 

Reed's Rudiments of Modern Geography (Map), Is. ; with 5 Maps 1 3 

First Book of Geography (Reid's Rudiments abridged) 6 

Outlines of Sacred Geography, with Map of Palestine 6 

Introductory Atlas of Modern Geography, 10 Maps 2 6 

I School Atlas of Modern Geography, 16 Maps 5 

Reid's (Hugo) Elements of Astronomy 3 

Physical Geography,with Astronomy (Phys. Chart). 1 

Stewart's Modern Geography, with Physical Geography and 

Astronomy, Maps, and Physical Chart 3 6 

White's Abstract of General Geography (with 4 Maps, lg. 3d.)... 1 

System of Modern Geography (with 4 Maps, 2s. 9d.) 2 6 

School Atlas of Modern Geography, 24 Maps , 6 

Elementary Atlas of Modern Geography, 10 Maps 2 6 



SCHOOL SONGS. 

Hunter's School Songs for Junior Classes : 60 Songs, mostly 
for two voices, 4d. — Second Series, 63 Songs 4 

School Songs for Advanced Classes: 44 Songs, mostly 

for three voices, 6d. — Second Series, 46 Songs. 6 

School Psalmody. 58 pieces arranged for three voices 4 



HOUSEHOLD ECONOMY. 

Gordon's Household Economy, a Manual for Female Training 
Colleges and the Senior Classes of Girls' Schools 2 



MATHEMATICS, NATURAL PHILOSOPHY, Etc. 

Ingram's Mathematics, by Trotter [The Key, 3s. 6d.], reduced to.., 4 6 

Mensuration, by Trotter 2 

Ingram & Trotter's Euclid's Plane Geometry and Trigonometry 1 6 

Elements of Algebra 3 

Lee's Catechism of Natural Philosophy, Parts I. & II., each 9 

Nicol's (Professor) Introductory Book of the Sciences 1 6 

Trotter's Logarithms and Practical Mathematics 3 



4 OLIVEE ABD BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOKKS. 



HISTORY. s. 

Corkran's History of England in Epochs, with Maps and Genea- 
logical and Chronological Tables 2 6 I 

Graham's (Dr) Genealogical and Historical Diagrams 4 6 

Simpson's History of Scotland, with Map 3 6 

Goldsmith's History of England, with Map 3 6 

Goldsmith's History of Rome, with Map 3 6 

Goldsmith's History of Greece, with Map 3 

Tytler's Elements of General History, with 2 Maps, etc 3 6 

Watts' Scripture History, with Notiee by Dr Tweedie 2 

White's History of England for Junior Classes 1 6 

History of Scotland for Junior Classes 1 6 

History of Scotland for Senior Classes 3 6 

History of Great Britain and Ireland, with an Account 

of the Present State and Resources of the United King- 
dom and its Colonies. With Map, reduced to 3 

History of France, with Map 3 6 

Sacred History 1 6 

Outlines of the History of Rome 1 6 

Outlines of Universal History 2 

Elements of Universal History, 7s.; or in separate Parts, 

Ancient History — Middle Ages— Modern History each 2 

MYTHOLOGY. 

Olympus and its Inhabitants : a Narrative Sketch of the Classical 
Mythology, by Agnes Smith. Edited by John Carmichael, M. A. 3 



ITALIAN. 

Lemmi's Theoretical and Practical Italian Grammar [Key, 5s.]... 5 
Rampini's Italian Grammar [Key, 2s.] t 2 6 

GAELIC. 

Forbes' Principles of Gaelic Grammar 3 6 



LOGIC. 

Baynes' (Professor) Port Royal Logic 4 

SCHOOL REGISTERS. 

Myron's School Register of Attendance, Absence, and Fees, ar- 
ranged on a New and Improved Plan, and adapted to the 
Revised Code. Each folio serves 50 pupils for a Quarter 1 

Pupil's Daily Register of Marks. Spaces for 48 Weeks ; with 
Spaces for a Summary and Order of Merit for each month, for 
each quarter, and for the year 2 



OLIVES AND BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOKKS. 5 

LATIN AND GREEK. * d. 

Ainsworth's Latin Dictionary, by Duncan 9 

Cicero's Orationes Selectae, by Professor Ferguson 1 6 

Cato Major, Laelius, etc., by Professor Ferguson 1 6 

De Officiis, by Professor Ferguson 1 6 

Clyde's (Dr) Greek Syntax, with Notice by Professor Blackie.... 4 

Dymock's Caesar, with Notes, Index, and Map of Gaul 4 

Sallust, with Notes and Index 2 

Edinburgh Academy Class-Books : — 

Eudiments of the Latin Language 2 

Latin Delectus, with Vocabulary 3 

Rudiments of the Greek Language 3 6 

Greek Extracts, with Vocabulary and Index 3 6 

Ciceronis Opera Selecta, published at 4s. 6d 3 

Selecta e Poetis Latinis 3 

Ferguson's (Professor) Grammatical Exercises, with Notes and 

Vocabulary [Key, 2s.] 2 

Introductory Latin Delectus, with Vocabulary 2 

Ovid's Metamorphoses, with Notes and Index 2 6 

Fergusson's (Dr J.) Greek Exercises, Vocaby [The Key, 3s. 6d.]. 3 6 

Xenophon's Anabasis, Books I. and II., with Vocab. 2 6 

Geddes' (Professor) Greek Grammar, for Colleges and Schools... 4 

Greek Testament, Griesbach's Readings, by Duncan, reduced to 3 6 

Hamilton's Functions of Si and Qui 6 

True Theory of the Subjunctive 5 

True Theory of the Greek Negative MjJ, 3 6 

Homer's Iliad, by Veitch,fromBekker's Text, and Index, reduced to 3 6 

Books I., VI., XX., and XXIV., with a copious 

Vocabulary, by J. Fergusson, M.D 3 6 

Hunter's Ruddiman's Latin Rudiments 1 6 

Sallust, with Notes 1 6 

Virgil, with Critical Notes 2 6 

Horace, with various Readings 2 

Livy's History, Books XXI. to XXV., with Notes 4 

Latin Testament by Beza, revised by Dickinson 3 6 

M'Dowall's Csesar, with Vocabulary, Notes, Map, and Memoir... 3 

Virgil, with Vocabulary, Notes, and Memoir 3 

Macgowan's First Latin Lessons, by Dr Halle, with Vocabulary 2 

Second Latin Lessons, with Vocabulary 2 6 

Matr's Introduction to Latin Syntax, by Stewart, with Vocabulary 3 

M assie's Latin Prose Composition, with Vocab. & Index Verborum 3 6 

Melville's Lectiones Selectae, for Beginners, with Vocabulary... 1 6 
Neilson's Eutropius and Aurelius Victor, New Edition, Improved 

by M'Dowall, with Vocabulary, etc 2 

Stewart's Cornelius Nepos, with Notes, Index, and Vocabulary 3 



6 OLIVEE AND BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOEKS. 

FRENCH. s. d. 

Beljame's Grammar of the French Language, 2s. ; or with Exer- 
cises, 3s. 6d. Exercises separately 2 

Caron's First French Class-Book [The Key, Is.] 1 

First French Eeading-Book, with Vocabulary 1 

French Grammar, with Exercises [The Key 2s.] 2 

Chambaud's Fables Choisies, by Scot & Wells, with Vocabulary 2 

Christison's Easy Grammar of the French Language [Key, 8d.]... 1 4 

Eecueil de Fables et Contes Choisis, with Vocabulary 1 4 

Fleury's Histoire de France, with Translations of the 

more difficult and idiomatic passages 2 6 

French Testament, Ostervald's Protestant Version, neat,gt.edges 1 6 

Gibson's Le Petit Fablier, with copious Vocabulary 1 6 

Hallard's French Grammar, with Exercises, reduced to 3 6 

The Key 3 6 

Longmoor's Catechism of French Grammar 9 

Schneider's Edinburgh High School French Conversation- 
Grammar [The Key, 2s. 6d.] 3 6 

Edinburgh High School New Practical French 

Reader, with Questions in French on the subjects read 3 6 
Edinburgh High School French Manual of Con- 
versation and Commercial Correspondence 2 6 

Surenne's New French Dialogues 2 

French Manual and Traveller's Companion 3 6 

French Heading Instructor, reduced to 2 6 

French and English Dictionary, without Pronunciation, 3 6 

Pronouncing French and English Dictionary. 22d 

Thousand. [Pronunciation shown by are-spelling of the words.'].. 1 6 

Pronouncing French Primer 1 6 

Fenelon'sTelemaque,2vols,eachls.; or bound together 2 6 

Moliere's L'Avare, stiff wrapper (bound, Is. 6d) 1 

Moliere's Le Bourgeois Gentilhomme (bound, Is. 6d.) 1 

Moliere's Le Misanthrope and LeMariage Force, 1 vol. 

stiff wrapper (bound, Is. 6d.) 1 

Voltaire's Histoirede Charles XII, stiff wrapper (bd. 1/6) 1 

, Voltaire's Russie sous Pierre le Grand, 2 vols, each... 1 

Voltaire's La Henriade, stiff wrapper (bound, Is. 6d)... 1 

Synoptical Tables of the French Language 1 6 

Wolski's French Extracts for Beginners 2 6 

New French Grammar, with Copious Exercises 3 6 



*#* A detailed Catalogue will be forwarded post free, on application 
to Oliver and Boyd; and a specimen copy of any Booh will likewise be sent 
post free on receipt of the retail price in postage stamps. 



FRENCH CLASS-BOOKS, 

By CHARLES HENEI SCHNEIDER, F.E.T.S., M.C.P., 

FRENCH MASTER IN THE HIGH SCHOOL, EDINBURGH, ETC. 



THE EDINBURGH HIGH SCHOOL FRENCH 
CONVERSATION-GRAMMAR : arranged on an entirely New 
Plan, with Questions and Answers in French. 17th Edition. 
Price 3s. 6d. 

KEY TO THE EXERCISES. Price 2s. 6d. Also, 

THE EDINBURGH HIGH SCHOOL NEW PRACTICAL 
FRENCH READER, with Questions in French on the Subjects 
read. 16 th Edition. Price 3s. 6d. Also, 

THE EDINBURGH HIGH SCHOOL FRENCH 
MANUAL OF CONVERSATION AND COMMERCIAL 
CORRESPONDENCE. 7th Edition. Price 2s. 6d. 



From Professor Max Muller, of the University of Oxford. 

" Oxford, January 27, 1862. 
" Dear Sir, — I have had real pleasure in examining your French Grammar. 
The system you have adopted is well calculated to impress each rule and its 
application on the mind of the pupil. The book is "well arranged, and hears 
clear traces of being the work of an experienced teacher and a thoughtful 
mind. Your French Header forms a useful companion to your Grammar. 
Yours sincerely." 

From J. Gregory Jones, Esq., Secretary to the Liverpool College. 

" Liverpool College, December 8, 1864. 
" Dear Sir, — The introduction of a good French Grammar into the College 
has for some time been a subject of anxiety to the Principal. After a careful 
inspection of some of the best which have come under his notice, he has 
determined to adopt yours. I shall be glad if you will forward to me, as soon 
as you can, 300 copies of your Grammar." 

(Since this first order was executed, 400 copies more have been sent to the 
College.) 

The author vrill be happy to transmit, free by post, to the principals 
of public or private schools, a specimen copy of any of these boohs on the 
following conditions : — 

A Prospectus of the school must be forwarded, along with 24 stamps for 
either of the books, 36 for one Grammar and Reader, and 42 for the three books. 
French teachers will receive any of these books free by post, by sending the 
author their cards and 12 stamps to the High School, Edinburgh. 

Oliver and Boyd, Edinburgh. Simpkin, Marshall, and Co., London. 



HISTORY AND GEOGRAPHY. 



HEW AND EEVISED EDITIONS. 



OUTLINES OF UNIYEKSAL HISTORY, in Three Parts. 
Part I. Ancient History. Part II. Middle Ages. Part III. Modern History. 
Edited by H. White, B.A., Trinity College, Cambridge; M.A. and Ph. Dr., | 
Heidelberg. 8th Edition, continued to the Autumn of 1866. Price 2s. 

DR WHITE'S ELEMENTS OF UNIVERSAL HISTORY, on 

a New and Systematic Plan. In Three Parts. Part I. Ancient History. 
Part II. History of the Middle Ages. Part III. Modern History. With a 
Map. 10th Edition, continuedto the Autumn of 1866. 7s.; or in Parts, 2s. 6d. each. 

This work contains numerous synoptical and other tables, to guide the re- 
searches of the student, with sketches of literature, antiquities, and manners 
during each of the great chronological epochs. 

TYTLER'S ELEMENTS OF GENERAL HISTORY, Ancient 
and Modern. To which are added, a Comparative View of Ancient and 
Modern Geography, and a Table of Chronology. With two large Maps, etc. 
New Edition, continued to the middle of 1866. 3s. 6d. 

EDINBURGH ACADEMY MODERN GEOGRAPHY. Eleventh 
Edition (Sept. 1866), Revised and Enlarged. A handsome Class-book printed 
with large type. 2s. 6d. 

SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY. By James Clyde, LL.D., one of the 

Classical Masters of the Edinburgh Academy. With special Chapters on 
Mathematical and Physical Geography, and Technological Appendix. 10th 
Edition (Oct. 1866), Corrected throughout. 4s. 

In composing the present work, the author's object has been, not to dissect 
the several countries of the world, and then label their dead limbs, but to depict 
each country, as made by God and modified by man, so that the relations 
between the country and its inhabitants — in other words, the present geo- 
graphical life of the country — may appear. 

Athenaum. — " We have been struck with the ability and value of this work, 
which is a great advance upon previous Geographic Manuals. . . . Almost 
for the first time, we have here met with a School Geography that is quite 
a readable book, — one that, being intended for advanced pupils, is well adapted 
to make them study the subject with a degree of interest they have never yet 
felt in it. 

DR CLYDE'S ELEMENTARY GEOGRAPHY. 10th Edition 

(Oct. 1866), Corrected throughout. Is. 6d. 

In the Elementary Geography (intended for less advanced pupils), it has been 
endeavoured to reproduce that life-like grouping of facts — geographical por- 
traiture as it may be called — which has been remarked with approbation in 
the School Geography. 

Edinburgh : Oliver and Boyd. London : Simpkin, Marshall, and Co. 



( 



OLIVEE AND BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOEKS. 
School Geography. By James Clyde, LL.D., one of the 

Classical Masters of the Edinburgh Academy. With special Chapters 
on Mathematical and Physical Geography, and Technological Appen- 
dix. 10th Edition (October 1866), Corrected throughout. 4s. 

In composing the present work, the author's object has been, not 
to dissect the several countries of the world, and then label their dead 
limbs, but to depict each country, as made by G-od and modified by man, 
so that the relations between the country and its inhabitants — in other 
words, the present geographical life of the country — may appear. 

Athenaeum. — " We have been struck with the ability and value of this 
work, which is a great advance upon previous Geographic Manuals. . . . 
Almost for the first time, we have here met with a School Geography that 
is quite a readable book, — one that, being intended for advanced pupils, is 
well adapted to make them study the subject with a degree of interest they 
have never yet felt in it. . . Students preparing for the recently-instituted 
University and Civil Service examinations will find this their best guide." 

Dr Clyde's Elementary Geography. 10th Edition 

(October 1866), Corrected throughout. Is. 6d. 

In the Elementary Geography (intended for less advanced pupils), it has 
been endeavoured to reproduce that life-like grouping of facts — geographical 
portraiture, as it may be called — which has been remarked with approbation 
in the School Geography. 

Greek Syntax, with a Eationale of the Constructions, by 
James Clyde, LL.D., one of the Classical Masters of the Edinburgh 
Academy. With Prefatory Notice by John S. Blackie, Professor 
of Greek in the University of Edinburgh. Third Edition. 4s. 

Greek Grammar for the Use of Colleges and Schools. 

By Professor Geddes, University of Aberdeen. 7th Edition. 4s. 

The author has endeavoured to construct such a book as might combine 
the clearness and conciseness of the older Greek Grammars with the accu- 
racy and fulness of more recent ones. 

Geography of the British Empire. By William Lawson, 

St Mark's College, Chelsea. 3d Edition, with Corrections. 3s. 
Part I. Outlines of Mathematical and Physical Geography. 

II. Physical, Political, and Commercial Geography of the British Islands. 
III. Physical, Political, and Commercial Geography of the British Colonies. 

The Museum. — " It is out of sight the best book on the subject that we 
possess. It is as far as possible removed from being a dry book. . . . 
The volume contains a vast amount of interesting and accurate information, 
well arranged and happily illustrated." 

Lawson's Outlines of Mathematical and Physical 

GEOGRAPHY. Is. 3d. Contains the First Part of the Author's 
Geography of the British Empire, 



OLIVEK AND BOYD'S EDUCATIONAL WOEES. 
Edinburgh Academy Modern Geography. Eleventh 

Edition (Sept. 1866), Revised and Enlarged. 2s. 6d. 

*.£* This is a handsome class-book, printed on fine paper with 
a large type, and is especially adapted for schools where a manual in 
a small type and condensed form is considered objectionable. 

A Compendium of Modern Geography, Political, 

Physical and Mathematical: With a Chapter on the Ancient 

Geography of Palestine, Outlines of Astronomy and of Geology, 

a Glossary of Geographical Names, Descriptive and Pronouncing 

Tables, Questions for Examination, etc. By the Eev. Alex. 

Stewart, LL.D. 20th Edition, Revised; with 11 Maps, of which 

5 are by W. & A. K. Johnston. 3s. 6d. 

The work includes an Alphabetical table of the Chief Eoots of Geograph- 
ical Names. Such an analytical glossary, it is believed, will be of use in 
exciting the interest of the scholar ; while it both increases his knowledge, 
and, by exercising his reflective faculties, makes him more fully master of 
what he learns. 

A Concise History of England in Epochs. By J. F. 

Corkran. With Maps and Genealogical and Chronological Tables, 

and comprehensive Questions to each Chapter. 5th Edition. 2s. 6d. 

*#* Intended chiefly for the Senior Classes of Schools, and for the 

Junior Students of Training Colleges. 

The writer has endeavoured to convey a broad and full impression of the 
great Epochs, and to develop with care, but in subordination to the rest of 
the narrative, the growth of Law and of the Constitution. 

History of English Literature ; with an Outline of the 

Origin and Growth of the English Language. Illustrated by 
Extracts. For the Use of Schools and of Private Students. 
By Wm. Spalding, A.M., late Professor of Logic, Ehetoric, and 
Metaphysics, in the University of St Andrews. 3s. 6d. 9th Edition. 

School Songs. By T. M. Hunter. With Preface by 

J. Currie, M.A., Principal of the Church of Scotland Training 

College, Edinburgh. 

For Junior Classes : 60 Songs, principally for two voices. 4d. 

Do. do. Second Series : 63 Songs. 4d. Just Published. 

For Advanced Classes, 44 Songs, principally for three voices. 6d. 

Do. do. Second Series : 46 Songs. 6d. Just Published. 

%* Notice. — The Second Seetes has been published to meet the desire of 
Teachers who wished a greater variety of Songs than were contained in the 
First Series. 

School Psalmody. Containing 58 pieces for three voices. 4d. 



LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 




003 040 106 2 



o 












..>*..■,■■■: 



« 

w 










